1 /* MIPS-specific support for ELF
2 Copyright (C) 1993-2016 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
4 Most of the information added by Ian Lance Taylor, Cygnus Support,
6 N32/64 ABI support added by Mark Mitchell, CodeSourcery, LLC.
7 <mark@codesourcery.com>
8 Traditional MIPS targets support added by Koundinya.K, Dansk Data
9 Elektronik & Operations Research Group. <kk@ddeorg.soft.net>
11 This file is part of BFD, the Binary File Descriptor library.
13 This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
14 it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
15 the Free Software Foundation; either version 3 of the License, or
16 (at your option) any later version.
18 This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
19 but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
20 MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the
21 GNU General Public License for more details.
23 You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
24 along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software
25 Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street - Fifth Floor, Boston,
26 MA 02110-1301, USA. */
29 /* This file handles functionality common to the different MIPS ABI's. */
34 #include "libiberty.h"
36 #include "elfxx-mips.h"
38 #include "elf-vxworks.h"
41 /* Get the ECOFF swapping routines. */
43 #include "coff/symconst.h"
44 #include "coff/ecoff.h"
45 #include "coff/mips.h"
49 /* Types of TLS GOT entry. */
50 enum mips_got_tls_type {
57 /* This structure is used to hold information about one GOT entry.
58 There are four types of entry:
60 (1) an absolute address
61 requires: abfd == NULL
64 (2) a SYMBOL + OFFSET address, where SYMBOL is local to an input bfd
65 requires: abfd != NULL, symndx >= 0, tls_type != GOT_TLS_LDM
66 fields: abfd, symndx, d.addend, tls_type
68 (3) a SYMBOL address, where SYMBOL is not local to an input bfd
69 requires: abfd != NULL, symndx == -1
73 requires: abfd != NULL, symndx == 0, tls_type == GOT_TLS_LDM
74 fields: none; there's only one of these per GOT. */
77 /* One input bfd that needs the GOT entry. */
79 /* The index of the symbol, as stored in the relocation r_info, if
80 we have a local symbol; -1 otherwise. */
84 /* If abfd == NULL, an address that must be stored in the got. */
86 /* If abfd != NULL && symndx != -1, the addend of the relocation
87 that should be added to the symbol value. */
89 /* If abfd != NULL && symndx == -1, the hash table entry
90 corresponding to a symbol in the GOT. The symbol's entry
91 is in the local area if h->global_got_area is GGA_NONE,
92 otherwise it is in the global area. */
93 struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry *h;
96 /* The TLS type of this GOT entry. An LDM GOT entry will be a local
97 symbol entry with r_symndx == 0. */
98 unsigned char tls_type;
100 /* True if we have filled in the GOT contents for a TLS entry,
101 and created the associated relocations. */
102 unsigned char tls_initialized;
104 /* The offset from the beginning of the .got section to the entry
105 corresponding to this symbol+addend. If it's a global symbol
106 whose offset is yet to be decided, it's going to be -1. */
110 /* This structure represents a GOT page reference from an input bfd.
111 Each instance represents a symbol + ADDEND, where the representation
112 of the symbol depends on whether it is local to the input bfd.
113 If it is, then SYMNDX >= 0, and the symbol has index SYMNDX in U.ABFD.
114 Otherwise, SYMNDX < 0 and U.H points to the symbol's hash table entry.
116 Page references with SYMNDX >= 0 always become page references
117 in the output. Page references with SYMNDX < 0 only become page
118 references if the symbol binds locally; in other cases, the page
119 reference decays to a global GOT reference. */
120 struct mips_got_page_ref
125 struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry *h;
131 /* This structure describes a range of addends: [MIN_ADDEND, MAX_ADDEND].
132 The structures form a non-overlapping list that is sorted by increasing
134 struct mips_got_page_range
136 struct mips_got_page_range *next;
137 bfd_signed_vma min_addend;
138 bfd_signed_vma max_addend;
141 /* This structure describes the range of addends that are applied to page
142 relocations against a given section. */
143 struct mips_got_page_entry
145 /* The section that these entries are based on. */
147 /* The ranges for this page entry. */
148 struct mips_got_page_range *ranges;
149 /* The maximum number of page entries needed for RANGES. */
153 /* This structure is used to hold .got information when linking. */
157 /* The number of global .got entries. */
158 unsigned int global_gotno;
159 /* The number of global .got entries that are in the GGA_RELOC_ONLY area. */
160 unsigned int reloc_only_gotno;
161 /* The number of .got slots used for TLS. */
162 unsigned int tls_gotno;
163 /* The first unused TLS .got entry. Used only during
164 mips_elf_initialize_tls_index. */
165 unsigned int tls_assigned_gotno;
166 /* The number of local .got entries, eventually including page entries. */
167 unsigned int local_gotno;
168 /* The maximum number of page entries needed. */
169 unsigned int page_gotno;
170 /* The number of relocations needed for the GOT entries. */
172 /* The first unused local .got entry. */
173 unsigned int assigned_low_gotno;
174 /* The last unused local .got entry. */
175 unsigned int assigned_high_gotno;
176 /* A hash table holding members of the got. */
177 struct htab *got_entries;
178 /* A hash table holding mips_got_page_ref structures. */
179 struct htab *got_page_refs;
180 /* A hash table of mips_got_page_entry structures. */
181 struct htab *got_page_entries;
182 /* In multi-got links, a pointer to the next got (err, rather, most
183 of the time, it points to the previous got). */
184 struct mips_got_info *next;
187 /* Structure passed when merging bfds' gots. */
189 struct mips_elf_got_per_bfd_arg
191 /* The output bfd. */
193 /* The link information. */
194 struct bfd_link_info *info;
195 /* A pointer to the primary got, i.e., the one that's going to get
196 the implicit relocations from DT_MIPS_LOCAL_GOTNO and
198 struct mips_got_info *primary;
199 /* A non-primary got we're trying to merge with other input bfd's
201 struct mips_got_info *current;
202 /* The maximum number of got entries that can be addressed with a
204 unsigned int max_count;
205 /* The maximum number of page entries needed by each got. */
206 unsigned int max_pages;
207 /* The total number of global entries which will live in the
208 primary got and be automatically relocated. This includes
209 those not referenced by the primary GOT but included in
211 unsigned int global_count;
214 /* A structure used to pass information to htab_traverse callbacks
215 when laying out the GOT. */
217 struct mips_elf_traverse_got_arg
219 struct bfd_link_info *info;
220 struct mips_got_info *g;
224 struct _mips_elf_section_data
226 struct bfd_elf_section_data elf;
233 #define mips_elf_section_data(sec) \
234 ((struct _mips_elf_section_data *) elf_section_data (sec))
236 #define is_mips_elf(bfd) \
237 (bfd_get_flavour (bfd) == bfd_target_elf_flavour \
238 && elf_tdata (bfd) != NULL \
239 && elf_object_id (bfd) == MIPS_ELF_DATA)
241 /* The ABI says that every symbol used by dynamic relocations must have
242 a global GOT entry. Among other things, this provides the dynamic
243 linker with a free, directly-indexed cache. The GOT can therefore
244 contain symbols that are not referenced by GOT relocations themselves
245 (in other words, it may have symbols that are not referenced by things
246 like R_MIPS_GOT16 and R_MIPS_GOT_PAGE).
248 GOT relocations are less likely to overflow if we put the associated
249 GOT entries towards the beginning. We therefore divide the global
250 GOT entries into two areas: "normal" and "reloc-only". Entries in
251 the first area can be used for both dynamic relocations and GP-relative
252 accesses, while those in the "reloc-only" area are for dynamic
255 These GGA_* ("Global GOT Area") values are organised so that lower
256 values are more general than higher values. Also, non-GGA_NONE
257 values are ordered by the position of the area in the GOT. */
259 #define GGA_RELOC_ONLY 1
262 /* Information about a non-PIC interface to a PIC function. There are
263 two ways of creating these interfaces. The first is to add:
266 addiu $25,$25,%lo(func)
268 immediately before a PIC function "func". The second is to add:
272 addiu $25,$25,%lo(func)
274 to a separate trampoline section.
276 Stubs of the first kind go in a new section immediately before the
277 target function. Stubs of the second kind go in a single section
278 pointed to by the hash table's "strampoline" field. */
279 struct mips_elf_la25_stub {
280 /* The generated section that contains this stub. */
281 asection *stub_section;
283 /* The offset of the stub from the start of STUB_SECTION. */
286 /* One symbol for the original function. Its location is available
287 in H->root.root.u.def. */
288 struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry *h;
291 /* Macros for populating a mips_elf_la25_stub. */
293 #define LA25_LUI(VAL) (0x3c190000 | (VAL)) /* lui t9,VAL */
294 #define LA25_J(VAL) (0x08000000 | (((VAL) >> 2) & 0x3ffffff)) /* j VAL */
295 #define LA25_ADDIU(VAL) (0x27390000 | (VAL)) /* addiu t9,t9,VAL */
296 #define LA25_LUI_MICROMIPS(VAL) \
297 (0x41b90000 | (VAL)) /* lui t9,VAL */
298 #define LA25_J_MICROMIPS(VAL) \
299 (0xd4000000 | (((VAL) >> 1) & 0x3ffffff)) /* j VAL */
300 #define LA25_ADDIU_MICROMIPS(VAL) \
301 (0x33390000 | (VAL)) /* addiu t9,t9,VAL */
303 /* This structure is passed to mips_elf_sort_hash_table_f when sorting
304 the dynamic symbols. */
306 struct mips_elf_hash_sort_data
308 /* The symbol in the global GOT with the lowest dynamic symbol table
310 struct elf_link_hash_entry *low;
311 /* The least dynamic symbol table index corresponding to a non-TLS
312 symbol with a GOT entry. */
313 long min_got_dynindx;
314 /* The greatest dynamic symbol table index corresponding to a symbol
315 with a GOT entry that is not referenced (e.g., a dynamic symbol
316 with dynamic relocations pointing to it from non-primary GOTs). */
317 long max_unref_got_dynindx;
318 /* The greatest dynamic symbol table index not corresponding to a
319 symbol without a GOT entry. */
320 long max_non_got_dynindx;
323 /* We make up to two PLT entries if needed, one for standard MIPS code
324 and one for compressed code, either a MIPS16 or microMIPS one. We
325 keep a separate record of traditional lazy-binding stubs, for easier
330 /* Traditional SVR4 stub offset, or -1 if none. */
333 /* Standard PLT entry offset, or -1 if none. */
336 /* Compressed PLT entry offset, or -1 if none. */
339 /* The corresponding .got.plt index, or -1 if none. */
340 bfd_vma gotplt_index;
342 /* Whether we need a standard PLT entry. */
343 unsigned int need_mips : 1;
345 /* Whether we need a compressed PLT entry. */
346 unsigned int need_comp : 1;
349 /* The MIPS ELF linker needs additional information for each symbol in
350 the global hash table. */
352 struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry
354 struct elf_link_hash_entry root;
356 /* External symbol information. */
359 /* The la25 stub we have created for ths symbol, if any. */
360 struct mips_elf_la25_stub *la25_stub;
362 /* Number of R_MIPS_32, R_MIPS_REL32, or R_MIPS_64 relocs against
364 unsigned int possibly_dynamic_relocs;
366 /* If there is a stub that 32 bit functions should use to call this
367 16 bit function, this points to the section containing the stub. */
370 /* If there is a stub that 16 bit functions should use to call this
371 32 bit function, this points to the section containing the stub. */
374 /* This is like the call_stub field, but it is used if the function
375 being called returns a floating point value. */
376 asection *call_fp_stub;
378 /* The highest GGA_* value that satisfies all references to this symbol. */
379 unsigned int global_got_area : 2;
381 /* True if all GOT relocations against this symbol are for calls. This is
382 a looser condition than no_fn_stub below, because there may be other
383 non-call non-GOT relocations against the symbol. */
384 unsigned int got_only_for_calls : 1;
386 /* True if one of the relocations described by possibly_dynamic_relocs
387 is against a readonly section. */
388 unsigned int readonly_reloc : 1;
390 /* True if there is a relocation against this symbol that must be
391 resolved by the static linker (in other words, if the relocation
392 cannot possibly be made dynamic). */
393 unsigned int has_static_relocs : 1;
395 /* True if we must not create a .MIPS.stubs entry for this symbol.
396 This is set, for example, if there are relocations related to
397 taking the function's address, i.e. any but R_MIPS_CALL*16 ones.
398 See "MIPS ABI Supplement, 3rd Edition", p. 4-20. */
399 unsigned int no_fn_stub : 1;
401 /* Whether we need the fn_stub; this is true if this symbol appears
402 in any relocs other than a 16 bit call. */
403 unsigned int need_fn_stub : 1;
405 /* True if this symbol is referenced by branch relocations from
406 any non-PIC input file. This is used to determine whether an
407 la25 stub is required. */
408 unsigned int has_nonpic_branches : 1;
410 /* Does this symbol need a traditional MIPS lazy-binding stub
411 (as opposed to a PLT entry)? */
412 unsigned int needs_lazy_stub : 1;
414 /* Does this symbol resolve to a PLT entry? */
415 unsigned int use_plt_entry : 1;
418 /* MIPS ELF linker hash table. */
420 struct mips_elf_link_hash_table
422 struct elf_link_hash_table root;
424 /* The number of .rtproc entries. */
425 bfd_size_type procedure_count;
427 /* The size of the .compact_rel section (if SGI_COMPAT). */
428 bfd_size_type compact_rel_size;
430 /* This flag indicates that the value of DT_MIPS_RLD_MAP dynamic entry
431 is set to the address of __rld_obj_head as in IRIX5 and IRIX6. */
432 bfd_boolean use_rld_obj_head;
434 /* The __rld_map or __rld_obj_head symbol. */
435 struct elf_link_hash_entry *rld_symbol;
437 /* This is set if we see any mips16 stub sections. */
438 bfd_boolean mips16_stubs_seen;
440 /* True if we can generate copy relocs and PLTs. */
441 bfd_boolean use_plts_and_copy_relocs;
443 /* True if we can only use 32-bit microMIPS instructions. */
446 /* True if we're generating code for VxWorks. */
447 bfd_boolean is_vxworks;
449 /* True if we already reported the small-data section overflow. */
450 bfd_boolean small_data_overflow_reported;
452 /* Shortcuts to some dynamic sections, or NULL if they are not
463 /* The master GOT information. */
464 struct mips_got_info *got_info;
466 /* The global symbol in the GOT with the lowest index in the dynamic
468 struct elf_link_hash_entry *global_gotsym;
470 /* The size of the PLT header in bytes. */
471 bfd_vma plt_header_size;
473 /* The size of a standard PLT entry in bytes. */
474 bfd_vma plt_mips_entry_size;
476 /* The size of a compressed PLT entry in bytes. */
477 bfd_vma plt_comp_entry_size;
479 /* The offset of the next standard PLT entry to create. */
480 bfd_vma plt_mips_offset;
482 /* The offset of the next compressed PLT entry to create. */
483 bfd_vma plt_comp_offset;
485 /* The index of the next .got.plt entry to create. */
486 bfd_vma plt_got_index;
488 /* The number of functions that need a lazy-binding stub. */
489 bfd_vma lazy_stub_count;
491 /* The size of a function stub entry in bytes. */
492 bfd_vma function_stub_size;
494 /* The number of reserved entries at the beginning of the GOT. */
495 unsigned int reserved_gotno;
497 /* The section used for mips_elf_la25_stub trampolines.
498 See the comment above that structure for details. */
499 asection *strampoline;
501 /* A table of mips_elf_la25_stubs, indexed by (input_section, offset)
505 /* A function FN (NAME, IS, OS) that creates a new input section
506 called NAME and links it to output section OS. If IS is nonnull,
507 the new section should go immediately before it, otherwise it
508 should go at the (current) beginning of OS.
510 The function returns the new section on success, otherwise it
512 asection *(*add_stub_section) (const char *, asection *, asection *);
514 /* Small local sym cache. */
515 struct sym_cache sym_cache;
517 /* Is the PLT header compressed? */
518 unsigned int plt_header_is_comp : 1;
521 /* Get the MIPS ELF linker hash table from a link_info structure. */
523 #define mips_elf_hash_table(p) \
524 (elf_hash_table_id ((struct elf_link_hash_table *) ((p)->hash)) \
525 == MIPS_ELF_DATA ? ((struct mips_elf_link_hash_table *) ((p)->hash)) : NULL)
527 /* A structure used to communicate with htab_traverse callbacks. */
528 struct mips_htab_traverse_info
530 /* The usual link-wide information. */
531 struct bfd_link_info *info;
534 /* Starts off FALSE and is set to TRUE if the link should be aborted. */
538 /* MIPS ELF private object data. */
540 struct mips_elf_obj_tdata
542 /* Generic ELF private object data. */
543 struct elf_obj_tdata root;
545 /* Input BFD providing Tag_GNU_MIPS_ABI_FP attribute for output. */
548 /* Input BFD providing Tag_GNU_MIPS_ABI_MSA attribute for output. */
551 /* The abiflags for this object. */
552 Elf_Internal_ABIFlags_v0 abiflags;
553 bfd_boolean abiflags_valid;
555 /* The GOT requirements of input bfds. */
556 struct mips_got_info *got;
558 /* Used by _bfd_mips_elf_find_nearest_line. The structure could be
559 included directly in this one, but there's no point to wasting
560 the memory just for the infrequently called find_nearest_line. */
561 struct mips_elf_find_line *find_line_info;
563 /* An array of stub sections indexed by symbol number. */
564 asection **local_stubs;
565 asection **local_call_stubs;
567 /* The Irix 5 support uses two virtual sections, which represent
568 text/data symbols defined in dynamic objects. */
569 asymbol *elf_data_symbol;
570 asymbol *elf_text_symbol;
571 asection *elf_data_section;
572 asection *elf_text_section;
575 /* Get MIPS ELF private object data from BFD's tdata. */
577 #define mips_elf_tdata(bfd) \
578 ((struct mips_elf_obj_tdata *) (bfd)->tdata.any)
580 #define TLS_RELOC_P(r_type) \
581 (r_type == R_MIPS_TLS_DTPMOD32 \
582 || r_type == R_MIPS_TLS_DTPMOD64 \
583 || r_type == R_MIPS_TLS_DTPREL32 \
584 || r_type == R_MIPS_TLS_DTPREL64 \
585 || r_type == R_MIPS_TLS_GD \
586 || r_type == R_MIPS_TLS_LDM \
587 || r_type == R_MIPS_TLS_DTPREL_HI16 \
588 || r_type == R_MIPS_TLS_DTPREL_LO16 \
589 || r_type == R_MIPS_TLS_GOTTPREL \
590 || r_type == R_MIPS_TLS_TPREL32 \
591 || r_type == R_MIPS_TLS_TPREL64 \
592 || r_type == R_MIPS_TLS_TPREL_HI16 \
593 || r_type == R_MIPS_TLS_TPREL_LO16 \
594 || r_type == R_MIPS16_TLS_GD \
595 || r_type == R_MIPS16_TLS_LDM \
596 || r_type == R_MIPS16_TLS_DTPREL_HI16 \
597 || r_type == R_MIPS16_TLS_DTPREL_LO16 \
598 || r_type == R_MIPS16_TLS_GOTTPREL \
599 || r_type == R_MIPS16_TLS_TPREL_HI16 \
600 || r_type == R_MIPS16_TLS_TPREL_LO16 \
601 || r_type == R_MICROMIPS_TLS_GD \
602 || r_type == R_MICROMIPS_TLS_LDM \
603 || r_type == R_MICROMIPS_TLS_DTPREL_HI16 \
604 || r_type == R_MICROMIPS_TLS_DTPREL_LO16 \
605 || r_type == R_MICROMIPS_TLS_GOTTPREL \
606 || r_type == R_MICROMIPS_TLS_TPREL_HI16 \
607 || r_type == R_MICROMIPS_TLS_TPREL_LO16)
609 /* Structure used to pass information to mips_elf_output_extsym. */
614 struct bfd_link_info *info;
615 struct ecoff_debug_info *debug;
616 const struct ecoff_debug_swap *swap;
620 /* The names of the runtime procedure table symbols used on IRIX5. */
622 static const char * const mips_elf_dynsym_rtproc_names[] =
625 "_procedure_string_table",
626 "_procedure_table_size",
630 /* These structures are used to generate the .compact_rel section on
635 unsigned long id1; /* Always one? */
636 unsigned long num; /* Number of compact relocation entries. */
637 unsigned long id2; /* Always two? */
638 unsigned long offset; /* The file offset of the first relocation. */
639 unsigned long reserved0; /* Zero? */
640 unsigned long reserved1; /* Zero? */
649 bfd_byte reserved0[4];
650 bfd_byte reserved1[4];
651 } Elf32_External_compact_rel;
655 unsigned int ctype : 1; /* 1: long 0: short format. See below. */
656 unsigned int rtype : 4; /* Relocation types. See below. */
657 unsigned int dist2to : 8;
658 unsigned int relvaddr : 19; /* (VADDR - vaddr of the previous entry)/ 4 */
659 unsigned long konst; /* KONST field. See below. */
660 unsigned long vaddr; /* VADDR to be relocated. */
665 unsigned int ctype : 1; /* 1: long 0: short format. See below. */
666 unsigned int rtype : 4; /* Relocation types. See below. */
667 unsigned int dist2to : 8;
668 unsigned int relvaddr : 19; /* (VADDR - vaddr of the previous entry)/ 4 */
669 unsigned long konst; /* KONST field. See below. */
677 } Elf32_External_crinfo;
683 } Elf32_External_crinfo2;
685 /* These are the constants used to swap the bitfields in a crinfo. */
687 #define CRINFO_CTYPE (0x1)
688 #define CRINFO_CTYPE_SH (31)
689 #define CRINFO_RTYPE (0xf)
690 #define CRINFO_RTYPE_SH (27)
691 #define CRINFO_DIST2TO (0xff)
692 #define CRINFO_DIST2TO_SH (19)
693 #define CRINFO_RELVADDR (0x7ffff)
694 #define CRINFO_RELVADDR_SH (0)
696 /* A compact relocation info has long (3 words) or short (2 words)
697 formats. A short format doesn't have VADDR field and relvaddr
698 fields contains ((VADDR - vaddr of the previous entry) >> 2). */
699 #define CRF_MIPS_LONG 1
700 #define CRF_MIPS_SHORT 0
702 /* There are 4 types of compact relocation at least. The value KONST
703 has different meaning for each type:
706 CT_MIPS_REL32 Address in data
707 CT_MIPS_WORD Address in word (XXX)
708 CT_MIPS_GPHI_LO GP - vaddr
709 CT_MIPS_JMPAD Address to jump
712 #define CRT_MIPS_REL32 0xa
713 #define CRT_MIPS_WORD 0xb
714 #define CRT_MIPS_GPHI_LO 0xc
715 #define CRT_MIPS_JMPAD 0xd
717 #define mips_elf_set_cr_format(x,format) ((x).ctype = (format))
718 #define mips_elf_set_cr_type(x,type) ((x).rtype = (type))
719 #define mips_elf_set_cr_dist2to(x,v) ((x).dist2to = (v))
720 #define mips_elf_set_cr_relvaddr(x,d) ((x).relvaddr = (d)<<2)
722 /* The structure of the runtime procedure descriptor created by the
723 loader for use by the static exception system. */
725 typedef struct runtime_pdr {
726 bfd_vma adr; /* Memory address of start of procedure. */
727 long regmask; /* Save register mask. */
728 long regoffset; /* Save register offset. */
729 long fregmask; /* Save floating point register mask. */
730 long fregoffset; /* Save floating point register offset. */
731 long frameoffset; /* Frame size. */
732 short framereg; /* Frame pointer register. */
733 short pcreg; /* Offset or reg of return pc. */
734 long irpss; /* Index into the runtime string table. */
736 struct exception_info *exception_info;/* Pointer to exception array. */
738 #define cbRPDR sizeof (RPDR)
739 #define rpdNil ((pRPDR) 0)
741 static struct mips_got_entry *mips_elf_create_local_got_entry
742 (bfd *, struct bfd_link_info *, bfd *, bfd_vma, unsigned long,
743 struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry *, int);
744 static bfd_boolean mips_elf_sort_hash_table_f
745 (struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry *, void *);
746 static bfd_vma mips_elf_high
748 static bfd_boolean mips_elf_create_dynamic_relocation
749 (bfd *, struct bfd_link_info *, const Elf_Internal_Rela *,
750 struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry *, asection *, bfd_vma,
751 bfd_vma *, asection *);
752 static bfd_vma mips_elf_adjust_gp
753 (bfd *, struct mips_got_info *, bfd *);
755 /* This will be used when we sort the dynamic relocation records. */
756 static bfd *reldyn_sorting_bfd;
758 /* True if ABFD is for CPUs with load interlocking that include
759 non-MIPS1 CPUs and R3900. */
760 #define LOAD_INTERLOCKS_P(abfd) \
761 ( ((elf_elfheader (abfd)->e_flags & EF_MIPS_ARCH) != E_MIPS_ARCH_1) \
762 || ((elf_elfheader (abfd)->e_flags & EF_MIPS_MACH) == E_MIPS_MACH_3900))
764 /* True if ABFD is for CPUs that are faster if JAL is converted to BAL.
765 This should be safe for all architectures. We enable this predicate
766 for RM9000 for now. */
767 #define JAL_TO_BAL_P(abfd) \
768 ((elf_elfheader (abfd)->e_flags & EF_MIPS_MACH) == E_MIPS_MACH_9000)
770 /* True if ABFD is for CPUs that are faster if JALR is converted to BAL.
771 This should be safe for all architectures. We enable this predicate for
773 #define JALR_TO_BAL_P(abfd) 1
775 /* True if ABFD is for CPUs that are faster if JR is converted to B.
776 This should be safe for all architectures. We enable this predicate for
778 #define JR_TO_B_P(abfd) 1
780 /* True if ABFD is a PIC object. */
781 #define PIC_OBJECT_P(abfd) \
782 ((elf_elfheader (abfd)->e_flags & EF_MIPS_PIC) != 0)
784 /* Nonzero if ABFD is using the O32 ABI. */
785 #define ABI_O32_P(abfd) \
786 ((elf_elfheader (abfd)->e_flags & EF_MIPS_ABI) == E_MIPS_ABI_O32)
788 /* Nonzero if ABFD is using the N32 ABI. */
789 #define ABI_N32_P(abfd) \
790 ((elf_elfheader (abfd)->e_flags & EF_MIPS_ABI2) != 0)
792 /* Nonzero if ABFD is using the N64 ABI. */
793 #define ABI_64_P(abfd) \
794 (get_elf_backend_data (abfd)->s->elfclass == ELFCLASS64)
796 /* Nonzero if ABFD is using NewABI conventions. */
797 #define NEWABI_P(abfd) (ABI_N32_P (abfd) || ABI_64_P (abfd))
799 /* Nonzero if ABFD has microMIPS code. */
800 #define MICROMIPS_P(abfd) \
801 ((elf_elfheader (abfd)->e_flags & EF_MIPS_ARCH_ASE_MICROMIPS) != 0)
803 /* Nonzero if ABFD is MIPS R6. */
804 #define MIPSR6_P(abfd) \
805 ((elf_elfheader (abfd)->e_flags & EF_MIPS_ARCH) == E_MIPS_ARCH_32R6 \
806 || (elf_elfheader (abfd)->e_flags & EF_MIPS_ARCH) == E_MIPS_ARCH_64R6)
808 /* The IRIX compatibility level we are striving for. */
809 #define IRIX_COMPAT(abfd) \
810 (get_elf_backend_data (abfd)->elf_backend_mips_irix_compat (abfd))
812 /* Whether we are trying to be compatible with IRIX at all. */
813 #define SGI_COMPAT(abfd) \
814 (IRIX_COMPAT (abfd) != ict_none)
816 /* The name of the options section. */
817 #define MIPS_ELF_OPTIONS_SECTION_NAME(abfd) \
818 (NEWABI_P (abfd) ? ".MIPS.options" : ".options")
820 /* True if NAME is the recognized name of any SHT_MIPS_OPTIONS section.
821 Some IRIX system files do not use MIPS_ELF_OPTIONS_SECTION_NAME. */
822 #define MIPS_ELF_OPTIONS_SECTION_NAME_P(NAME) \
823 (strcmp (NAME, ".MIPS.options") == 0 || strcmp (NAME, ".options") == 0)
825 /* True if NAME is the recognized name of any SHT_MIPS_ABIFLAGS section. */
826 #define MIPS_ELF_ABIFLAGS_SECTION_NAME_P(NAME) \
827 (strcmp (NAME, ".MIPS.abiflags") == 0)
829 /* Whether the section is readonly. */
830 #define MIPS_ELF_READONLY_SECTION(sec) \
831 ((sec->flags & (SEC_ALLOC | SEC_LOAD | SEC_READONLY)) \
832 == (SEC_ALLOC | SEC_LOAD | SEC_READONLY))
834 /* The name of the stub section. */
835 #define MIPS_ELF_STUB_SECTION_NAME(abfd) ".MIPS.stubs"
837 /* The size of an external REL relocation. */
838 #define MIPS_ELF_REL_SIZE(abfd) \
839 (get_elf_backend_data (abfd)->s->sizeof_rel)
841 /* The size of an external RELA relocation. */
842 #define MIPS_ELF_RELA_SIZE(abfd) \
843 (get_elf_backend_data (abfd)->s->sizeof_rela)
845 /* The size of an external dynamic table entry. */
846 #define MIPS_ELF_DYN_SIZE(abfd) \
847 (get_elf_backend_data (abfd)->s->sizeof_dyn)
849 /* The size of a GOT entry. */
850 #define MIPS_ELF_GOT_SIZE(abfd) \
851 (get_elf_backend_data (abfd)->s->arch_size / 8)
853 /* The size of the .rld_map section. */
854 #define MIPS_ELF_RLD_MAP_SIZE(abfd) \
855 (get_elf_backend_data (abfd)->s->arch_size / 8)
857 /* The size of a symbol-table entry. */
858 #define MIPS_ELF_SYM_SIZE(abfd) \
859 (get_elf_backend_data (abfd)->s->sizeof_sym)
861 /* The default alignment for sections, as a power of two. */
862 #define MIPS_ELF_LOG_FILE_ALIGN(abfd) \
863 (get_elf_backend_data (abfd)->s->log_file_align)
865 /* Get word-sized data. */
866 #define MIPS_ELF_GET_WORD(abfd, ptr) \
867 (ABI_64_P (abfd) ? bfd_get_64 (abfd, ptr) : bfd_get_32 (abfd, ptr))
869 /* Put out word-sized data. */
870 #define MIPS_ELF_PUT_WORD(abfd, val, ptr) \
872 ? bfd_put_64 (abfd, val, ptr) \
873 : bfd_put_32 (abfd, val, ptr))
875 /* The opcode for word-sized loads (LW or LD). */
876 #define MIPS_ELF_LOAD_WORD(abfd) \
877 (ABI_64_P (abfd) ? 0xdc000000 : 0x8c000000)
879 /* Add a dynamic symbol table-entry. */
880 #define MIPS_ELF_ADD_DYNAMIC_ENTRY(info, tag, val) \
881 _bfd_elf_add_dynamic_entry (info, tag, val)
883 #define MIPS_ELF_RTYPE_TO_HOWTO(abfd, rtype, rela) \
884 (get_elf_backend_data (abfd)->elf_backend_mips_rtype_to_howto (rtype, rela))
886 /* The name of the dynamic relocation section. */
887 #define MIPS_ELF_REL_DYN_NAME(INFO) \
888 (mips_elf_hash_table (INFO)->is_vxworks ? ".rela.dyn" : ".rel.dyn")
890 /* In case we're on a 32-bit machine, construct a 64-bit "-1" value
891 from smaller values. Start with zero, widen, *then* decrement. */
892 #define MINUS_ONE (((bfd_vma)0) - 1)
893 #define MINUS_TWO (((bfd_vma)0) - 2)
895 /* The value to write into got[1] for SVR4 targets, to identify it is
896 a GNU object. The dynamic linker can then use got[1] to store the
898 #define MIPS_ELF_GNU_GOT1_MASK(abfd) \
899 ((bfd_vma) 1 << (ABI_64_P (abfd) ? 63 : 31))
901 /* The offset of $gp from the beginning of the .got section. */
902 #define ELF_MIPS_GP_OFFSET(INFO) \
903 (mips_elf_hash_table (INFO)->is_vxworks ? 0x0 : 0x7ff0)
905 /* The maximum size of the GOT for it to be addressable using 16-bit
907 #define MIPS_ELF_GOT_MAX_SIZE(INFO) (ELF_MIPS_GP_OFFSET (INFO) + 0x7fff)
909 /* Instructions which appear in a stub. */
910 #define STUB_LW(abfd) \
912 ? 0xdf998010 /* ld t9,0x8010(gp) */ \
913 : 0x8f998010)) /* lw t9,0x8010(gp) */
914 #define STUB_MOVE 0x03e07825 /* or t7,ra,zero */
915 #define STUB_LUI(VAL) (0x3c180000 + (VAL)) /* lui t8,VAL */
916 #define STUB_JALR 0x0320f809 /* jalr t9,ra */
917 #define STUB_ORI(VAL) (0x37180000 + (VAL)) /* ori t8,t8,VAL */
918 #define STUB_LI16U(VAL) (0x34180000 + (VAL)) /* ori t8,zero,VAL unsigned */
919 #define STUB_LI16S(abfd, VAL) \
921 ? (0x64180000 + (VAL)) /* daddiu t8,zero,VAL sign extended */ \
922 : (0x24180000 + (VAL)))) /* addiu t8,zero,VAL sign extended */
924 /* Likewise for the microMIPS ASE. */
925 #define STUB_LW_MICROMIPS(abfd) \
927 ? 0xdf3c8010 /* ld t9,0x8010(gp) */ \
928 : 0xff3c8010) /* lw t9,0x8010(gp) */
929 #define STUB_MOVE_MICROMIPS 0x0dff /* move t7,ra */
930 #define STUB_MOVE32_MICROMIPS 0x001f7a90 /* or t7,ra,zero */
931 #define STUB_LUI_MICROMIPS(VAL) \
932 (0x41b80000 + (VAL)) /* lui t8,VAL */
933 #define STUB_JALR_MICROMIPS 0x45d9 /* jalr t9 */
934 #define STUB_JALR32_MICROMIPS 0x03f90f3c /* jalr ra,t9 */
935 #define STUB_ORI_MICROMIPS(VAL) \
936 (0x53180000 + (VAL)) /* ori t8,t8,VAL */
937 #define STUB_LI16U_MICROMIPS(VAL) \
938 (0x53000000 + (VAL)) /* ori t8,zero,VAL unsigned */
939 #define STUB_LI16S_MICROMIPS(abfd, VAL) \
941 ? 0x5f000000 + (VAL) /* daddiu t8,zero,VAL sign extended */ \
942 : 0x33000000 + (VAL)) /* addiu t8,zero,VAL sign extended */
944 #define MIPS_FUNCTION_STUB_NORMAL_SIZE 16
945 #define MIPS_FUNCTION_STUB_BIG_SIZE 20
946 #define MICROMIPS_FUNCTION_STUB_NORMAL_SIZE 12
947 #define MICROMIPS_FUNCTION_STUB_BIG_SIZE 16
948 #define MICROMIPS_INSN32_FUNCTION_STUB_NORMAL_SIZE 16
949 #define MICROMIPS_INSN32_FUNCTION_STUB_BIG_SIZE 20
951 /* The name of the dynamic interpreter. This is put in the .interp
954 #define ELF_DYNAMIC_INTERPRETER(abfd) \
955 (ABI_N32_P (abfd) ? "/usr/lib32/libc.so.1" \
956 : ABI_64_P (abfd) ? "/usr/lib64/libc.so.1" \
957 : "/usr/lib/libc.so.1")
960 #define MNAME(bfd,pre,pos) \
961 (ABI_64_P (bfd) ? CONCAT4 (pre,64,_,pos) : CONCAT4 (pre,32,_,pos))
962 #define ELF_R_SYM(bfd, i) \
963 (ABI_64_P (bfd) ? ELF64_R_SYM (i) : ELF32_R_SYM (i))
964 #define ELF_R_TYPE(bfd, i) \
965 (ABI_64_P (bfd) ? ELF64_MIPS_R_TYPE (i) : ELF32_R_TYPE (i))
966 #define ELF_R_INFO(bfd, s, t) \
967 (ABI_64_P (bfd) ? ELF64_R_INFO (s, t) : ELF32_R_INFO (s, t))
969 #define MNAME(bfd,pre,pos) CONCAT4 (pre,32,_,pos)
970 #define ELF_R_SYM(bfd, i) \
972 #define ELF_R_TYPE(bfd, i) \
974 #define ELF_R_INFO(bfd, s, t) \
975 (ELF32_R_INFO (s, t))
978 /* The mips16 compiler uses a couple of special sections to handle
979 floating point arguments.
981 Section names that look like .mips16.fn.FNNAME contain stubs that
982 copy floating point arguments from the fp regs to the gp regs and
983 then jump to FNNAME. If any 32 bit function calls FNNAME, the
984 call should be redirected to the stub instead. If no 32 bit
985 function calls FNNAME, the stub should be discarded. We need to
986 consider any reference to the function, not just a call, because
987 if the address of the function is taken we will need the stub,
988 since the address might be passed to a 32 bit function.
990 Section names that look like .mips16.call.FNNAME contain stubs
991 that copy floating point arguments from the gp regs to the fp
992 regs and then jump to FNNAME. If FNNAME is a 32 bit function,
993 then any 16 bit function that calls FNNAME should be redirected
994 to the stub instead. If FNNAME is not a 32 bit function, the
995 stub should be discarded.
997 .mips16.call.fp.FNNAME sections are similar, but contain stubs
998 which call FNNAME and then copy the return value from the fp regs
999 to the gp regs. These stubs store the return value in $18 while
1000 calling FNNAME; any function which might call one of these stubs
1001 must arrange to save $18 around the call. (This case is not
1002 needed for 32 bit functions that call 16 bit functions, because
1003 16 bit functions always return floating point values in both
1006 Note that in all cases FNNAME might be defined statically.
1007 Therefore, FNNAME is not used literally. Instead, the relocation
1008 information will indicate which symbol the section is for.
1010 We record any stubs that we find in the symbol table. */
1012 #define FN_STUB ".mips16.fn."
1013 #define CALL_STUB ".mips16.call."
1014 #define CALL_FP_STUB ".mips16.call.fp."
1016 #define FN_STUB_P(name) CONST_STRNEQ (name, FN_STUB)
1017 #define CALL_STUB_P(name) CONST_STRNEQ (name, CALL_STUB)
1018 #define CALL_FP_STUB_P(name) CONST_STRNEQ (name, CALL_FP_STUB)
1020 /* The format of the first PLT entry in an O32 executable. */
1021 static const bfd_vma mips_o32_exec_plt0_entry[] =
1023 0x3c1c0000, /* lui $28, %hi(&GOTPLT[0]) */
1024 0x8f990000, /* lw $25, %lo(&GOTPLT[0])($28) */
1025 0x279c0000, /* addiu $28, $28, %lo(&GOTPLT[0]) */
1026 0x031cc023, /* subu $24, $24, $28 */
1027 0x03e07825, /* or t7, ra, zero */
1028 0x0018c082, /* srl $24, $24, 2 */
1029 0x0320f809, /* jalr $25 */
1030 0x2718fffe /* subu $24, $24, 2 */
1033 /* The format of the first PLT entry in an N32 executable. Different
1034 because gp ($28) is not available; we use t2 ($14) instead. */
1035 static const bfd_vma mips_n32_exec_plt0_entry[] =
1037 0x3c0e0000, /* lui $14, %hi(&GOTPLT[0]) */
1038 0x8dd90000, /* lw $25, %lo(&GOTPLT[0])($14) */
1039 0x25ce0000, /* addiu $14, $14, %lo(&GOTPLT[0]) */
1040 0x030ec023, /* subu $24, $24, $14 */
1041 0x03e07825, /* or t7, ra, zero */
1042 0x0018c082, /* srl $24, $24, 2 */
1043 0x0320f809, /* jalr $25 */
1044 0x2718fffe /* subu $24, $24, 2 */
1047 /* The format of the first PLT entry in an N64 executable. Different
1048 from N32 because of the increased size of GOT entries. */
1049 static const bfd_vma mips_n64_exec_plt0_entry[] =
1051 0x3c0e0000, /* lui $14, %hi(&GOTPLT[0]) */
1052 0xddd90000, /* ld $25, %lo(&GOTPLT[0])($14) */
1053 0x25ce0000, /* addiu $14, $14, %lo(&GOTPLT[0]) */
1054 0x030ec023, /* subu $24, $24, $14 */
1055 0x03e07825, /* or t7, ra, zero */
1056 0x0018c0c2, /* srl $24, $24, 3 */
1057 0x0320f809, /* jalr $25 */
1058 0x2718fffe /* subu $24, $24, 2 */
1061 /* The format of the microMIPS first PLT entry in an O32 executable.
1062 We rely on v0 ($2) rather than t8 ($24) to contain the address
1063 of the GOTPLT entry handled, so this stub may only be used when
1064 all the subsequent PLT entries are microMIPS code too.
1066 The trailing NOP is for alignment and correct disassembly only. */
1067 static const bfd_vma micromips_o32_exec_plt0_entry[] =
1069 0x7980, 0x0000, /* addiupc $3, (&GOTPLT[0]) - . */
1070 0xff23, 0x0000, /* lw $25, 0($3) */
1071 0x0535, /* subu $2, $2, $3 */
1072 0x2525, /* srl $2, $2, 2 */
1073 0x3302, 0xfffe, /* subu $24, $2, 2 */
1074 0x0dff, /* move $15, $31 */
1075 0x45f9, /* jalrs $25 */
1076 0x0f83, /* move $28, $3 */
1080 /* The format of the microMIPS first PLT entry in an O32 executable
1081 in the insn32 mode. */
1082 static const bfd_vma micromips_insn32_o32_exec_plt0_entry[] =
1084 0x41bc, 0x0000, /* lui $28, %hi(&GOTPLT[0]) */
1085 0xff3c, 0x0000, /* lw $25, %lo(&GOTPLT[0])($28) */
1086 0x339c, 0x0000, /* addiu $28, $28, %lo(&GOTPLT[0]) */
1087 0x0398, 0xc1d0, /* subu $24, $24, $28 */
1088 0x001f, 0x7a90, /* or $15, $31, zero */
1089 0x0318, 0x1040, /* srl $24, $24, 2 */
1090 0x03f9, 0x0f3c, /* jalr $25 */
1091 0x3318, 0xfffe /* subu $24, $24, 2 */
1094 /* The format of subsequent standard PLT entries. */
1095 static const bfd_vma mips_exec_plt_entry[] =
1097 0x3c0f0000, /* lui $15, %hi(.got.plt entry) */
1098 0x01f90000, /* l[wd] $25, %lo(.got.plt entry)($15) */
1099 0x25f80000, /* addiu $24, $15, %lo(.got.plt entry) */
1100 0x03200008 /* jr $25 */
1103 /* In the following PLT entry the JR and ADDIU instructions will
1104 be swapped in _bfd_mips_elf_finish_dynamic_symbol because
1105 LOAD_INTERLOCKS_P will be true for MIPS R6. */
1106 static const bfd_vma mipsr6_exec_plt_entry[] =
1108 0x3c0f0000, /* lui $15, %hi(.got.plt entry) */
1109 0x01f90000, /* l[wd] $25, %lo(.got.plt entry)($15) */
1110 0x25f80000, /* addiu $24, $15, %lo(.got.plt entry) */
1111 0x03200009 /* jr $25 */
1114 /* The format of subsequent MIPS16 o32 PLT entries. We use v0 ($2)
1115 and v1 ($3) as temporaries because t8 ($24) and t9 ($25) are not
1116 directly addressable. */
1117 static const bfd_vma mips16_o32_exec_plt_entry[] =
1119 0xb203, /* lw $2, 12($pc) */
1120 0x9a60, /* lw $3, 0($2) */
1121 0x651a, /* move $24, $2 */
1123 0x653b, /* move $25, $3 */
1125 0x0000, 0x0000 /* .word (.got.plt entry) */
1128 /* The format of subsequent microMIPS o32 PLT entries. We use v0 ($2)
1129 as a temporary because t8 ($24) is not addressable with ADDIUPC. */
1130 static const bfd_vma micromips_o32_exec_plt_entry[] =
1132 0x7900, 0x0000, /* addiupc $2, (.got.plt entry) - . */
1133 0xff22, 0x0000, /* lw $25, 0($2) */
1134 0x4599, /* jr $25 */
1135 0x0f02 /* move $24, $2 */
1138 /* The format of subsequent microMIPS o32 PLT entries in the insn32 mode. */
1139 static const bfd_vma micromips_insn32_o32_exec_plt_entry[] =
1141 0x41af, 0x0000, /* lui $15, %hi(.got.plt entry) */
1142 0xff2f, 0x0000, /* lw $25, %lo(.got.plt entry)($15) */
1143 0x0019, 0x0f3c, /* jr $25 */
1144 0x330f, 0x0000 /* addiu $24, $15, %lo(.got.plt entry) */
1147 /* The format of the first PLT entry in a VxWorks executable. */
1148 static const bfd_vma mips_vxworks_exec_plt0_entry[] =
1150 0x3c190000, /* lui t9, %hi(_GLOBAL_OFFSET_TABLE_) */
1151 0x27390000, /* addiu t9, t9, %lo(_GLOBAL_OFFSET_TABLE_) */
1152 0x8f390008, /* lw t9, 8(t9) */
1153 0x00000000, /* nop */
1154 0x03200008, /* jr t9 */
1155 0x00000000 /* nop */
1158 /* The format of subsequent PLT entries. */
1159 static const bfd_vma mips_vxworks_exec_plt_entry[] =
1161 0x10000000, /* b .PLT_resolver */
1162 0x24180000, /* li t8, <pltindex> */
1163 0x3c190000, /* lui t9, %hi(<.got.plt slot>) */
1164 0x27390000, /* addiu t9, t9, %lo(<.got.plt slot>) */
1165 0x8f390000, /* lw t9, 0(t9) */
1166 0x00000000, /* nop */
1167 0x03200008, /* jr t9 */
1168 0x00000000 /* nop */
1171 /* The format of the first PLT entry in a VxWorks shared object. */
1172 static const bfd_vma mips_vxworks_shared_plt0_entry[] =
1174 0x8f990008, /* lw t9, 8(gp) */
1175 0x00000000, /* nop */
1176 0x03200008, /* jr t9 */
1177 0x00000000, /* nop */
1178 0x00000000, /* nop */
1179 0x00000000 /* nop */
1182 /* The format of subsequent PLT entries. */
1183 static const bfd_vma mips_vxworks_shared_plt_entry[] =
1185 0x10000000, /* b .PLT_resolver */
1186 0x24180000 /* li t8, <pltindex> */
1189 /* microMIPS 32-bit opcode helper installer. */
1192 bfd_put_micromips_32 (const bfd *abfd, bfd_vma opcode, bfd_byte *ptr)
1194 bfd_put_16 (abfd, (opcode >> 16) & 0xffff, ptr);
1195 bfd_put_16 (abfd, opcode & 0xffff, ptr + 2);
1198 /* microMIPS 32-bit opcode helper retriever. */
1201 bfd_get_micromips_32 (const bfd *abfd, const bfd_byte *ptr)
1203 return (bfd_get_16 (abfd, ptr) << 16) | bfd_get_16 (abfd, ptr + 2);
1206 /* Look up an entry in a MIPS ELF linker hash table. */
1208 #define mips_elf_link_hash_lookup(table, string, create, copy, follow) \
1209 ((struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry *) \
1210 elf_link_hash_lookup (&(table)->root, (string), (create), \
1213 /* Traverse a MIPS ELF linker hash table. */
1215 #define mips_elf_link_hash_traverse(table, func, info) \
1216 (elf_link_hash_traverse \
1218 (bfd_boolean (*) (struct elf_link_hash_entry *, void *)) (func), \
1221 /* Find the base offsets for thread-local storage in this object,
1222 for GD/LD and IE/LE respectively. */
1224 #define TP_OFFSET 0x7000
1225 #define DTP_OFFSET 0x8000
1228 dtprel_base (struct bfd_link_info *info)
1230 /* If tls_sec is NULL, we should have signalled an error already. */
1231 if (elf_hash_table (info)->tls_sec == NULL)
1233 return elf_hash_table (info)->tls_sec->vma + DTP_OFFSET;
1237 tprel_base (struct bfd_link_info *info)
1239 /* If tls_sec is NULL, we should have signalled an error already. */
1240 if (elf_hash_table (info)->tls_sec == NULL)
1242 return elf_hash_table (info)->tls_sec->vma + TP_OFFSET;
1245 /* Create an entry in a MIPS ELF linker hash table. */
1247 static struct bfd_hash_entry *
1248 mips_elf_link_hash_newfunc (struct bfd_hash_entry *entry,
1249 struct bfd_hash_table *table, const char *string)
1251 struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry *ret =
1252 (struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry *) entry;
1254 /* Allocate the structure if it has not already been allocated by a
1257 ret = bfd_hash_allocate (table, sizeof (struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry));
1259 return (struct bfd_hash_entry *) ret;
1261 /* Call the allocation method of the superclass. */
1262 ret = ((struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry *)
1263 _bfd_elf_link_hash_newfunc ((struct bfd_hash_entry *) ret,
1267 /* Set local fields. */
1268 memset (&ret->esym, 0, sizeof (EXTR));
1269 /* We use -2 as a marker to indicate that the information has
1270 not been set. -1 means there is no associated ifd. */
1273 ret->possibly_dynamic_relocs = 0;
1274 ret->fn_stub = NULL;
1275 ret->call_stub = NULL;
1276 ret->call_fp_stub = NULL;
1277 ret->global_got_area = GGA_NONE;
1278 ret->got_only_for_calls = TRUE;
1279 ret->readonly_reloc = FALSE;
1280 ret->has_static_relocs = FALSE;
1281 ret->no_fn_stub = FALSE;
1282 ret->need_fn_stub = FALSE;
1283 ret->has_nonpic_branches = FALSE;
1284 ret->needs_lazy_stub = FALSE;
1285 ret->use_plt_entry = FALSE;
1288 return (struct bfd_hash_entry *) ret;
1291 /* Allocate MIPS ELF private object data. */
1294 _bfd_mips_elf_mkobject (bfd *abfd)
1296 return bfd_elf_allocate_object (abfd, sizeof (struct mips_elf_obj_tdata),
1301 _bfd_mips_elf_new_section_hook (bfd *abfd, asection *sec)
1303 if (!sec->used_by_bfd)
1305 struct _mips_elf_section_data *sdata;
1306 bfd_size_type amt = sizeof (*sdata);
1308 sdata = bfd_zalloc (abfd, amt);
1311 sec->used_by_bfd = sdata;
1314 return _bfd_elf_new_section_hook (abfd, sec);
1317 /* Read ECOFF debugging information from a .mdebug section into a
1318 ecoff_debug_info structure. */
1321 _bfd_mips_elf_read_ecoff_info (bfd *abfd, asection *section,
1322 struct ecoff_debug_info *debug)
1325 const struct ecoff_debug_swap *swap;
1328 swap = get_elf_backend_data (abfd)->elf_backend_ecoff_debug_swap;
1329 memset (debug, 0, sizeof (*debug));
1331 ext_hdr = bfd_malloc (swap->external_hdr_size);
1332 if (ext_hdr == NULL && swap->external_hdr_size != 0)
1335 if (! bfd_get_section_contents (abfd, section, ext_hdr, 0,
1336 swap->external_hdr_size))
1339 symhdr = &debug->symbolic_header;
1340 (*swap->swap_hdr_in) (abfd, ext_hdr, symhdr);
1342 /* The symbolic header contains absolute file offsets and sizes to
1344 #define READ(ptr, offset, count, size, type) \
1345 if (symhdr->count == 0) \
1346 debug->ptr = NULL; \
1349 bfd_size_type amt = (bfd_size_type) size * symhdr->count; \
1350 debug->ptr = bfd_malloc (amt); \
1351 if (debug->ptr == NULL) \
1352 goto error_return; \
1353 if (bfd_seek (abfd, symhdr->offset, SEEK_SET) != 0 \
1354 || bfd_bread (debug->ptr, amt, abfd) != amt) \
1355 goto error_return; \
1358 READ (line, cbLineOffset, cbLine, sizeof (unsigned char), unsigned char *);
1359 READ (external_dnr, cbDnOffset, idnMax, swap->external_dnr_size, void *);
1360 READ (external_pdr, cbPdOffset, ipdMax, swap->external_pdr_size, void *);
1361 READ (external_sym, cbSymOffset, isymMax, swap->external_sym_size, void *);
1362 READ (external_opt, cbOptOffset, ioptMax, swap->external_opt_size, void *);
1363 READ (external_aux, cbAuxOffset, iauxMax, sizeof (union aux_ext),
1365 READ (ss, cbSsOffset, issMax, sizeof (char), char *);
1366 READ (ssext, cbSsExtOffset, issExtMax, sizeof (char), char *);
1367 READ (external_fdr, cbFdOffset, ifdMax, swap->external_fdr_size, void *);
1368 READ (external_rfd, cbRfdOffset, crfd, swap->external_rfd_size, void *);
1369 READ (external_ext, cbExtOffset, iextMax, swap->external_ext_size, void *);
1377 if (ext_hdr != NULL)
1379 if (debug->line != NULL)
1381 if (debug->external_dnr != NULL)
1382 free (debug->external_dnr);
1383 if (debug->external_pdr != NULL)
1384 free (debug->external_pdr);
1385 if (debug->external_sym != NULL)
1386 free (debug->external_sym);
1387 if (debug->external_opt != NULL)
1388 free (debug->external_opt);
1389 if (debug->external_aux != NULL)
1390 free (debug->external_aux);
1391 if (debug->ss != NULL)
1393 if (debug->ssext != NULL)
1394 free (debug->ssext);
1395 if (debug->external_fdr != NULL)
1396 free (debug->external_fdr);
1397 if (debug->external_rfd != NULL)
1398 free (debug->external_rfd);
1399 if (debug->external_ext != NULL)
1400 free (debug->external_ext);
1404 /* Swap RPDR (runtime procedure table entry) for output. */
1407 ecoff_swap_rpdr_out (bfd *abfd, const RPDR *in, struct rpdr_ext *ex)
1409 H_PUT_S32 (abfd, in->adr, ex->p_adr);
1410 H_PUT_32 (abfd, in->regmask, ex->p_regmask);
1411 H_PUT_32 (abfd, in->regoffset, ex->p_regoffset);
1412 H_PUT_32 (abfd, in->fregmask, ex->p_fregmask);
1413 H_PUT_32 (abfd, in->fregoffset, ex->p_fregoffset);
1414 H_PUT_32 (abfd, in->frameoffset, ex->p_frameoffset);
1416 H_PUT_16 (abfd, in->framereg, ex->p_framereg);
1417 H_PUT_16 (abfd, in->pcreg, ex->p_pcreg);
1419 H_PUT_32 (abfd, in->irpss, ex->p_irpss);
1422 /* Create a runtime procedure table from the .mdebug section. */
1425 mips_elf_create_procedure_table (void *handle, bfd *abfd,
1426 struct bfd_link_info *info, asection *s,
1427 struct ecoff_debug_info *debug)
1429 const struct ecoff_debug_swap *swap;
1430 HDRR *hdr = &debug->symbolic_header;
1432 struct rpdr_ext *erp;
1434 struct pdr_ext *epdr;
1435 struct sym_ext *esym;
1439 bfd_size_type count;
1440 unsigned long sindex;
1444 const char *no_name_func = _("static procedure (no name)");
1452 swap = get_elf_backend_data (abfd)->elf_backend_ecoff_debug_swap;
1454 sindex = strlen (no_name_func) + 1;
1455 count = hdr->ipdMax;
1458 size = swap->external_pdr_size;
1460 epdr = bfd_malloc (size * count);
1464 if (! _bfd_ecoff_get_accumulated_pdr (handle, (bfd_byte *) epdr))
1467 size = sizeof (RPDR);
1468 rp = rpdr = bfd_malloc (size * count);
1472 size = sizeof (char *);
1473 sv = bfd_malloc (size * count);
1477 count = hdr->isymMax;
1478 size = swap->external_sym_size;
1479 esym = bfd_malloc (size * count);
1483 if (! _bfd_ecoff_get_accumulated_sym (handle, (bfd_byte *) esym))
1486 count = hdr->issMax;
1487 ss = bfd_malloc (count);
1490 if (! _bfd_ecoff_get_accumulated_ss (handle, (bfd_byte *) ss))
1493 count = hdr->ipdMax;
1494 for (i = 0; i < (unsigned long) count; i++, rp++)
1496 (*swap->swap_pdr_in) (abfd, epdr + i, &pdr);
1497 (*swap->swap_sym_in) (abfd, &esym[pdr.isym], &sym);
1498 rp->adr = sym.value;
1499 rp->regmask = pdr.regmask;
1500 rp->regoffset = pdr.regoffset;
1501 rp->fregmask = pdr.fregmask;
1502 rp->fregoffset = pdr.fregoffset;
1503 rp->frameoffset = pdr.frameoffset;
1504 rp->framereg = pdr.framereg;
1505 rp->pcreg = pdr.pcreg;
1507 sv[i] = ss + sym.iss;
1508 sindex += strlen (sv[i]) + 1;
1512 size = sizeof (struct rpdr_ext) * (count + 2) + sindex;
1513 size = BFD_ALIGN (size, 16);
1514 rtproc = bfd_alloc (abfd, size);
1517 mips_elf_hash_table (info)->procedure_count = 0;
1521 mips_elf_hash_table (info)->procedure_count = count + 2;
1524 memset (erp, 0, sizeof (struct rpdr_ext));
1526 str = (char *) rtproc + sizeof (struct rpdr_ext) * (count + 2);
1527 strcpy (str, no_name_func);
1528 str += strlen (no_name_func) + 1;
1529 for (i = 0; i < count; i++)
1531 ecoff_swap_rpdr_out (abfd, rpdr + i, erp + i);
1532 strcpy (str, sv[i]);
1533 str += strlen (sv[i]) + 1;
1535 H_PUT_S32 (abfd, -1, (erp + count)->p_adr);
1537 /* Set the size and contents of .rtproc section. */
1539 s->contents = rtproc;
1541 /* Skip this section later on (I don't think this currently
1542 matters, but someday it might). */
1543 s->map_head.link_order = NULL;
1572 /* We're going to create a stub for H. Create a symbol for the stub's
1573 value and size, to help make the disassembly easier to read. */
1576 mips_elf_create_stub_symbol (struct bfd_link_info *info,
1577 struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry *h,
1578 const char *prefix, asection *s, bfd_vma value,
1581 bfd_boolean micromips_p = ELF_ST_IS_MICROMIPS (h->root.other);
1582 struct bfd_link_hash_entry *bh;
1583 struct elf_link_hash_entry *elfh;
1590 /* Create a new symbol. */
1591 name = concat (prefix, h->root.root.root.string, NULL);
1593 res = _bfd_generic_link_add_one_symbol (info, s->owner, name,
1594 BSF_LOCAL, s, value, NULL,
1600 /* Make it a local function. */
1601 elfh = (struct elf_link_hash_entry *) bh;
1602 elfh->type = ELF_ST_INFO (STB_LOCAL, STT_FUNC);
1604 elfh->forced_local = 1;
1606 elfh->other = ELF_ST_SET_MICROMIPS (elfh->other);
1610 /* We're about to redefine H. Create a symbol to represent H's
1611 current value and size, to help make the disassembly easier
1615 mips_elf_create_shadow_symbol (struct bfd_link_info *info,
1616 struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry *h,
1619 struct bfd_link_hash_entry *bh;
1620 struct elf_link_hash_entry *elfh;
1626 /* Read the symbol's value. */
1627 BFD_ASSERT (h->root.root.type == bfd_link_hash_defined
1628 || h->root.root.type == bfd_link_hash_defweak);
1629 s = h->root.root.u.def.section;
1630 value = h->root.root.u.def.value;
1632 /* Create a new symbol. */
1633 name = concat (prefix, h->root.root.root.string, NULL);
1635 res = _bfd_generic_link_add_one_symbol (info, s->owner, name,
1636 BSF_LOCAL, s, value, NULL,
1642 /* Make it local and copy the other attributes from H. */
1643 elfh = (struct elf_link_hash_entry *) bh;
1644 elfh->type = ELF_ST_INFO (STB_LOCAL, ELF_ST_TYPE (h->root.type));
1645 elfh->other = h->root.other;
1646 elfh->size = h->root.size;
1647 elfh->forced_local = 1;
1651 /* Return TRUE if relocations in SECTION can refer directly to a MIPS16
1652 function rather than to a hard-float stub. */
1655 section_allows_mips16_refs_p (asection *section)
1659 name = bfd_get_section_name (section->owner, section);
1660 return (FN_STUB_P (name)
1661 || CALL_STUB_P (name)
1662 || CALL_FP_STUB_P (name)
1663 || strcmp (name, ".pdr") == 0);
1666 /* [RELOCS, RELEND) are the relocations against SEC, which is a MIPS16
1667 stub section of some kind. Return the R_SYMNDX of the target
1668 function, or 0 if we can't decide which function that is. */
1670 static unsigned long
1671 mips16_stub_symndx (const struct elf_backend_data *bed,
1672 asection *sec ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED,
1673 const Elf_Internal_Rela *relocs,
1674 const Elf_Internal_Rela *relend)
1676 int int_rels_per_ext_rel = bed->s->int_rels_per_ext_rel;
1677 const Elf_Internal_Rela *rel;
1679 /* Trust the first R_MIPS_NONE relocation, if any, but not a subsequent
1680 one in a compound relocation. */
1681 for (rel = relocs; rel < relend; rel += int_rels_per_ext_rel)
1682 if (ELF_R_TYPE (sec->owner, rel->r_info) == R_MIPS_NONE)
1683 return ELF_R_SYM (sec->owner, rel->r_info);
1685 /* Otherwise trust the first relocation, whatever its kind. This is
1686 the traditional behavior. */
1687 if (relocs < relend)
1688 return ELF_R_SYM (sec->owner, relocs->r_info);
1693 /* Check the mips16 stubs for a particular symbol, and see if we can
1697 mips_elf_check_mips16_stubs (struct bfd_link_info *info,
1698 struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry *h)
1700 /* Dynamic symbols must use the standard call interface, in case other
1701 objects try to call them. */
1702 if (h->fn_stub != NULL
1703 && h->root.dynindx != -1)
1705 mips_elf_create_shadow_symbol (info, h, ".mips16.");
1706 h->need_fn_stub = TRUE;
1709 if (h->fn_stub != NULL
1710 && ! h->need_fn_stub)
1712 /* We don't need the fn_stub; the only references to this symbol
1713 are 16 bit calls. Clobber the size to 0 to prevent it from
1714 being included in the link. */
1715 h->fn_stub->size = 0;
1716 h->fn_stub->flags &= ~SEC_RELOC;
1717 h->fn_stub->reloc_count = 0;
1718 h->fn_stub->flags |= SEC_EXCLUDE;
1719 h->fn_stub->output_section = bfd_abs_section_ptr;
1722 if (h->call_stub != NULL
1723 && ELF_ST_IS_MIPS16 (h->root.other))
1725 /* We don't need the call_stub; this is a 16 bit function, so
1726 calls from other 16 bit functions are OK. Clobber the size
1727 to 0 to prevent it from being included in the link. */
1728 h->call_stub->size = 0;
1729 h->call_stub->flags &= ~SEC_RELOC;
1730 h->call_stub->reloc_count = 0;
1731 h->call_stub->flags |= SEC_EXCLUDE;
1732 h->call_stub->output_section = bfd_abs_section_ptr;
1735 if (h->call_fp_stub != NULL
1736 && ELF_ST_IS_MIPS16 (h->root.other))
1738 /* We don't need the call_stub; this is a 16 bit function, so
1739 calls from other 16 bit functions are OK. Clobber the size
1740 to 0 to prevent it from being included in the link. */
1741 h->call_fp_stub->size = 0;
1742 h->call_fp_stub->flags &= ~SEC_RELOC;
1743 h->call_fp_stub->reloc_count = 0;
1744 h->call_fp_stub->flags |= SEC_EXCLUDE;
1745 h->call_fp_stub->output_section = bfd_abs_section_ptr;
1749 /* Hashtable callbacks for mips_elf_la25_stubs. */
1752 mips_elf_la25_stub_hash (const void *entry_)
1754 const struct mips_elf_la25_stub *entry;
1756 entry = (struct mips_elf_la25_stub *) entry_;
1757 return entry->h->root.root.u.def.section->id
1758 + entry->h->root.root.u.def.value;
1762 mips_elf_la25_stub_eq (const void *entry1_, const void *entry2_)
1764 const struct mips_elf_la25_stub *entry1, *entry2;
1766 entry1 = (struct mips_elf_la25_stub *) entry1_;
1767 entry2 = (struct mips_elf_la25_stub *) entry2_;
1768 return ((entry1->h->root.root.u.def.section
1769 == entry2->h->root.root.u.def.section)
1770 && (entry1->h->root.root.u.def.value
1771 == entry2->h->root.root.u.def.value));
1774 /* Called by the linker to set up the la25 stub-creation code. FN is
1775 the linker's implementation of add_stub_function. Return true on
1779 _bfd_mips_elf_init_stubs (struct bfd_link_info *info,
1780 asection *(*fn) (const char *, asection *,
1783 struct mips_elf_link_hash_table *htab;
1785 htab = mips_elf_hash_table (info);
1789 htab->add_stub_section = fn;
1790 htab->la25_stubs = htab_try_create (1, mips_elf_la25_stub_hash,
1791 mips_elf_la25_stub_eq, NULL);
1792 if (htab->la25_stubs == NULL)
1798 /* Return true if H is a locally-defined PIC function, in the sense
1799 that it or its fn_stub might need $25 to be valid on entry.
1800 Note that MIPS16 functions set up $gp using PC-relative instructions,
1801 so they themselves never need $25 to be valid. Only non-MIPS16
1802 entry points are of interest here. */
1805 mips_elf_local_pic_function_p (struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry *h)
1807 return ((h->root.root.type == bfd_link_hash_defined
1808 || h->root.root.type == bfd_link_hash_defweak)
1809 && h->root.def_regular
1810 && !bfd_is_abs_section (h->root.root.u.def.section)
1811 && !bfd_is_und_section (h->root.root.u.def.section)
1812 && (!ELF_ST_IS_MIPS16 (h->root.other)
1813 || (h->fn_stub && h->need_fn_stub))
1814 && (PIC_OBJECT_P (h->root.root.u.def.section->owner)
1815 || ELF_ST_IS_MIPS_PIC (h->root.other)));
1818 /* Set *SEC to the input section that contains the target of STUB.
1819 Return the offset of the target from the start of that section. */
1822 mips_elf_get_la25_target (struct mips_elf_la25_stub *stub,
1825 if (ELF_ST_IS_MIPS16 (stub->h->root.other))
1827 BFD_ASSERT (stub->h->need_fn_stub);
1828 *sec = stub->h->fn_stub;
1833 *sec = stub->h->root.root.u.def.section;
1834 return stub->h->root.root.u.def.value;
1838 /* STUB describes an la25 stub that we have decided to implement
1839 by inserting an LUI/ADDIU pair before the target function.
1840 Create the section and redirect the function symbol to it. */
1843 mips_elf_add_la25_intro (struct mips_elf_la25_stub *stub,
1844 struct bfd_link_info *info)
1846 struct mips_elf_link_hash_table *htab;
1848 asection *s, *input_section;
1851 htab = mips_elf_hash_table (info);
1855 /* Create a unique name for the new section. */
1856 name = bfd_malloc (11 + sizeof (".text.stub."));
1859 sprintf (name, ".text.stub.%d", (int) htab_elements (htab->la25_stubs));
1861 /* Create the section. */
1862 mips_elf_get_la25_target (stub, &input_section);
1863 s = htab->add_stub_section (name, input_section,
1864 input_section->output_section);
1868 /* Make sure that any padding goes before the stub. */
1869 align = input_section->alignment_power;
1870 if (!bfd_set_section_alignment (s->owner, s, align))
1873 s->size = (1 << align) - 8;
1875 /* Create a symbol for the stub. */
1876 mips_elf_create_stub_symbol (info, stub->h, ".pic.", s, s->size, 8);
1877 stub->stub_section = s;
1878 stub->offset = s->size;
1880 /* Allocate room for it. */
1885 /* STUB describes an la25 stub that we have decided to implement
1886 with a separate trampoline. Allocate room for it and redirect
1887 the function symbol to it. */
1890 mips_elf_add_la25_trampoline (struct mips_elf_la25_stub *stub,
1891 struct bfd_link_info *info)
1893 struct mips_elf_link_hash_table *htab;
1896 htab = mips_elf_hash_table (info);
1900 /* Create a trampoline section, if we haven't already. */
1901 s = htab->strampoline;
1904 asection *input_section = stub->h->root.root.u.def.section;
1905 s = htab->add_stub_section (".text", NULL,
1906 input_section->output_section);
1907 if (s == NULL || !bfd_set_section_alignment (s->owner, s, 4))
1909 htab->strampoline = s;
1912 /* Create a symbol for the stub. */
1913 mips_elf_create_stub_symbol (info, stub->h, ".pic.", s, s->size, 16);
1914 stub->stub_section = s;
1915 stub->offset = s->size;
1917 /* Allocate room for it. */
1922 /* H describes a symbol that needs an la25 stub. Make sure that an
1923 appropriate stub exists and point H at it. */
1926 mips_elf_add_la25_stub (struct bfd_link_info *info,
1927 struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry *h)
1929 struct mips_elf_link_hash_table *htab;
1930 struct mips_elf_la25_stub search, *stub;
1931 bfd_boolean use_trampoline_p;
1936 /* Describe the stub we want. */
1937 search.stub_section = NULL;
1941 /* See if we've already created an equivalent stub. */
1942 htab = mips_elf_hash_table (info);
1946 slot = htab_find_slot (htab->la25_stubs, &search, INSERT);
1950 stub = (struct mips_elf_la25_stub *) *slot;
1953 /* We can reuse the existing stub. */
1954 h->la25_stub = stub;
1958 /* Create a permanent copy of ENTRY and add it to the hash table. */
1959 stub = bfd_malloc (sizeof (search));
1965 /* Prefer to use LUI/ADDIU stubs if the function is at the beginning
1966 of the section and if we would need no more than 2 nops. */
1967 value = mips_elf_get_la25_target (stub, &s);
1968 if (ELF_ST_IS_MICROMIPS (stub->h->root.other))
1970 use_trampoline_p = (value != 0 || s->alignment_power > 4);
1972 h->la25_stub = stub;
1973 return (use_trampoline_p
1974 ? mips_elf_add_la25_trampoline (stub, info)
1975 : mips_elf_add_la25_intro (stub, info));
1978 /* A mips_elf_link_hash_traverse callback that is called before sizing
1979 sections. DATA points to a mips_htab_traverse_info structure. */
1982 mips_elf_check_symbols (struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry *h, void *data)
1984 struct mips_htab_traverse_info *hti;
1986 hti = (struct mips_htab_traverse_info *) data;
1987 if (!bfd_link_relocatable (hti->info))
1988 mips_elf_check_mips16_stubs (hti->info, h);
1990 if (mips_elf_local_pic_function_p (h))
1992 /* PR 12845: If H is in a section that has been garbage
1993 collected it will have its output section set to *ABS*. */
1994 if (bfd_is_abs_section (h->root.root.u.def.section->output_section))
1997 /* H is a function that might need $25 to be valid on entry.
1998 If we're creating a non-PIC relocatable object, mark H as
1999 being PIC. If we're creating a non-relocatable object with
2000 non-PIC branches and jumps to H, make sure that H has an la25
2002 if (bfd_link_relocatable (hti->info))
2004 if (!PIC_OBJECT_P (hti->output_bfd))
2005 h->root.other = ELF_ST_SET_MIPS_PIC (h->root.other);
2007 else if (h->has_nonpic_branches && !mips_elf_add_la25_stub (hti->info, h))
2016 /* R_MIPS16_26 is used for the mips16 jal and jalx instructions.
2017 Most mips16 instructions are 16 bits, but these instructions
2020 The format of these instructions is:
2022 +--------------+--------------------------------+
2023 | JALX | X| Imm 20:16 | Imm 25:21 |
2024 +--------------+--------------------------------+
2026 +-----------------------------------------------+
2028 JALX is the 5-bit value 00011. X is 0 for jal, 1 for jalx.
2029 Note that the immediate value in the first word is swapped.
2031 When producing a relocatable object file, R_MIPS16_26 is
2032 handled mostly like R_MIPS_26. In particular, the addend is
2033 stored as a straight 26-bit value in a 32-bit instruction.
2034 (gas makes life simpler for itself by never adjusting a
2035 R_MIPS16_26 reloc to be against a section, so the addend is
2036 always zero). However, the 32 bit instruction is stored as 2
2037 16-bit values, rather than a single 32-bit value. In a
2038 big-endian file, the result is the same; in a little-endian
2039 file, the two 16-bit halves of the 32 bit value are swapped.
2040 This is so that a disassembler can recognize the jal
2043 When doing a final link, R_MIPS16_26 is treated as a 32 bit
2044 instruction stored as two 16-bit values. The addend A is the
2045 contents of the targ26 field. The calculation is the same as
2046 R_MIPS_26. When storing the calculated value, reorder the
2047 immediate value as shown above, and don't forget to store the
2048 value as two 16-bit values.
2050 To put it in MIPS ABI terms, the relocation field is T-targ26-16,
2054 +--------+----------------------+
2058 +--------+----------------------+
2061 +----------+------+-------------+
2065 +----------+--------------------+
2066 where targ26-16 is sub1 followed by sub2 (i.e., the addend field A is
2067 ((sub1 << 16) | sub2)).
2069 When producing a relocatable object file, the calculation is
2070 (((A < 2) | ((P + 4) & 0xf0000000) + S) >> 2)
2071 When producing a fully linked file, the calculation is
2072 let R = (((A < 2) | ((P + 4) & 0xf0000000) + S) >> 2)
2073 ((R & 0x1f0000) << 5) | ((R & 0x3e00000) >> 5) | (R & 0xffff)
2075 The table below lists the other MIPS16 instruction relocations.
2076 Each one is calculated in the same way as the non-MIPS16 relocation
2077 given on the right, but using the extended MIPS16 layout of 16-bit
2080 R_MIPS16_GPREL R_MIPS_GPREL16
2081 R_MIPS16_GOT16 R_MIPS_GOT16
2082 R_MIPS16_CALL16 R_MIPS_CALL16
2083 R_MIPS16_HI16 R_MIPS_HI16
2084 R_MIPS16_LO16 R_MIPS_LO16
2086 A typical instruction will have a format like this:
2088 +--------------+--------------------------------+
2089 | EXTEND | Imm 10:5 | Imm 15:11 |
2090 +--------------+--------------------------------+
2091 | Major | rx | ry | Imm 4:0 |
2092 +--------------+--------------------------------+
2094 EXTEND is the five bit value 11110. Major is the instruction
2097 All we need to do here is shuffle the bits appropriately.
2098 As above, the two 16-bit halves must be swapped on a
2099 little-endian system.
2101 Finally R_MIPS16_PC16_S1 corresponds to R_MIPS_PC16, however the
2102 relocatable field is shifted by 1 rather than 2 and the same bit
2103 shuffling is done as with the relocations above. */
2105 static inline bfd_boolean
2106 mips16_reloc_p (int r_type)
2111 case R_MIPS16_GPREL:
2112 case R_MIPS16_GOT16:
2113 case R_MIPS16_CALL16:
2116 case R_MIPS16_TLS_GD:
2117 case R_MIPS16_TLS_LDM:
2118 case R_MIPS16_TLS_DTPREL_HI16:
2119 case R_MIPS16_TLS_DTPREL_LO16:
2120 case R_MIPS16_TLS_GOTTPREL:
2121 case R_MIPS16_TLS_TPREL_HI16:
2122 case R_MIPS16_TLS_TPREL_LO16:
2123 case R_MIPS16_PC16_S1:
2131 /* Check if a microMIPS reloc. */
2133 static inline bfd_boolean
2134 micromips_reloc_p (unsigned int r_type)
2136 return r_type >= R_MICROMIPS_min && r_type < R_MICROMIPS_max;
2139 /* Similar to MIPS16, the two 16-bit halves in microMIPS must be swapped
2140 on a little-endian system. This does not apply to R_MICROMIPS_PC7_S1
2141 and R_MICROMIPS_PC10_S1 relocs that apply to 16-bit instructions. */
2143 static inline bfd_boolean
2144 micromips_reloc_shuffle_p (unsigned int r_type)
2146 return (micromips_reloc_p (r_type)
2147 && r_type != R_MICROMIPS_PC7_S1
2148 && r_type != R_MICROMIPS_PC10_S1);
2151 static inline bfd_boolean
2152 got16_reloc_p (int r_type)
2154 return (r_type == R_MIPS_GOT16
2155 || r_type == R_MIPS16_GOT16
2156 || r_type == R_MICROMIPS_GOT16);
2159 static inline bfd_boolean
2160 call16_reloc_p (int r_type)
2162 return (r_type == R_MIPS_CALL16
2163 || r_type == R_MIPS16_CALL16
2164 || r_type == R_MICROMIPS_CALL16);
2167 static inline bfd_boolean
2168 got_disp_reloc_p (unsigned int r_type)
2170 return r_type == R_MIPS_GOT_DISP || r_type == R_MICROMIPS_GOT_DISP;
2173 static inline bfd_boolean
2174 got_page_reloc_p (unsigned int r_type)
2176 return r_type == R_MIPS_GOT_PAGE || r_type == R_MICROMIPS_GOT_PAGE;
2179 static inline bfd_boolean
2180 got_lo16_reloc_p (unsigned int r_type)
2182 return r_type == R_MIPS_GOT_LO16 || r_type == R_MICROMIPS_GOT_LO16;
2185 static inline bfd_boolean
2186 call_hi16_reloc_p (unsigned int r_type)
2188 return r_type == R_MIPS_CALL_HI16 || r_type == R_MICROMIPS_CALL_HI16;
2191 static inline bfd_boolean
2192 call_lo16_reloc_p (unsigned int r_type)
2194 return r_type == R_MIPS_CALL_LO16 || r_type == R_MICROMIPS_CALL_LO16;
2197 static inline bfd_boolean
2198 hi16_reloc_p (int r_type)
2200 return (r_type == R_MIPS_HI16
2201 || r_type == R_MIPS16_HI16
2202 || r_type == R_MICROMIPS_HI16
2203 || r_type == R_MIPS_PCHI16);
2206 static inline bfd_boolean
2207 lo16_reloc_p (int r_type)
2209 return (r_type == R_MIPS_LO16
2210 || r_type == R_MIPS16_LO16
2211 || r_type == R_MICROMIPS_LO16
2212 || r_type == R_MIPS_PCLO16);
2215 static inline bfd_boolean
2216 mips16_call_reloc_p (int r_type)
2218 return r_type == R_MIPS16_26 || r_type == R_MIPS16_CALL16;
2221 static inline bfd_boolean
2222 jal_reloc_p (int r_type)
2224 return (r_type == R_MIPS_26
2225 || r_type == R_MIPS16_26
2226 || r_type == R_MICROMIPS_26_S1);
2229 static inline bfd_boolean
2230 b_reloc_p (int r_type)
2232 return (r_type == R_MIPS_PC26_S2
2233 || r_type == R_MIPS_PC21_S2
2234 || r_type == R_MIPS_PC16
2235 || r_type == R_MIPS_GNU_REL16_S2
2236 || r_type == R_MIPS16_PC16_S1
2237 || r_type == R_MICROMIPS_PC16_S1
2238 || r_type == R_MICROMIPS_PC10_S1
2239 || r_type == R_MICROMIPS_PC7_S1);
2242 static inline bfd_boolean
2243 aligned_pcrel_reloc_p (int r_type)
2245 return (r_type == R_MIPS_PC18_S3
2246 || r_type == R_MIPS_PC19_S2);
2249 static inline bfd_boolean
2250 branch_reloc_p (int r_type)
2252 return (r_type == R_MIPS_26
2253 || r_type == R_MIPS_PC26_S2
2254 || r_type == R_MIPS_PC21_S2
2255 || r_type == R_MIPS_PC16
2256 || r_type == R_MIPS_GNU_REL16_S2);
2259 static inline bfd_boolean
2260 mips16_branch_reloc_p (int r_type)
2262 return (r_type == R_MIPS16_26
2263 || r_type == R_MIPS16_PC16_S1);
2266 static inline bfd_boolean
2267 micromips_branch_reloc_p (int r_type)
2269 return (r_type == R_MICROMIPS_26_S1
2270 || r_type == R_MICROMIPS_PC16_S1
2271 || r_type == R_MICROMIPS_PC10_S1
2272 || r_type == R_MICROMIPS_PC7_S1);
2275 static inline bfd_boolean
2276 tls_gd_reloc_p (unsigned int r_type)
2278 return (r_type == R_MIPS_TLS_GD
2279 || r_type == R_MIPS16_TLS_GD
2280 || r_type == R_MICROMIPS_TLS_GD);
2283 static inline bfd_boolean
2284 tls_ldm_reloc_p (unsigned int r_type)
2286 return (r_type == R_MIPS_TLS_LDM
2287 || r_type == R_MIPS16_TLS_LDM
2288 || r_type == R_MICROMIPS_TLS_LDM);
2291 static inline bfd_boolean
2292 tls_gottprel_reloc_p (unsigned int r_type)
2294 return (r_type == R_MIPS_TLS_GOTTPREL
2295 || r_type == R_MIPS16_TLS_GOTTPREL
2296 || r_type == R_MICROMIPS_TLS_GOTTPREL);
2300 _bfd_mips_elf_reloc_unshuffle (bfd *abfd, int r_type,
2301 bfd_boolean jal_shuffle, bfd_byte *data)
2303 bfd_vma first, second, val;
2305 if (!mips16_reloc_p (r_type) && !micromips_reloc_shuffle_p (r_type))
2308 /* Pick up the first and second halfwords of the instruction. */
2309 first = bfd_get_16 (abfd, data);
2310 second = bfd_get_16 (abfd, data + 2);
2311 if (micromips_reloc_p (r_type) || (r_type == R_MIPS16_26 && !jal_shuffle))
2312 val = first << 16 | second;
2313 else if (r_type != R_MIPS16_26)
2314 val = (((first & 0xf800) << 16) | ((second & 0xffe0) << 11)
2315 | ((first & 0x1f) << 11) | (first & 0x7e0) | (second & 0x1f));
2317 val = (((first & 0xfc00) << 16) | ((first & 0x3e0) << 11)
2318 | ((first & 0x1f) << 21) | second);
2319 bfd_put_32 (abfd, val, data);
2323 _bfd_mips_elf_reloc_shuffle (bfd *abfd, int r_type,
2324 bfd_boolean jal_shuffle, bfd_byte *data)
2326 bfd_vma first, second, val;
2328 if (!mips16_reloc_p (r_type) && !micromips_reloc_shuffle_p (r_type))
2331 val = bfd_get_32 (abfd, data);
2332 if (micromips_reloc_p (r_type) || (r_type == R_MIPS16_26 && !jal_shuffle))
2334 second = val & 0xffff;
2337 else if (r_type != R_MIPS16_26)
2339 second = ((val >> 11) & 0xffe0) | (val & 0x1f);
2340 first = ((val >> 16) & 0xf800) | ((val >> 11) & 0x1f) | (val & 0x7e0);
2344 second = val & 0xffff;
2345 first = ((val >> 16) & 0xfc00) | ((val >> 11) & 0x3e0)
2346 | ((val >> 21) & 0x1f);
2348 bfd_put_16 (abfd, second, data + 2);
2349 bfd_put_16 (abfd, first, data);
2352 bfd_reloc_status_type
2353 _bfd_mips_elf_gprel16_with_gp (bfd *abfd, asymbol *symbol,
2354 arelent *reloc_entry, asection *input_section,
2355 bfd_boolean relocatable, void *data, bfd_vma gp)
2359 bfd_reloc_status_type status;
2361 if (bfd_is_com_section (symbol->section))
2364 relocation = symbol->value;
2366 relocation += symbol->section->output_section->vma;
2367 relocation += symbol->section->output_offset;
2369 if (reloc_entry->address > bfd_get_section_limit (abfd, input_section))
2370 return bfd_reloc_outofrange;
2372 /* Set val to the offset into the section or symbol. */
2373 val = reloc_entry->addend;
2375 _bfd_mips_elf_sign_extend (val, 16);
2377 /* Adjust val for the final section location and GP value. If we
2378 are producing relocatable output, we don't want to do this for
2379 an external symbol. */
2381 || (symbol->flags & BSF_SECTION_SYM) != 0)
2382 val += relocation - gp;
2384 if (reloc_entry->howto->partial_inplace)
2386 status = _bfd_relocate_contents (reloc_entry->howto, abfd, val,
2388 + reloc_entry->address);
2389 if (status != bfd_reloc_ok)
2393 reloc_entry->addend = val;
2396 reloc_entry->address += input_section->output_offset;
2398 return bfd_reloc_ok;
2401 /* Used to store a REL high-part relocation such as R_MIPS_HI16 or
2402 R_MIPS_GOT16. REL is the relocation, INPUT_SECTION is the section
2403 that contains the relocation field and DATA points to the start of
2408 struct mips_hi16 *next;
2410 asection *input_section;
2414 /* FIXME: This should not be a static variable. */
2416 static struct mips_hi16 *mips_hi16_list;
2418 /* A howto special_function for REL *HI16 relocations. We can only
2419 calculate the correct value once we've seen the partnering
2420 *LO16 relocation, so just save the information for later.
2422 The ABI requires that the *LO16 immediately follow the *HI16.
2423 However, as a GNU extension, we permit an arbitrary number of
2424 *HI16s to be associated with a single *LO16. This significantly
2425 simplies the relocation handling in gcc. */
2427 bfd_reloc_status_type
2428 _bfd_mips_elf_hi16_reloc (bfd *abfd ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED, arelent *reloc_entry,
2429 asymbol *symbol ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED, void *data,
2430 asection *input_section, bfd *output_bfd,
2431 char **error_message ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED)
2433 struct mips_hi16 *n;
2435 if (reloc_entry->address > bfd_get_section_limit (abfd, input_section))
2436 return bfd_reloc_outofrange;
2438 n = bfd_malloc (sizeof *n);
2440 return bfd_reloc_outofrange;
2442 n->next = mips_hi16_list;
2444 n->input_section = input_section;
2445 n->rel = *reloc_entry;
2448 if (output_bfd != NULL)
2449 reloc_entry->address += input_section->output_offset;
2451 return bfd_reloc_ok;
2454 /* A howto special_function for REL R_MIPS*_GOT16 relocations. This is just
2455 like any other 16-bit relocation when applied to global symbols, but is
2456 treated in the same as R_MIPS_HI16 when applied to local symbols. */
2458 bfd_reloc_status_type
2459 _bfd_mips_elf_got16_reloc (bfd *abfd, arelent *reloc_entry, asymbol *symbol,
2460 void *data, asection *input_section,
2461 bfd *output_bfd, char **error_message)
2463 if ((symbol->flags & (BSF_GLOBAL | BSF_WEAK)) != 0
2464 || bfd_is_und_section (bfd_get_section (symbol))
2465 || bfd_is_com_section (bfd_get_section (symbol)))
2466 /* The relocation is against a global symbol. */
2467 return _bfd_mips_elf_generic_reloc (abfd, reloc_entry, symbol, data,
2468 input_section, output_bfd,
2471 return _bfd_mips_elf_hi16_reloc (abfd, reloc_entry, symbol, data,
2472 input_section, output_bfd, error_message);
2475 /* A howto special_function for REL *LO16 relocations. The *LO16 itself
2476 is a straightforward 16 bit inplace relocation, but we must deal with
2477 any partnering high-part relocations as well. */
2479 bfd_reloc_status_type
2480 _bfd_mips_elf_lo16_reloc (bfd *abfd, arelent *reloc_entry, asymbol *symbol,
2481 void *data, asection *input_section,
2482 bfd *output_bfd, char **error_message)
2485 bfd_byte *location = (bfd_byte *) data + reloc_entry->address;
2487 if (reloc_entry->address > bfd_get_section_limit (abfd, input_section))
2488 return bfd_reloc_outofrange;
2490 _bfd_mips_elf_reloc_unshuffle (abfd, reloc_entry->howto->type, FALSE,
2492 vallo = bfd_get_32 (abfd, location);
2493 _bfd_mips_elf_reloc_shuffle (abfd, reloc_entry->howto->type, FALSE,
2496 while (mips_hi16_list != NULL)
2498 bfd_reloc_status_type ret;
2499 struct mips_hi16 *hi;
2501 hi = mips_hi16_list;
2503 /* R_MIPS*_GOT16 relocations are something of a special case. We
2504 want to install the addend in the same way as for a R_MIPS*_HI16
2505 relocation (with a rightshift of 16). However, since GOT16
2506 relocations can also be used with global symbols, their howto
2507 has a rightshift of 0. */
2508 if (hi->rel.howto->type == R_MIPS_GOT16)
2509 hi->rel.howto = MIPS_ELF_RTYPE_TO_HOWTO (abfd, R_MIPS_HI16, FALSE);
2510 else if (hi->rel.howto->type == R_MIPS16_GOT16)
2511 hi->rel.howto = MIPS_ELF_RTYPE_TO_HOWTO (abfd, R_MIPS16_HI16, FALSE);
2512 else if (hi->rel.howto->type == R_MICROMIPS_GOT16)
2513 hi->rel.howto = MIPS_ELF_RTYPE_TO_HOWTO (abfd, R_MICROMIPS_HI16, FALSE);
2515 /* VALLO is a signed 16-bit number. Bias it by 0x8000 so that any
2516 carry or borrow will induce a change of +1 or -1 in the high part. */
2517 hi->rel.addend += (vallo + 0x8000) & 0xffff;
2519 ret = _bfd_mips_elf_generic_reloc (abfd, &hi->rel, symbol, hi->data,
2520 hi->input_section, output_bfd,
2522 if (ret != bfd_reloc_ok)
2525 mips_hi16_list = hi->next;
2529 return _bfd_mips_elf_generic_reloc (abfd, reloc_entry, symbol, data,
2530 input_section, output_bfd,
2534 /* A generic howto special_function. This calculates and installs the
2535 relocation itself, thus avoiding the oft-discussed problems in
2536 bfd_perform_relocation and bfd_install_relocation. */
2538 bfd_reloc_status_type
2539 _bfd_mips_elf_generic_reloc (bfd *abfd ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED, arelent *reloc_entry,
2540 asymbol *symbol, void *data ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED,
2541 asection *input_section, bfd *output_bfd,
2542 char **error_message ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED)
2545 bfd_reloc_status_type status;
2546 bfd_boolean relocatable;
2548 relocatable = (output_bfd != NULL);
2550 if (reloc_entry->address > bfd_get_section_limit (abfd, input_section))
2551 return bfd_reloc_outofrange;
2553 /* Build up the field adjustment in VAL. */
2555 if (!relocatable || (symbol->flags & BSF_SECTION_SYM) != 0)
2557 /* Either we're calculating the final field value or we have a
2558 relocation against a section symbol. Add in the section's
2559 offset or address. */
2560 val += symbol->section->output_section->vma;
2561 val += symbol->section->output_offset;
2566 /* We're calculating the final field value. Add in the symbol's value
2567 and, if pc-relative, subtract the address of the field itself. */
2568 val += symbol->value;
2569 if (reloc_entry->howto->pc_relative)
2571 val -= input_section->output_section->vma;
2572 val -= input_section->output_offset;
2573 val -= reloc_entry->address;
2577 /* VAL is now the final adjustment. If we're keeping this relocation
2578 in the output file, and if the relocation uses a separate addend,
2579 we just need to add VAL to that addend. Otherwise we need to add
2580 VAL to the relocation field itself. */
2581 if (relocatable && !reloc_entry->howto->partial_inplace)
2582 reloc_entry->addend += val;
2585 bfd_byte *location = (bfd_byte *) data + reloc_entry->address;
2587 /* Add in the separate addend, if any. */
2588 val += reloc_entry->addend;
2590 /* Add VAL to the relocation field. */
2591 _bfd_mips_elf_reloc_unshuffle (abfd, reloc_entry->howto->type, FALSE,
2593 status = _bfd_relocate_contents (reloc_entry->howto, abfd, val,
2595 _bfd_mips_elf_reloc_shuffle (abfd, reloc_entry->howto->type, FALSE,
2598 if (status != bfd_reloc_ok)
2603 reloc_entry->address += input_section->output_offset;
2605 return bfd_reloc_ok;
2608 /* Swap an entry in a .gptab section. Note that these routines rely
2609 on the equivalence of the two elements of the union. */
2612 bfd_mips_elf32_swap_gptab_in (bfd *abfd, const Elf32_External_gptab *ex,
2615 in->gt_entry.gt_g_value = H_GET_32 (abfd, ex->gt_entry.gt_g_value);
2616 in->gt_entry.gt_bytes = H_GET_32 (abfd, ex->gt_entry.gt_bytes);
2620 bfd_mips_elf32_swap_gptab_out (bfd *abfd, const Elf32_gptab *in,
2621 Elf32_External_gptab *ex)
2623 H_PUT_32 (abfd, in->gt_entry.gt_g_value, ex->gt_entry.gt_g_value);
2624 H_PUT_32 (abfd, in->gt_entry.gt_bytes, ex->gt_entry.gt_bytes);
2628 bfd_elf32_swap_compact_rel_out (bfd *abfd, const Elf32_compact_rel *in,
2629 Elf32_External_compact_rel *ex)
2631 H_PUT_32 (abfd, in->id1, ex->id1);
2632 H_PUT_32 (abfd, in->num, ex->num);
2633 H_PUT_32 (abfd, in->id2, ex->id2);
2634 H_PUT_32 (abfd, in->offset, ex->offset);
2635 H_PUT_32 (abfd, in->reserved0, ex->reserved0);
2636 H_PUT_32 (abfd, in->reserved1, ex->reserved1);
2640 bfd_elf32_swap_crinfo_out (bfd *abfd, const Elf32_crinfo *in,
2641 Elf32_External_crinfo *ex)
2645 l = (((in->ctype & CRINFO_CTYPE) << CRINFO_CTYPE_SH)
2646 | ((in->rtype & CRINFO_RTYPE) << CRINFO_RTYPE_SH)
2647 | ((in->dist2to & CRINFO_DIST2TO) << CRINFO_DIST2TO_SH)
2648 | ((in->relvaddr & CRINFO_RELVADDR) << CRINFO_RELVADDR_SH));
2649 H_PUT_32 (abfd, l, ex->info);
2650 H_PUT_32 (abfd, in->konst, ex->konst);
2651 H_PUT_32 (abfd, in->vaddr, ex->vaddr);
2654 /* A .reginfo section holds a single Elf32_RegInfo structure. These
2655 routines swap this structure in and out. They are used outside of
2656 BFD, so they are globally visible. */
2659 bfd_mips_elf32_swap_reginfo_in (bfd *abfd, const Elf32_External_RegInfo *ex,
2662 in->ri_gprmask = H_GET_32 (abfd, ex->ri_gprmask);
2663 in->ri_cprmask[0] = H_GET_32 (abfd, ex->ri_cprmask[0]);
2664 in->ri_cprmask[1] = H_GET_32 (abfd, ex->ri_cprmask[1]);
2665 in->ri_cprmask[2] = H_GET_32 (abfd, ex->ri_cprmask[2]);
2666 in->ri_cprmask[3] = H_GET_32 (abfd, ex->ri_cprmask[3]);
2667 in->ri_gp_value = H_GET_32 (abfd, ex->ri_gp_value);
2671 bfd_mips_elf32_swap_reginfo_out (bfd *abfd, const Elf32_RegInfo *in,
2672 Elf32_External_RegInfo *ex)
2674 H_PUT_32 (abfd, in->ri_gprmask, ex->ri_gprmask);
2675 H_PUT_32 (abfd, in->ri_cprmask[0], ex->ri_cprmask[0]);
2676 H_PUT_32 (abfd, in->ri_cprmask[1], ex->ri_cprmask[1]);
2677 H_PUT_32 (abfd, in->ri_cprmask[2], ex->ri_cprmask[2]);
2678 H_PUT_32 (abfd, in->ri_cprmask[3], ex->ri_cprmask[3]);
2679 H_PUT_32 (abfd, in->ri_gp_value, ex->ri_gp_value);
2682 /* In the 64 bit ABI, the .MIPS.options section holds register
2683 information in an Elf64_Reginfo structure. These routines swap
2684 them in and out. They are globally visible because they are used
2685 outside of BFD. These routines are here so that gas can call them
2686 without worrying about whether the 64 bit ABI has been included. */
2689 bfd_mips_elf64_swap_reginfo_in (bfd *abfd, const Elf64_External_RegInfo *ex,
2690 Elf64_Internal_RegInfo *in)
2692 in->ri_gprmask = H_GET_32 (abfd, ex->ri_gprmask);
2693 in->ri_pad = H_GET_32 (abfd, ex->ri_pad);
2694 in->ri_cprmask[0] = H_GET_32 (abfd, ex->ri_cprmask[0]);
2695 in->ri_cprmask[1] = H_GET_32 (abfd, ex->ri_cprmask[1]);
2696 in->ri_cprmask[2] = H_GET_32 (abfd, ex->ri_cprmask[2]);
2697 in->ri_cprmask[3] = H_GET_32 (abfd, ex->ri_cprmask[3]);
2698 in->ri_gp_value = H_GET_64 (abfd, ex->ri_gp_value);
2702 bfd_mips_elf64_swap_reginfo_out (bfd *abfd, const Elf64_Internal_RegInfo *in,
2703 Elf64_External_RegInfo *ex)
2705 H_PUT_32 (abfd, in->ri_gprmask, ex->ri_gprmask);
2706 H_PUT_32 (abfd, in->ri_pad, ex->ri_pad);
2707 H_PUT_32 (abfd, in->ri_cprmask[0], ex->ri_cprmask[0]);
2708 H_PUT_32 (abfd, in->ri_cprmask[1], ex->ri_cprmask[1]);
2709 H_PUT_32 (abfd, in->ri_cprmask[2], ex->ri_cprmask[2]);
2710 H_PUT_32 (abfd, in->ri_cprmask[3], ex->ri_cprmask[3]);
2711 H_PUT_64 (abfd, in->ri_gp_value, ex->ri_gp_value);
2714 /* Swap in an options header. */
2717 bfd_mips_elf_swap_options_in (bfd *abfd, const Elf_External_Options *ex,
2718 Elf_Internal_Options *in)
2720 in->kind = H_GET_8 (abfd, ex->kind);
2721 in->size = H_GET_8 (abfd, ex->size);
2722 in->section = H_GET_16 (abfd, ex->section);
2723 in->info = H_GET_32 (abfd, ex->info);
2726 /* Swap out an options header. */
2729 bfd_mips_elf_swap_options_out (bfd *abfd, const Elf_Internal_Options *in,
2730 Elf_External_Options *ex)
2732 H_PUT_8 (abfd, in->kind, ex->kind);
2733 H_PUT_8 (abfd, in->size, ex->size);
2734 H_PUT_16 (abfd, in->section, ex->section);
2735 H_PUT_32 (abfd, in->info, ex->info);
2738 /* Swap in an abiflags structure. */
2741 bfd_mips_elf_swap_abiflags_v0_in (bfd *abfd,
2742 const Elf_External_ABIFlags_v0 *ex,
2743 Elf_Internal_ABIFlags_v0 *in)
2745 in->version = H_GET_16 (abfd, ex->version);
2746 in->isa_level = H_GET_8 (abfd, ex->isa_level);
2747 in->isa_rev = H_GET_8 (abfd, ex->isa_rev);
2748 in->gpr_size = H_GET_8 (abfd, ex->gpr_size);
2749 in->cpr1_size = H_GET_8 (abfd, ex->cpr1_size);
2750 in->cpr2_size = H_GET_8 (abfd, ex->cpr2_size);
2751 in->fp_abi = H_GET_8 (abfd, ex->fp_abi);
2752 in->isa_ext = H_GET_32 (abfd, ex->isa_ext);
2753 in->ases = H_GET_32 (abfd, ex->ases);
2754 in->flags1 = H_GET_32 (abfd, ex->flags1);
2755 in->flags2 = H_GET_32 (abfd, ex->flags2);
2758 /* Swap out an abiflags structure. */
2761 bfd_mips_elf_swap_abiflags_v0_out (bfd *abfd,
2762 const Elf_Internal_ABIFlags_v0 *in,
2763 Elf_External_ABIFlags_v0 *ex)
2765 H_PUT_16 (abfd, in->version, ex->version);
2766 H_PUT_8 (abfd, in->isa_level, ex->isa_level);
2767 H_PUT_8 (abfd, in->isa_rev, ex->isa_rev);
2768 H_PUT_8 (abfd, in->gpr_size, ex->gpr_size);
2769 H_PUT_8 (abfd, in->cpr1_size, ex->cpr1_size);
2770 H_PUT_8 (abfd, in->cpr2_size, ex->cpr2_size);
2771 H_PUT_8 (abfd, in->fp_abi, ex->fp_abi);
2772 H_PUT_32 (abfd, in->isa_ext, ex->isa_ext);
2773 H_PUT_32 (abfd, in->ases, ex->ases);
2774 H_PUT_32 (abfd, in->flags1, ex->flags1);
2775 H_PUT_32 (abfd, in->flags2, ex->flags2);
2778 /* This function is called via qsort() to sort the dynamic relocation
2779 entries by increasing r_symndx value. */
2782 sort_dynamic_relocs (const void *arg1, const void *arg2)
2784 Elf_Internal_Rela int_reloc1;
2785 Elf_Internal_Rela int_reloc2;
2788 bfd_elf32_swap_reloc_in (reldyn_sorting_bfd, arg1, &int_reloc1);
2789 bfd_elf32_swap_reloc_in (reldyn_sorting_bfd, arg2, &int_reloc2);
2791 diff = ELF32_R_SYM (int_reloc1.r_info) - ELF32_R_SYM (int_reloc2.r_info);
2795 if (int_reloc1.r_offset < int_reloc2.r_offset)
2797 if (int_reloc1.r_offset > int_reloc2.r_offset)
2802 /* Like sort_dynamic_relocs, but used for elf64 relocations. */
2805 sort_dynamic_relocs_64 (const void *arg1 ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED,
2806 const void *arg2 ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED)
2809 Elf_Internal_Rela int_reloc1[3];
2810 Elf_Internal_Rela int_reloc2[3];
2812 (*get_elf_backend_data (reldyn_sorting_bfd)->s->swap_reloc_in)
2813 (reldyn_sorting_bfd, arg1, int_reloc1);
2814 (*get_elf_backend_data (reldyn_sorting_bfd)->s->swap_reloc_in)
2815 (reldyn_sorting_bfd, arg2, int_reloc2);
2817 if (ELF64_R_SYM (int_reloc1[0].r_info) < ELF64_R_SYM (int_reloc2[0].r_info))
2819 if (ELF64_R_SYM (int_reloc1[0].r_info) > ELF64_R_SYM (int_reloc2[0].r_info))
2822 if (int_reloc1[0].r_offset < int_reloc2[0].r_offset)
2824 if (int_reloc1[0].r_offset > int_reloc2[0].r_offset)
2833 /* This routine is used to write out ECOFF debugging external symbol
2834 information. It is called via mips_elf_link_hash_traverse. The
2835 ECOFF external symbol information must match the ELF external
2836 symbol information. Unfortunately, at this point we don't know
2837 whether a symbol is required by reloc information, so the two
2838 tables may wind up being different. We must sort out the external
2839 symbol information before we can set the final size of the .mdebug
2840 section, and we must set the size of the .mdebug section before we
2841 can relocate any sections, and we can't know which symbols are
2842 required by relocation until we relocate the sections.
2843 Fortunately, it is relatively unlikely that any symbol will be
2844 stripped but required by a reloc. In particular, it can not happen
2845 when generating a final executable. */
2848 mips_elf_output_extsym (struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry *h, void *data)
2850 struct extsym_info *einfo = data;
2852 asection *sec, *output_section;
2854 if (h->root.indx == -2)
2856 else if ((h->root.def_dynamic
2857 || h->root.ref_dynamic
2858 || h->root.type == bfd_link_hash_new)
2859 && !h->root.def_regular
2860 && !h->root.ref_regular)
2862 else if (einfo->info->strip == strip_all
2863 || (einfo->info->strip == strip_some
2864 && bfd_hash_lookup (einfo->info->keep_hash,
2865 h->root.root.root.string,
2866 FALSE, FALSE) == NULL))
2874 if (h->esym.ifd == -2)
2877 h->esym.cobol_main = 0;
2878 h->esym.weakext = 0;
2879 h->esym.reserved = 0;
2880 h->esym.ifd = ifdNil;
2881 h->esym.asym.value = 0;
2882 h->esym.asym.st = stGlobal;
2884 if (h->root.root.type == bfd_link_hash_undefined
2885 || h->root.root.type == bfd_link_hash_undefweak)
2889 /* Use undefined class. Also, set class and type for some
2891 name = h->root.root.root.string;
2892 if (strcmp (name, mips_elf_dynsym_rtproc_names[0]) == 0
2893 || strcmp (name, mips_elf_dynsym_rtproc_names[1]) == 0)
2895 h->esym.asym.sc = scData;
2896 h->esym.asym.st = stLabel;
2897 h->esym.asym.value = 0;
2899 else if (strcmp (name, mips_elf_dynsym_rtproc_names[2]) == 0)
2901 h->esym.asym.sc = scAbs;
2902 h->esym.asym.st = stLabel;
2903 h->esym.asym.value =
2904 mips_elf_hash_table (einfo->info)->procedure_count;
2906 else if (strcmp (name, "_gp_disp") == 0 && ! NEWABI_P (einfo->abfd))
2908 h->esym.asym.sc = scAbs;
2909 h->esym.asym.st = stLabel;
2910 h->esym.asym.value = elf_gp (einfo->abfd);
2913 h->esym.asym.sc = scUndefined;
2915 else if (h->root.root.type != bfd_link_hash_defined
2916 && h->root.root.type != bfd_link_hash_defweak)
2917 h->esym.asym.sc = scAbs;
2922 sec = h->root.root.u.def.section;
2923 output_section = sec->output_section;
2925 /* When making a shared library and symbol h is the one from
2926 the another shared library, OUTPUT_SECTION may be null. */
2927 if (output_section == NULL)
2928 h->esym.asym.sc = scUndefined;
2931 name = bfd_section_name (output_section->owner, output_section);
2933 if (strcmp (name, ".text") == 0)
2934 h->esym.asym.sc = scText;
2935 else if (strcmp (name, ".data") == 0)
2936 h->esym.asym.sc = scData;
2937 else if (strcmp (name, ".sdata") == 0)
2938 h->esym.asym.sc = scSData;
2939 else if (strcmp (name, ".rodata") == 0
2940 || strcmp (name, ".rdata") == 0)
2941 h->esym.asym.sc = scRData;
2942 else if (strcmp (name, ".bss") == 0)
2943 h->esym.asym.sc = scBss;
2944 else if (strcmp (name, ".sbss") == 0)
2945 h->esym.asym.sc = scSBss;
2946 else if (strcmp (name, ".init") == 0)
2947 h->esym.asym.sc = scInit;
2948 else if (strcmp (name, ".fini") == 0)
2949 h->esym.asym.sc = scFini;
2951 h->esym.asym.sc = scAbs;
2955 h->esym.asym.reserved = 0;
2956 h->esym.asym.index = indexNil;
2959 if (h->root.root.type == bfd_link_hash_common)
2960 h->esym.asym.value = h->root.root.u.c.size;
2961 else if (h->root.root.type == bfd_link_hash_defined
2962 || h->root.root.type == bfd_link_hash_defweak)
2964 if (h->esym.asym.sc == scCommon)
2965 h->esym.asym.sc = scBss;
2966 else if (h->esym.asym.sc == scSCommon)
2967 h->esym.asym.sc = scSBss;
2969 sec = h->root.root.u.def.section;
2970 output_section = sec->output_section;
2971 if (output_section != NULL)
2972 h->esym.asym.value = (h->root.root.u.def.value
2973 + sec->output_offset
2974 + output_section->vma);
2976 h->esym.asym.value = 0;
2980 struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry *hd = h;
2982 while (hd->root.root.type == bfd_link_hash_indirect)
2983 hd = (struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry *)h->root.root.u.i.link;
2985 if (hd->needs_lazy_stub)
2987 BFD_ASSERT (hd->root.plt.plist != NULL);
2988 BFD_ASSERT (hd->root.plt.plist->stub_offset != MINUS_ONE);
2989 /* Set type and value for a symbol with a function stub. */
2990 h->esym.asym.st = stProc;
2991 sec = hd->root.root.u.def.section;
2993 h->esym.asym.value = 0;
2996 output_section = sec->output_section;
2997 if (output_section != NULL)
2998 h->esym.asym.value = (hd->root.plt.plist->stub_offset
2999 + sec->output_offset
3000 + output_section->vma);
3002 h->esym.asym.value = 0;
3007 if (! bfd_ecoff_debug_one_external (einfo->abfd, einfo->debug, einfo->swap,
3008 h->root.root.root.string,
3011 einfo->failed = TRUE;
3018 /* A comparison routine used to sort .gptab entries. */
3021 gptab_compare (const void *p1, const void *p2)
3023 const Elf32_gptab *a1 = p1;
3024 const Elf32_gptab *a2 = p2;
3026 return a1->gt_entry.gt_g_value - a2->gt_entry.gt_g_value;
3029 /* Functions to manage the got entry hash table. */
3031 /* Use all 64 bits of a bfd_vma for the computation of a 32-bit
3034 static INLINE hashval_t
3035 mips_elf_hash_bfd_vma (bfd_vma addr)
3038 return addr + (addr >> 32);
3045 mips_elf_got_entry_hash (const void *entry_)
3047 const struct mips_got_entry *entry = (struct mips_got_entry *)entry_;
3049 return (entry->symndx
3050 + ((entry->tls_type == GOT_TLS_LDM) << 18)
3051 + (entry->tls_type == GOT_TLS_LDM ? 0
3052 : !entry->abfd ? mips_elf_hash_bfd_vma (entry->d.address)
3053 : entry->symndx >= 0 ? (entry->abfd->id
3054 + mips_elf_hash_bfd_vma (entry->d.addend))
3055 : entry->d.h->root.root.root.hash));
3059 mips_elf_got_entry_eq (const void *entry1, const void *entry2)
3061 const struct mips_got_entry *e1 = (struct mips_got_entry *)entry1;
3062 const struct mips_got_entry *e2 = (struct mips_got_entry *)entry2;
3064 return (e1->symndx == e2->symndx
3065 && e1->tls_type == e2->tls_type
3066 && (e1->tls_type == GOT_TLS_LDM ? TRUE
3067 : !e1->abfd ? !e2->abfd && e1->d.address == e2->d.address
3068 : e1->symndx >= 0 ? (e1->abfd == e2->abfd
3069 && e1->d.addend == e2->d.addend)
3070 : e2->abfd && e1->d.h == e2->d.h));
3074 mips_got_page_ref_hash (const void *ref_)
3076 const struct mips_got_page_ref *ref;
3078 ref = (const struct mips_got_page_ref *) ref_;
3079 return ((ref->symndx >= 0
3080 ? (hashval_t) (ref->u.abfd->id + ref->symndx)
3081 : ref->u.h->root.root.root.hash)
3082 + mips_elf_hash_bfd_vma (ref->addend));
3086 mips_got_page_ref_eq (const void *ref1_, const void *ref2_)
3088 const struct mips_got_page_ref *ref1, *ref2;
3090 ref1 = (const struct mips_got_page_ref *) ref1_;
3091 ref2 = (const struct mips_got_page_ref *) ref2_;
3092 return (ref1->symndx == ref2->symndx
3093 && (ref1->symndx < 0
3094 ? ref1->u.h == ref2->u.h
3095 : ref1->u.abfd == ref2->u.abfd)
3096 && ref1->addend == ref2->addend);
3100 mips_got_page_entry_hash (const void *entry_)
3102 const struct mips_got_page_entry *entry;
3104 entry = (const struct mips_got_page_entry *) entry_;
3105 return entry->sec->id;
3109 mips_got_page_entry_eq (const void *entry1_, const void *entry2_)
3111 const struct mips_got_page_entry *entry1, *entry2;
3113 entry1 = (const struct mips_got_page_entry *) entry1_;
3114 entry2 = (const struct mips_got_page_entry *) entry2_;
3115 return entry1->sec == entry2->sec;
3118 /* Create and return a new mips_got_info structure. */
3120 static struct mips_got_info *
3121 mips_elf_create_got_info (bfd *abfd)
3123 struct mips_got_info *g;
3125 g = bfd_zalloc (abfd, sizeof (struct mips_got_info));
3129 g->got_entries = htab_try_create (1, mips_elf_got_entry_hash,
3130 mips_elf_got_entry_eq, NULL);
3131 if (g->got_entries == NULL)
3134 g->got_page_refs = htab_try_create (1, mips_got_page_ref_hash,
3135 mips_got_page_ref_eq, NULL);
3136 if (g->got_page_refs == NULL)
3142 /* Return the GOT info for input bfd ABFD, trying to create a new one if
3143 CREATE_P and if ABFD doesn't already have a GOT. */
3145 static struct mips_got_info *
3146 mips_elf_bfd_got (bfd *abfd, bfd_boolean create_p)
3148 struct mips_elf_obj_tdata *tdata;
3150 if (!is_mips_elf (abfd))
3153 tdata = mips_elf_tdata (abfd);
3154 if (!tdata->got && create_p)
3155 tdata->got = mips_elf_create_got_info (abfd);
3159 /* Record that ABFD should use output GOT G. */
3162 mips_elf_replace_bfd_got (bfd *abfd, struct mips_got_info *g)
3164 struct mips_elf_obj_tdata *tdata;
3166 BFD_ASSERT (is_mips_elf (abfd));
3167 tdata = mips_elf_tdata (abfd);
3170 /* The GOT structure itself and the hash table entries are
3171 allocated to a bfd, but the hash tables aren't. */
3172 htab_delete (tdata->got->got_entries);
3173 htab_delete (tdata->got->got_page_refs);
3174 if (tdata->got->got_page_entries)
3175 htab_delete (tdata->got->got_page_entries);
3180 /* Return the dynamic relocation section. If it doesn't exist, try to
3181 create a new it if CREATE_P, otherwise return NULL. Also return NULL
3182 if creation fails. */
3185 mips_elf_rel_dyn_section (struct bfd_link_info *info, bfd_boolean create_p)
3191 dname = MIPS_ELF_REL_DYN_NAME (info);
3192 dynobj = elf_hash_table (info)->dynobj;
3193 sreloc = bfd_get_linker_section (dynobj, dname);
3194 if (sreloc == NULL && create_p)
3196 sreloc = bfd_make_section_anyway_with_flags (dynobj, dname,
3201 | SEC_LINKER_CREATED
3204 || ! bfd_set_section_alignment (dynobj, sreloc,
3205 MIPS_ELF_LOG_FILE_ALIGN (dynobj)))
3211 /* Return the GOT_TLS_* type required by relocation type R_TYPE. */
3214 mips_elf_reloc_tls_type (unsigned int r_type)
3216 if (tls_gd_reloc_p (r_type))
3219 if (tls_ldm_reloc_p (r_type))
3222 if (tls_gottprel_reloc_p (r_type))
3225 return GOT_TLS_NONE;
3228 /* Return the number of GOT slots needed for GOT TLS type TYPE. */
3231 mips_tls_got_entries (unsigned int type)
3248 /* Count the number of relocations needed for a TLS GOT entry, with
3249 access types from TLS_TYPE, and symbol H (or a local symbol if H
3253 mips_tls_got_relocs (struct bfd_link_info *info, unsigned char tls_type,
3254 struct elf_link_hash_entry *h)
3257 bfd_boolean need_relocs = FALSE;
3258 bfd_boolean dyn = elf_hash_table (info)->dynamic_sections_created;
3260 if (h && WILL_CALL_FINISH_DYNAMIC_SYMBOL (dyn, bfd_link_pic (info), h)
3261 && (!bfd_link_pic (info) || !SYMBOL_REFERENCES_LOCAL (info, h)))
3264 if ((bfd_link_pic (info) || indx != 0)
3266 || ELF_ST_VISIBILITY (h->other) == STV_DEFAULT
3267 || h->root.type != bfd_link_hash_undefweak))
3276 return indx != 0 ? 2 : 1;
3282 return bfd_link_pic (info) ? 1 : 0;
3289 /* Add the number of GOT entries and TLS relocations required by ENTRY
3293 mips_elf_count_got_entry (struct bfd_link_info *info,
3294 struct mips_got_info *g,
3295 struct mips_got_entry *entry)
3297 if (entry->tls_type)
3299 g->tls_gotno += mips_tls_got_entries (entry->tls_type);
3300 g->relocs += mips_tls_got_relocs (info, entry->tls_type,
3302 ? &entry->d.h->root : NULL);
3304 else if (entry->symndx >= 0 || entry->d.h->global_got_area == GGA_NONE)
3305 g->local_gotno += 1;
3307 g->global_gotno += 1;
3310 /* Output a simple dynamic relocation into SRELOC. */
3313 mips_elf_output_dynamic_relocation (bfd *output_bfd,
3315 unsigned long reloc_index,
3320 Elf_Internal_Rela rel[3];
3322 memset (rel, 0, sizeof (rel));
3324 rel[0].r_info = ELF_R_INFO (output_bfd, indx, r_type);
3325 rel[0].r_offset = rel[1].r_offset = rel[2].r_offset = offset;
3327 if (ABI_64_P (output_bfd))
3329 (*get_elf_backend_data (output_bfd)->s->swap_reloc_out)
3330 (output_bfd, &rel[0],
3332 + reloc_index * sizeof (Elf64_Mips_External_Rel)));
3335 bfd_elf32_swap_reloc_out
3336 (output_bfd, &rel[0],
3338 + reloc_index * sizeof (Elf32_External_Rel)));
3341 /* Initialize a set of TLS GOT entries for one symbol. */
3344 mips_elf_initialize_tls_slots (bfd *abfd, struct bfd_link_info *info,
3345 struct mips_got_entry *entry,
3346 struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry *h,
3349 struct mips_elf_link_hash_table *htab;
3351 asection *sreloc, *sgot;
3352 bfd_vma got_offset, got_offset2;
3353 bfd_boolean need_relocs = FALSE;
3355 htab = mips_elf_hash_table (info);
3364 bfd_boolean dyn = elf_hash_table (info)->dynamic_sections_created;
3366 if (WILL_CALL_FINISH_DYNAMIC_SYMBOL (dyn, bfd_link_pic (info),
3368 && (!bfd_link_pic (info)
3369 || !SYMBOL_REFERENCES_LOCAL (info, &h->root)))
3370 indx = h->root.dynindx;
3373 if (entry->tls_initialized)
3376 if ((bfd_link_pic (info) || indx != 0)
3378 || ELF_ST_VISIBILITY (h->root.other) == STV_DEFAULT
3379 || h->root.type != bfd_link_hash_undefweak))
3382 /* MINUS_ONE means the symbol is not defined in this object. It may not
3383 be defined at all; assume that the value doesn't matter in that
3384 case. Otherwise complain if we would use the value. */
3385 BFD_ASSERT (value != MINUS_ONE || (indx != 0 && need_relocs)
3386 || h->root.root.type == bfd_link_hash_undefweak);
3388 /* Emit necessary relocations. */
3389 sreloc = mips_elf_rel_dyn_section (info, FALSE);
3390 got_offset = entry->gotidx;
3392 switch (entry->tls_type)
3395 /* General Dynamic. */
3396 got_offset2 = got_offset + MIPS_ELF_GOT_SIZE (abfd);
3400 mips_elf_output_dynamic_relocation
3401 (abfd, sreloc, sreloc->reloc_count++, indx,
3402 ABI_64_P (abfd) ? R_MIPS_TLS_DTPMOD64 : R_MIPS_TLS_DTPMOD32,
3403 sgot->output_offset + sgot->output_section->vma + got_offset);
3406 mips_elf_output_dynamic_relocation
3407 (abfd, sreloc, sreloc->reloc_count++, indx,
3408 ABI_64_P (abfd) ? R_MIPS_TLS_DTPREL64 : R_MIPS_TLS_DTPREL32,
3409 sgot->output_offset + sgot->output_section->vma + got_offset2);
3411 MIPS_ELF_PUT_WORD (abfd, value - dtprel_base (info),
3412 sgot->contents + got_offset2);
3416 MIPS_ELF_PUT_WORD (abfd, 1,
3417 sgot->contents + got_offset);
3418 MIPS_ELF_PUT_WORD (abfd, value - dtprel_base (info),
3419 sgot->contents + got_offset2);
3424 /* Initial Exec model. */
3428 MIPS_ELF_PUT_WORD (abfd, value - elf_hash_table (info)->tls_sec->vma,
3429 sgot->contents + got_offset);
3431 MIPS_ELF_PUT_WORD (abfd, 0,
3432 sgot->contents + got_offset);
3434 mips_elf_output_dynamic_relocation
3435 (abfd, sreloc, sreloc->reloc_count++, indx,
3436 ABI_64_P (abfd) ? R_MIPS_TLS_TPREL64 : R_MIPS_TLS_TPREL32,
3437 sgot->output_offset + sgot->output_section->vma + got_offset);
3440 MIPS_ELF_PUT_WORD (abfd, value - tprel_base (info),
3441 sgot->contents + got_offset);
3445 /* The initial offset is zero, and the LD offsets will include the
3446 bias by DTP_OFFSET. */
3447 MIPS_ELF_PUT_WORD (abfd, 0,
3448 sgot->contents + got_offset
3449 + MIPS_ELF_GOT_SIZE (abfd));
3451 if (!bfd_link_pic (info))
3452 MIPS_ELF_PUT_WORD (abfd, 1,
3453 sgot->contents + got_offset);
3455 mips_elf_output_dynamic_relocation
3456 (abfd, sreloc, sreloc->reloc_count++, indx,
3457 ABI_64_P (abfd) ? R_MIPS_TLS_DTPMOD64 : R_MIPS_TLS_DTPMOD32,
3458 sgot->output_offset + sgot->output_section->vma + got_offset);
3465 entry->tls_initialized = TRUE;
3468 /* Return the offset from _GLOBAL_OFFSET_TABLE_ of the .got.plt entry
3469 for global symbol H. .got.plt comes before the GOT, so the offset
3470 will be negative. */
3473 mips_elf_gotplt_index (struct bfd_link_info *info,
3474 struct elf_link_hash_entry *h)
3476 bfd_vma got_address, got_value;
3477 struct mips_elf_link_hash_table *htab;
3479 htab = mips_elf_hash_table (info);
3480 BFD_ASSERT (htab != NULL);
3482 BFD_ASSERT (h->plt.plist != NULL);
3483 BFD_ASSERT (h->plt.plist->gotplt_index != MINUS_ONE);
3485 /* Calculate the address of the associated .got.plt entry. */
3486 got_address = (htab->sgotplt->output_section->vma
3487 + htab->sgotplt->output_offset
3488 + (h->plt.plist->gotplt_index
3489 * MIPS_ELF_GOT_SIZE (info->output_bfd)));
3491 /* Calculate the value of _GLOBAL_OFFSET_TABLE_. */
3492 got_value = (htab->root.hgot->root.u.def.section->output_section->vma
3493 + htab->root.hgot->root.u.def.section->output_offset
3494 + htab->root.hgot->root.u.def.value);
3496 return got_address - got_value;
3499 /* Return the GOT offset for address VALUE. If there is not yet a GOT
3500 entry for this value, create one. If R_SYMNDX refers to a TLS symbol,
3501 create a TLS GOT entry instead. Return -1 if no satisfactory GOT
3502 offset can be found. */
3505 mips_elf_local_got_index (bfd *abfd, bfd *ibfd, struct bfd_link_info *info,
3506 bfd_vma value, unsigned long r_symndx,
3507 struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry *h, int r_type)
3509 struct mips_elf_link_hash_table *htab;
3510 struct mips_got_entry *entry;
3512 htab = mips_elf_hash_table (info);
3513 BFD_ASSERT (htab != NULL);
3515 entry = mips_elf_create_local_got_entry (abfd, info, ibfd, value,
3516 r_symndx, h, r_type);
3520 if (entry->tls_type)
3521 mips_elf_initialize_tls_slots (abfd, info, entry, h, value);
3522 return entry->gotidx;
3525 /* Return the GOT index of global symbol H in the primary GOT. */
3528 mips_elf_primary_global_got_index (bfd *obfd, struct bfd_link_info *info,
3529 struct elf_link_hash_entry *h)
3531 struct mips_elf_link_hash_table *htab;
3532 long global_got_dynindx;
3533 struct mips_got_info *g;
3536 htab = mips_elf_hash_table (info);
3537 BFD_ASSERT (htab != NULL);
3539 global_got_dynindx = 0;
3540 if (htab->global_gotsym != NULL)
3541 global_got_dynindx = htab->global_gotsym->dynindx;
3543 /* Once we determine the global GOT entry with the lowest dynamic
3544 symbol table index, we must put all dynamic symbols with greater
3545 indices into the primary GOT. That makes it easy to calculate the
3547 BFD_ASSERT (h->dynindx >= global_got_dynindx);
3548 g = mips_elf_bfd_got (obfd, FALSE);
3549 got_index = ((h->dynindx - global_got_dynindx + g->local_gotno)
3550 * MIPS_ELF_GOT_SIZE (obfd));
3551 BFD_ASSERT (got_index < htab->sgot->size);
3556 /* Return the GOT index for the global symbol indicated by H, which is
3557 referenced by a relocation of type R_TYPE in IBFD. */
3560 mips_elf_global_got_index (bfd *obfd, struct bfd_link_info *info, bfd *ibfd,
3561 struct elf_link_hash_entry *h, int r_type)
3563 struct mips_elf_link_hash_table *htab;
3564 struct mips_got_info *g;
3565 struct mips_got_entry lookup, *entry;
3568 htab = mips_elf_hash_table (info);
3569 BFD_ASSERT (htab != NULL);
3571 g = mips_elf_bfd_got (ibfd, FALSE);
3574 lookup.tls_type = mips_elf_reloc_tls_type (r_type);
3575 if (!lookup.tls_type && g == mips_elf_bfd_got (obfd, FALSE))
3576 return mips_elf_primary_global_got_index (obfd, info, h);
3580 lookup.d.h = (struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry *) h;
3581 entry = htab_find (g->got_entries, &lookup);
3584 gotidx = entry->gotidx;
3585 BFD_ASSERT (gotidx > 0 && gotidx < htab->sgot->size);
3587 if (lookup.tls_type)
3589 bfd_vma value = MINUS_ONE;
3591 if ((h->root.type == bfd_link_hash_defined
3592 || h->root.type == bfd_link_hash_defweak)
3593 && h->root.u.def.section->output_section)
3594 value = (h->root.u.def.value
3595 + h->root.u.def.section->output_offset
3596 + h->root.u.def.section->output_section->vma);
3598 mips_elf_initialize_tls_slots (obfd, info, entry, lookup.d.h, value);
3603 /* Find a GOT page entry that points to within 32KB of VALUE. These
3604 entries are supposed to be placed at small offsets in the GOT, i.e.,
3605 within 32KB of GP. Return the index of the GOT entry, or -1 if no
3606 entry could be created. If OFFSETP is nonnull, use it to return the
3607 offset of the GOT entry from VALUE. */
3610 mips_elf_got_page (bfd *abfd, bfd *ibfd, struct bfd_link_info *info,
3611 bfd_vma value, bfd_vma *offsetp)
3613 bfd_vma page, got_index;
3614 struct mips_got_entry *entry;
3616 page = (value + 0x8000) & ~(bfd_vma) 0xffff;
3617 entry = mips_elf_create_local_got_entry (abfd, info, ibfd, page, 0,
3618 NULL, R_MIPS_GOT_PAGE);
3623 got_index = entry->gotidx;
3626 *offsetp = value - entry->d.address;
3631 /* Find a local GOT entry for an R_MIPS*_GOT16 relocation against VALUE.
3632 EXTERNAL is true if the relocation was originally against a global
3633 symbol that binds locally. */
3636 mips_elf_got16_entry (bfd *abfd, bfd *ibfd, struct bfd_link_info *info,
3637 bfd_vma value, bfd_boolean external)
3639 struct mips_got_entry *entry;
3641 /* GOT16 relocations against local symbols are followed by a LO16
3642 relocation; those against global symbols are not. Thus if the
3643 symbol was originally local, the GOT16 relocation should load the
3644 equivalent of %hi(VALUE), otherwise it should load VALUE itself. */
3646 value = mips_elf_high (value) << 16;
3648 /* It doesn't matter whether the original relocation was R_MIPS_GOT16,
3649 R_MIPS16_GOT16, R_MIPS_CALL16, etc. The format of the entry is the
3650 same in all cases. */
3651 entry = mips_elf_create_local_got_entry (abfd, info, ibfd, value, 0,
3652 NULL, R_MIPS_GOT16);
3654 return entry->gotidx;
3659 /* Returns the offset for the entry at the INDEXth position
3663 mips_elf_got_offset_from_index (struct bfd_link_info *info, bfd *output_bfd,
3664 bfd *input_bfd, bfd_vma got_index)
3666 struct mips_elf_link_hash_table *htab;
3670 htab = mips_elf_hash_table (info);
3671 BFD_ASSERT (htab != NULL);
3674 gp = _bfd_get_gp_value (output_bfd)
3675 + mips_elf_adjust_gp (output_bfd, htab->got_info, input_bfd);
3677 return sgot->output_section->vma + sgot->output_offset + got_index - gp;
3680 /* Create and return a local GOT entry for VALUE, which was calculated
3681 from a symbol belonging to INPUT_SECTON. Return NULL if it could not
3682 be created. If R_SYMNDX refers to a TLS symbol, create a TLS entry
3685 static struct mips_got_entry *
3686 mips_elf_create_local_got_entry (bfd *abfd, struct bfd_link_info *info,
3687 bfd *ibfd, bfd_vma value,
3688 unsigned long r_symndx,
3689 struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry *h,
3692 struct mips_got_entry lookup, *entry;
3694 struct mips_got_info *g;
3695 struct mips_elf_link_hash_table *htab;
3698 htab = mips_elf_hash_table (info);
3699 BFD_ASSERT (htab != NULL);
3701 g = mips_elf_bfd_got (ibfd, FALSE);
3704 g = mips_elf_bfd_got (abfd, FALSE);
3705 BFD_ASSERT (g != NULL);
3708 /* This function shouldn't be called for symbols that live in the global
3710 BFD_ASSERT (h == NULL || h->global_got_area == GGA_NONE);
3712 lookup.tls_type = mips_elf_reloc_tls_type (r_type);
3713 if (lookup.tls_type)
3716 if (tls_ldm_reloc_p (r_type))
3719 lookup.d.addend = 0;
3723 lookup.symndx = r_symndx;
3724 lookup.d.addend = 0;
3732 entry = (struct mips_got_entry *) htab_find (g->got_entries, &lookup);
3735 gotidx = entry->gotidx;
3736 BFD_ASSERT (gotidx > 0 && gotidx < htab->sgot->size);
3743 lookup.d.address = value;
3744 loc = htab_find_slot (g->got_entries, &lookup, INSERT);
3748 entry = (struct mips_got_entry *) *loc;
3752 if (g->assigned_low_gotno > g->assigned_high_gotno)
3754 /* We didn't allocate enough space in the GOT. */
3756 (_("not enough GOT space for local GOT entries"));
3757 bfd_set_error (bfd_error_bad_value);
3761 entry = (struct mips_got_entry *) bfd_alloc (abfd, sizeof (*entry));
3765 if (got16_reloc_p (r_type)
3766 || call16_reloc_p (r_type)
3767 || got_page_reloc_p (r_type)
3768 || got_disp_reloc_p (r_type))
3769 lookup.gotidx = MIPS_ELF_GOT_SIZE (abfd) * g->assigned_low_gotno++;
3771 lookup.gotidx = MIPS_ELF_GOT_SIZE (abfd) * g->assigned_high_gotno--;
3776 MIPS_ELF_PUT_WORD (abfd, value, htab->sgot->contents + entry->gotidx);
3778 /* These GOT entries need a dynamic relocation on VxWorks. */
3779 if (htab->is_vxworks)
3781 Elf_Internal_Rela outrel;
3784 bfd_vma got_address;
3786 s = mips_elf_rel_dyn_section (info, FALSE);
3787 got_address = (htab->sgot->output_section->vma
3788 + htab->sgot->output_offset
3791 rloc = s->contents + (s->reloc_count++ * sizeof (Elf32_External_Rela));
3792 outrel.r_offset = got_address;
3793 outrel.r_info = ELF32_R_INFO (STN_UNDEF, R_MIPS_32);
3794 outrel.r_addend = value;
3795 bfd_elf32_swap_reloca_out (abfd, &outrel, rloc);
3801 /* Return the number of dynamic section symbols required by OUTPUT_BFD.
3802 The number might be exact or a worst-case estimate, depending on how
3803 much information is available to elf_backend_omit_section_dynsym at
3804 the current linking stage. */
3806 static bfd_size_type
3807 count_section_dynsyms (bfd *output_bfd, struct bfd_link_info *info)
3809 bfd_size_type count;
3812 if (bfd_link_pic (info)
3813 || elf_hash_table (info)->is_relocatable_executable)
3816 const struct elf_backend_data *bed;
3818 bed = get_elf_backend_data (output_bfd);
3819 for (p = output_bfd->sections; p ; p = p->next)
3820 if ((p->flags & SEC_EXCLUDE) == 0
3821 && (p->flags & SEC_ALLOC) != 0
3822 && !(*bed->elf_backend_omit_section_dynsym) (output_bfd, info, p))
3828 /* Sort the dynamic symbol table so that symbols that need GOT entries
3829 appear towards the end. */
3832 mips_elf_sort_hash_table (bfd *abfd, struct bfd_link_info *info)
3834 struct mips_elf_link_hash_table *htab;
3835 struct mips_elf_hash_sort_data hsd;
3836 struct mips_got_info *g;
3838 if (elf_hash_table (info)->dynsymcount == 0)
3841 htab = mips_elf_hash_table (info);
3842 BFD_ASSERT (htab != NULL);
3849 hsd.max_unref_got_dynindx
3850 = hsd.min_got_dynindx
3851 = (elf_hash_table (info)->dynsymcount - g->reloc_only_gotno);
3852 hsd.max_non_got_dynindx = count_section_dynsyms (abfd, info) + 1;
3853 mips_elf_link_hash_traverse (((struct mips_elf_link_hash_table *)
3854 elf_hash_table (info)),
3855 mips_elf_sort_hash_table_f,
3858 /* There should have been enough room in the symbol table to
3859 accommodate both the GOT and non-GOT symbols. */
3860 BFD_ASSERT (hsd.max_non_got_dynindx <= hsd.min_got_dynindx);
3861 BFD_ASSERT ((unsigned long) hsd.max_unref_got_dynindx
3862 == elf_hash_table (info)->dynsymcount);
3863 BFD_ASSERT (elf_hash_table (info)->dynsymcount - hsd.min_got_dynindx
3864 == g->global_gotno);
3866 /* Now we know which dynamic symbol has the lowest dynamic symbol
3867 table index in the GOT. */
3868 htab->global_gotsym = hsd.low;
3873 /* If H needs a GOT entry, assign it the highest available dynamic
3874 index. Otherwise, assign it the lowest available dynamic
3878 mips_elf_sort_hash_table_f (struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry *h, void *data)
3880 struct mips_elf_hash_sort_data *hsd = data;
3882 /* Symbols without dynamic symbol table entries aren't interesting
3884 if (h->root.dynindx == -1)
3887 switch (h->global_got_area)
3890 h->root.dynindx = hsd->max_non_got_dynindx++;
3894 h->root.dynindx = --hsd->min_got_dynindx;
3895 hsd->low = (struct elf_link_hash_entry *) h;
3898 case GGA_RELOC_ONLY:
3899 if (hsd->max_unref_got_dynindx == hsd->min_got_dynindx)
3900 hsd->low = (struct elf_link_hash_entry *) h;
3901 h->root.dynindx = hsd->max_unref_got_dynindx++;
3908 /* Record that input bfd ABFD requires a GOT entry like *LOOKUP
3909 (which is owned by the caller and shouldn't be added to the
3910 hash table directly). */
3913 mips_elf_record_got_entry (struct bfd_link_info *info, bfd *abfd,
3914 struct mips_got_entry *lookup)
3916 struct mips_elf_link_hash_table *htab;
3917 struct mips_got_entry *entry;
3918 struct mips_got_info *g;
3919 void **loc, **bfd_loc;
3921 /* Make sure there's a slot for this entry in the master GOT. */
3922 htab = mips_elf_hash_table (info);
3924 loc = htab_find_slot (g->got_entries, lookup, INSERT);
3928 /* Populate the entry if it isn't already. */
3929 entry = (struct mips_got_entry *) *loc;
3932 entry = (struct mips_got_entry *) bfd_alloc (abfd, sizeof (*entry));
3936 lookup->tls_initialized = FALSE;
3937 lookup->gotidx = -1;
3942 /* Reuse the same GOT entry for the BFD's GOT. */
3943 g = mips_elf_bfd_got (abfd, TRUE);
3947 bfd_loc = htab_find_slot (g->got_entries, lookup, INSERT);
3956 /* ABFD has a GOT relocation of type R_TYPE against H. Reserve a GOT
3957 entry for it. FOR_CALL is true if the caller is only interested in
3958 using the GOT entry for calls. */
3961 mips_elf_record_global_got_symbol (struct elf_link_hash_entry *h,
3962 bfd *abfd, struct bfd_link_info *info,
3963 bfd_boolean for_call, int r_type)
3965 struct mips_elf_link_hash_table *htab;
3966 struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry *hmips;
3967 struct mips_got_entry entry;
3968 unsigned char tls_type;
3970 htab = mips_elf_hash_table (info);
3971 BFD_ASSERT (htab != NULL);
3973 hmips = (struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry *) h;
3975 hmips->got_only_for_calls = FALSE;
3977 /* A global symbol in the GOT must also be in the dynamic symbol
3979 if (h->dynindx == -1)
3981 switch (ELF_ST_VISIBILITY (h->other))
3985 _bfd_elf_link_hash_hide_symbol (info, h, TRUE);
3988 if (!bfd_elf_link_record_dynamic_symbol (info, h))
3992 tls_type = mips_elf_reloc_tls_type (r_type);
3993 if (tls_type == GOT_TLS_NONE && hmips->global_got_area > GGA_NORMAL)
3994 hmips->global_got_area = GGA_NORMAL;
3998 entry.d.h = (struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry *) h;
3999 entry.tls_type = tls_type;
4000 return mips_elf_record_got_entry (info, abfd, &entry);
4003 /* ABFD has a GOT relocation of type R_TYPE against symbol SYMNDX + ADDEND,
4004 where SYMNDX is a local symbol. Reserve a GOT entry for it. */
4007 mips_elf_record_local_got_symbol (bfd *abfd, long symndx, bfd_vma addend,
4008 struct bfd_link_info *info, int r_type)
4010 struct mips_elf_link_hash_table *htab;
4011 struct mips_got_info *g;
4012 struct mips_got_entry entry;
4014 htab = mips_elf_hash_table (info);
4015 BFD_ASSERT (htab != NULL);
4018 BFD_ASSERT (g != NULL);
4021 entry.symndx = symndx;
4022 entry.d.addend = addend;
4023 entry.tls_type = mips_elf_reloc_tls_type (r_type);
4024 return mips_elf_record_got_entry (info, abfd, &entry);
4027 /* Record that ABFD has a page relocation against SYMNDX + ADDEND.
4028 H is the symbol's hash table entry, or null if SYMNDX is local
4032 mips_elf_record_got_page_ref (struct bfd_link_info *info, bfd *abfd,
4033 long symndx, struct elf_link_hash_entry *h,
4034 bfd_signed_vma addend)
4036 struct mips_elf_link_hash_table *htab;
4037 struct mips_got_info *g1, *g2;
4038 struct mips_got_page_ref lookup, *entry;
4039 void **loc, **bfd_loc;
4041 htab = mips_elf_hash_table (info);
4042 BFD_ASSERT (htab != NULL);
4044 g1 = htab->got_info;
4045 BFD_ASSERT (g1 != NULL);
4050 lookup.u.h = (struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry *) h;
4054 lookup.symndx = symndx;
4055 lookup.u.abfd = abfd;
4057 lookup.addend = addend;
4058 loc = htab_find_slot (g1->got_page_refs, &lookup, INSERT);
4062 entry = (struct mips_got_page_ref *) *loc;
4065 entry = bfd_alloc (abfd, sizeof (*entry));
4073 /* Add the same entry to the BFD's GOT. */
4074 g2 = mips_elf_bfd_got (abfd, TRUE);
4078 bfd_loc = htab_find_slot (g2->got_page_refs, &lookup, INSERT);
4088 /* Add room for N relocations to the .rel(a).dyn section in ABFD. */
4091 mips_elf_allocate_dynamic_relocations (bfd *abfd, struct bfd_link_info *info,
4095 struct mips_elf_link_hash_table *htab;
4097 htab = mips_elf_hash_table (info);
4098 BFD_ASSERT (htab != NULL);
4100 s = mips_elf_rel_dyn_section (info, FALSE);
4101 BFD_ASSERT (s != NULL);
4103 if (htab->is_vxworks)
4104 s->size += n * MIPS_ELF_RELA_SIZE (abfd);
4109 /* Make room for a null element. */
4110 s->size += MIPS_ELF_REL_SIZE (abfd);
4113 s->size += n * MIPS_ELF_REL_SIZE (abfd);
4117 /* A htab_traverse callback for GOT entries, with DATA pointing to a
4118 mips_elf_traverse_got_arg structure. Count the number of GOT
4119 entries and TLS relocs. Set DATA->value to true if we need
4120 to resolve indirect or warning symbols and then recreate the GOT. */
4123 mips_elf_check_recreate_got (void **entryp, void *data)
4125 struct mips_got_entry *entry;
4126 struct mips_elf_traverse_got_arg *arg;
4128 entry = (struct mips_got_entry *) *entryp;
4129 arg = (struct mips_elf_traverse_got_arg *) data;
4130 if (entry->abfd != NULL && entry->symndx == -1)
4132 struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry *h;
4135 if (h->root.root.type == bfd_link_hash_indirect
4136 || h->root.root.type == bfd_link_hash_warning)
4142 mips_elf_count_got_entry (arg->info, arg->g, entry);
4146 /* A htab_traverse callback for GOT entries, with DATA pointing to a
4147 mips_elf_traverse_got_arg structure. Add all entries to DATA->g,
4148 converting entries for indirect and warning symbols into entries
4149 for the target symbol. Set DATA->g to null on error. */
4152 mips_elf_recreate_got (void **entryp, void *data)
4154 struct mips_got_entry new_entry, *entry;
4155 struct mips_elf_traverse_got_arg *arg;
4158 entry = (struct mips_got_entry *) *entryp;
4159 arg = (struct mips_elf_traverse_got_arg *) data;
4160 if (entry->abfd != NULL
4161 && entry->symndx == -1
4162 && (entry->d.h->root.root.type == bfd_link_hash_indirect
4163 || entry->d.h->root.root.type == bfd_link_hash_warning))
4165 struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry *h;
4172 BFD_ASSERT (h->global_got_area == GGA_NONE);
4173 h = (struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry *) h->root.root.u.i.link;
4175 while (h->root.root.type == bfd_link_hash_indirect
4176 || h->root.root.type == bfd_link_hash_warning);
4179 slot = htab_find_slot (arg->g->got_entries, entry, INSERT);
4187 if (entry == &new_entry)
4189 entry = bfd_alloc (entry->abfd, sizeof (*entry));
4198 mips_elf_count_got_entry (arg->info, arg->g, entry);
4203 /* Return the maximum number of GOT page entries required for RANGE. */
4206 mips_elf_pages_for_range (const struct mips_got_page_range *range)
4208 return (range->max_addend - range->min_addend + 0x1ffff) >> 16;
4211 /* Record that G requires a page entry that can reach SEC + ADDEND. */
4214 mips_elf_record_got_page_entry (struct mips_elf_traverse_got_arg *arg,
4215 asection *sec, bfd_signed_vma addend)
4217 struct mips_got_info *g = arg->g;
4218 struct mips_got_page_entry lookup, *entry;
4219 struct mips_got_page_range **range_ptr, *range;
4220 bfd_vma old_pages, new_pages;
4223 /* Find the mips_got_page_entry hash table entry for this section. */
4225 loc = htab_find_slot (g->got_page_entries, &lookup, INSERT);
4229 /* Create a mips_got_page_entry if this is the first time we've
4230 seen the section. */
4231 entry = (struct mips_got_page_entry *) *loc;
4234 entry = bfd_zalloc (arg->info->output_bfd, sizeof (*entry));
4242 /* Skip over ranges whose maximum extent cannot share a page entry
4244 range_ptr = &entry->ranges;
4245 while (*range_ptr && addend > (*range_ptr)->max_addend + 0xffff)
4246 range_ptr = &(*range_ptr)->next;
4248 /* If we scanned to the end of the list, or found a range whose
4249 minimum extent cannot share a page entry with ADDEND, create
4250 a new singleton range. */
4252 if (!range || addend < range->min_addend - 0xffff)
4254 range = bfd_zalloc (arg->info->output_bfd, sizeof (*range));
4258 range->next = *range_ptr;
4259 range->min_addend = addend;
4260 range->max_addend = addend;
4268 /* Remember how many pages the old range contributed. */
4269 old_pages = mips_elf_pages_for_range (range);
4271 /* Update the ranges. */
4272 if (addend < range->min_addend)
4273 range->min_addend = addend;
4274 else if (addend > range->max_addend)
4276 if (range->next && addend >= range->next->min_addend - 0xffff)
4278 old_pages += mips_elf_pages_for_range (range->next);
4279 range->max_addend = range->next->max_addend;
4280 range->next = range->next->next;
4283 range->max_addend = addend;
4286 /* Record any change in the total estimate. */
4287 new_pages = mips_elf_pages_for_range (range);
4288 if (old_pages != new_pages)
4290 entry->num_pages += new_pages - old_pages;
4291 g->page_gotno += new_pages - old_pages;
4297 /* A htab_traverse callback for which *REFP points to a mips_got_page_ref
4298 and for which DATA points to a mips_elf_traverse_got_arg. Work out
4299 whether the page reference described by *REFP needs a GOT page entry,
4300 and record that entry in DATA->g if so. Set DATA->g to null on failure. */
4303 mips_elf_resolve_got_page_ref (void **refp, void *data)
4305 struct mips_got_page_ref *ref;
4306 struct mips_elf_traverse_got_arg *arg;
4307 struct mips_elf_link_hash_table *htab;
4311 ref = (struct mips_got_page_ref *) *refp;
4312 arg = (struct mips_elf_traverse_got_arg *) data;
4313 htab = mips_elf_hash_table (arg->info);
4315 if (ref->symndx < 0)
4317 struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry *h;
4319 /* Global GOT_PAGEs decay to GOT_DISP and so don't need page entries. */
4321 if (!SYMBOL_REFERENCES_LOCAL (arg->info, &h->root))
4324 /* Ignore undefined symbols; we'll issue an error later if
4326 if (!((h->root.root.type == bfd_link_hash_defined
4327 || h->root.root.type == bfd_link_hash_defweak)
4328 && h->root.root.u.def.section))
4331 sec = h->root.root.u.def.section;
4332 addend = h->root.root.u.def.value + ref->addend;
4336 Elf_Internal_Sym *isym;
4338 /* Read in the symbol. */
4339 isym = bfd_sym_from_r_symndx (&htab->sym_cache, ref->u.abfd,
4347 /* Get the associated input section. */
4348 sec = bfd_section_from_elf_index (ref->u.abfd, isym->st_shndx);
4355 /* If this is a mergable section, work out the section and offset
4356 of the merged data. For section symbols, the addend specifies
4357 of the offset _of_ the first byte in the data, otherwise it
4358 specifies the offset _from_ the first byte. */
4359 if (sec->flags & SEC_MERGE)
4363 secinfo = elf_section_data (sec)->sec_info;
4364 if (ELF_ST_TYPE (isym->st_info) == STT_SECTION)
4365 addend = _bfd_merged_section_offset (ref->u.abfd, &sec, secinfo,
4366 isym->st_value + ref->addend);
4368 addend = _bfd_merged_section_offset (ref->u.abfd, &sec, secinfo,
4369 isym->st_value) + ref->addend;
4372 addend = isym->st_value + ref->addend;
4374 if (!mips_elf_record_got_page_entry (arg, sec, addend))
4382 /* If any entries in G->got_entries are for indirect or warning symbols,
4383 replace them with entries for the target symbol. Convert g->got_page_refs
4384 into got_page_entry structures and estimate the number of page entries
4385 that they require. */
4388 mips_elf_resolve_final_got_entries (struct bfd_link_info *info,
4389 struct mips_got_info *g)
4391 struct mips_elf_traverse_got_arg tga;
4392 struct mips_got_info oldg;
4399 htab_traverse (g->got_entries, mips_elf_check_recreate_got, &tga);
4403 g->got_entries = htab_create (htab_size (oldg.got_entries),
4404 mips_elf_got_entry_hash,
4405 mips_elf_got_entry_eq, NULL);
4406 if (!g->got_entries)
4409 htab_traverse (oldg.got_entries, mips_elf_recreate_got, &tga);
4413 htab_delete (oldg.got_entries);
4416 g->got_page_entries = htab_try_create (1, mips_got_page_entry_hash,
4417 mips_got_page_entry_eq, NULL);
4418 if (g->got_page_entries == NULL)
4423 htab_traverse (g->got_page_refs, mips_elf_resolve_got_page_ref, &tga);
4428 /* Return true if a GOT entry for H should live in the local rather than
4432 mips_use_local_got_p (struct bfd_link_info *info,
4433 struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry *h)
4435 /* Symbols that aren't in the dynamic symbol table must live in the
4436 local GOT. This includes symbols that are completely undefined
4437 and which therefore don't bind locally. We'll report undefined
4438 symbols later if appropriate. */
4439 if (h->root.dynindx == -1)
4442 /* Symbols that bind locally can (and in the case of forced-local
4443 symbols, must) live in the local GOT. */
4444 if (h->got_only_for_calls
4445 ? SYMBOL_CALLS_LOCAL (info, &h->root)
4446 : SYMBOL_REFERENCES_LOCAL (info, &h->root))
4449 /* If this is an executable that must provide a definition of the symbol,
4450 either though PLTs or copy relocations, then that address should go in
4451 the local rather than global GOT. */
4452 if (bfd_link_executable (info) && h->has_static_relocs)
4458 /* A mips_elf_link_hash_traverse callback for which DATA points to the
4459 link_info structure. Decide whether the hash entry needs an entry in
4460 the global part of the primary GOT, setting global_got_area accordingly.
4461 Count the number of global symbols that are in the primary GOT only
4462 because they have relocations against them (reloc_only_gotno). */
4465 mips_elf_count_got_symbols (struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry *h, void *data)
4467 struct bfd_link_info *info;
4468 struct mips_elf_link_hash_table *htab;
4469 struct mips_got_info *g;
4471 info = (struct bfd_link_info *) data;
4472 htab = mips_elf_hash_table (info);
4474 if (h->global_got_area != GGA_NONE)
4476 /* Make a final decision about whether the symbol belongs in the
4477 local or global GOT. */
4478 if (mips_use_local_got_p (info, h))
4479 /* The symbol belongs in the local GOT. We no longer need this
4480 entry if it was only used for relocations; those relocations
4481 will be against the null or section symbol instead of H. */
4482 h->global_got_area = GGA_NONE;
4483 else if (htab->is_vxworks
4484 && h->got_only_for_calls
4485 && h->root.plt.plist->mips_offset != MINUS_ONE)
4486 /* On VxWorks, calls can refer directly to the .got.plt entry;
4487 they don't need entries in the regular GOT. .got.plt entries
4488 will be allocated by _bfd_mips_elf_adjust_dynamic_symbol. */
4489 h->global_got_area = GGA_NONE;
4490 else if (h->global_got_area == GGA_RELOC_ONLY)
4492 g->reloc_only_gotno++;
4499 /* A htab_traverse callback for GOT entries. Add each one to the GOT
4500 given in mips_elf_traverse_got_arg DATA. Clear DATA->G on error. */
4503 mips_elf_add_got_entry (void **entryp, void *data)
4505 struct mips_got_entry *entry;
4506 struct mips_elf_traverse_got_arg *arg;
4509 entry = (struct mips_got_entry *) *entryp;
4510 arg = (struct mips_elf_traverse_got_arg *) data;
4511 slot = htab_find_slot (arg->g->got_entries, entry, INSERT);
4520 mips_elf_count_got_entry (arg->info, arg->g, entry);
4525 /* A htab_traverse callback for GOT page entries. Add each one to the GOT
4526 given in mips_elf_traverse_got_arg DATA. Clear DATA->G on error. */
4529 mips_elf_add_got_page_entry (void **entryp, void *data)
4531 struct mips_got_page_entry *entry;
4532 struct mips_elf_traverse_got_arg *arg;
4535 entry = (struct mips_got_page_entry *) *entryp;
4536 arg = (struct mips_elf_traverse_got_arg *) data;
4537 slot = htab_find_slot (arg->g->got_page_entries, entry, INSERT);
4546 arg->g->page_gotno += entry->num_pages;
4551 /* Consider merging FROM, which is ABFD's GOT, into TO. Return -1 if
4552 this would lead to overflow, 1 if they were merged successfully,
4553 and 0 if a merge failed due to lack of memory. (These values are chosen
4554 so that nonnegative return values can be returned by a htab_traverse
4558 mips_elf_merge_got_with (bfd *abfd, struct mips_got_info *from,
4559 struct mips_got_info *to,
4560 struct mips_elf_got_per_bfd_arg *arg)
4562 struct mips_elf_traverse_got_arg tga;
4563 unsigned int estimate;
4565 /* Work out how many page entries we would need for the combined GOT. */
4566 estimate = arg->max_pages;
4567 if (estimate >= from->page_gotno + to->page_gotno)
4568 estimate = from->page_gotno + to->page_gotno;
4570 /* And conservatively estimate how many local and TLS entries
4572 estimate += from->local_gotno + to->local_gotno;
4573 estimate += from->tls_gotno + to->tls_gotno;
4575 /* If we're merging with the primary got, any TLS relocations will
4576 come after the full set of global entries. Otherwise estimate those
4577 conservatively as well. */
4578 if (to == arg->primary && from->tls_gotno + to->tls_gotno)
4579 estimate += arg->global_count;
4581 estimate += from->global_gotno + to->global_gotno;
4583 /* Bail out if the combined GOT might be too big. */
4584 if (estimate > arg->max_count)
4587 /* Transfer the bfd's got information from FROM to TO. */
4588 tga.info = arg->info;
4590 htab_traverse (from->got_entries, mips_elf_add_got_entry, &tga);
4594 htab_traverse (from->got_page_entries, mips_elf_add_got_page_entry, &tga);
4598 mips_elf_replace_bfd_got (abfd, to);
4602 /* Attempt to merge GOT G, which belongs to ABFD. Try to use as much
4603 as possible of the primary got, since it doesn't require explicit
4604 dynamic relocations, but don't use bfds that would reference global
4605 symbols out of the addressable range. Failing the primary got,
4606 attempt to merge with the current got, or finish the current got
4607 and then make make the new got current. */
4610 mips_elf_merge_got (bfd *abfd, struct mips_got_info *g,
4611 struct mips_elf_got_per_bfd_arg *arg)
4613 unsigned int estimate;
4616 if (!mips_elf_resolve_final_got_entries (arg->info, g))
4619 /* Work out the number of page, local and TLS entries. */
4620 estimate = arg->max_pages;
4621 if (estimate > g->page_gotno)
4622 estimate = g->page_gotno;
4623 estimate += g->local_gotno + g->tls_gotno;
4625 /* We place TLS GOT entries after both locals and globals. The globals
4626 for the primary GOT may overflow the normal GOT size limit, so be
4627 sure not to merge a GOT which requires TLS with the primary GOT in that
4628 case. This doesn't affect non-primary GOTs. */
4629 estimate += (g->tls_gotno > 0 ? arg->global_count : g->global_gotno);
4631 if (estimate <= arg->max_count)
4633 /* If we don't have a primary GOT, use it as
4634 a starting point for the primary GOT. */
4641 /* Try merging with the primary GOT. */
4642 result = mips_elf_merge_got_with (abfd, g, arg->primary, arg);
4647 /* If we can merge with the last-created got, do it. */
4650 result = mips_elf_merge_got_with (abfd, g, arg->current, arg);
4655 /* Well, we couldn't merge, so create a new GOT. Don't check if it
4656 fits; if it turns out that it doesn't, we'll get relocation
4657 overflows anyway. */
4658 g->next = arg->current;
4664 /* ENTRYP is a hash table entry for a mips_got_entry. Set its gotidx
4665 to GOTIDX, duplicating the entry if it has already been assigned
4666 an index in a different GOT. */
4669 mips_elf_set_gotidx (void **entryp, long gotidx)
4671 struct mips_got_entry *entry;
4673 entry = (struct mips_got_entry *) *entryp;
4674 if (entry->gotidx > 0)
4676 struct mips_got_entry *new_entry;
4678 new_entry = bfd_alloc (entry->abfd, sizeof (*entry));
4682 *new_entry = *entry;
4683 *entryp = new_entry;
4686 entry->gotidx = gotidx;
4690 /* Set the TLS GOT index for the GOT entry in ENTRYP. DATA points to a
4691 mips_elf_traverse_got_arg in which DATA->value is the size of one
4692 GOT entry. Set DATA->g to null on failure. */
4695 mips_elf_initialize_tls_index (void **entryp, void *data)
4697 struct mips_got_entry *entry;
4698 struct mips_elf_traverse_got_arg *arg;
4700 /* We're only interested in TLS symbols. */
4701 entry = (struct mips_got_entry *) *entryp;
4702 if (entry->tls_type == GOT_TLS_NONE)
4705 arg = (struct mips_elf_traverse_got_arg *) data;
4706 if (!mips_elf_set_gotidx (entryp, arg->value * arg->g->tls_assigned_gotno))
4712 /* Account for the entries we've just allocated. */
4713 arg->g->tls_assigned_gotno += mips_tls_got_entries (entry->tls_type);
4717 /* A htab_traverse callback for GOT entries, where DATA points to a
4718 mips_elf_traverse_got_arg. Set the global_got_area of each global
4719 symbol to DATA->value. */
4722 mips_elf_set_global_got_area (void **entryp, void *data)
4724 struct mips_got_entry *entry;
4725 struct mips_elf_traverse_got_arg *arg;
4727 entry = (struct mips_got_entry *) *entryp;
4728 arg = (struct mips_elf_traverse_got_arg *) data;
4729 if (entry->abfd != NULL
4730 && entry->symndx == -1
4731 && entry->d.h->global_got_area != GGA_NONE)
4732 entry->d.h->global_got_area = arg->value;
4736 /* A htab_traverse callback for secondary GOT entries, where DATA points
4737 to a mips_elf_traverse_got_arg. Assign GOT indices to global entries
4738 and record the number of relocations they require. DATA->value is
4739 the size of one GOT entry. Set DATA->g to null on failure. */
4742 mips_elf_set_global_gotidx (void **entryp, void *data)
4744 struct mips_got_entry *entry;
4745 struct mips_elf_traverse_got_arg *arg;
4747 entry = (struct mips_got_entry *) *entryp;
4748 arg = (struct mips_elf_traverse_got_arg *) data;
4749 if (entry->abfd != NULL
4750 && entry->symndx == -1
4751 && entry->d.h->global_got_area != GGA_NONE)
4753 if (!mips_elf_set_gotidx (entryp, arg->value * arg->g->assigned_low_gotno))
4758 arg->g->assigned_low_gotno += 1;
4760 if (bfd_link_pic (arg->info)
4761 || (elf_hash_table (arg->info)->dynamic_sections_created
4762 && entry->d.h->root.def_dynamic
4763 && !entry->d.h->root.def_regular))
4764 arg->g->relocs += 1;
4770 /* A htab_traverse callback for GOT entries for which DATA is the
4771 bfd_link_info. Forbid any global symbols from having traditional
4772 lazy-binding stubs. */
4775 mips_elf_forbid_lazy_stubs (void **entryp, void *data)
4777 struct bfd_link_info *info;
4778 struct mips_elf_link_hash_table *htab;
4779 struct mips_got_entry *entry;
4781 entry = (struct mips_got_entry *) *entryp;
4782 info = (struct bfd_link_info *) data;
4783 htab = mips_elf_hash_table (info);
4784 BFD_ASSERT (htab != NULL);
4786 if (entry->abfd != NULL
4787 && entry->symndx == -1
4788 && entry->d.h->needs_lazy_stub)
4790 entry->d.h->needs_lazy_stub = FALSE;
4791 htab->lazy_stub_count--;
4797 /* Return the offset of an input bfd IBFD's GOT from the beginning of
4800 mips_elf_adjust_gp (bfd *abfd, struct mips_got_info *g, bfd *ibfd)
4805 g = mips_elf_bfd_got (ibfd, FALSE);
4809 BFD_ASSERT (g->next);
4813 return (g->local_gotno + g->global_gotno + g->tls_gotno)
4814 * MIPS_ELF_GOT_SIZE (abfd);
4817 /* Turn a single GOT that is too big for 16-bit addressing into
4818 a sequence of GOTs, each one 16-bit addressable. */
4821 mips_elf_multi_got (bfd *abfd, struct bfd_link_info *info,
4822 asection *got, bfd_size_type pages)
4824 struct mips_elf_link_hash_table *htab;
4825 struct mips_elf_got_per_bfd_arg got_per_bfd_arg;
4826 struct mips_elf_traverse_got_arg tga;
4827 struct mips_got_info *g, *gg;
4828 unsigned int assign, needed_relocs;
4831 dynobj = elf_hash_table (info)->dynobj;
4832 htab = mips_elf_hash_table (info);
4833 BFD_ASSERT (htab != NULL);
4837 got_per_bfd_arg.obfd = abfd;
4838 got_per_bfd_arg.info = info;
4839 got_per_bfd_arg.current = NULL;
4840 got_per_bfd_arg.primary = NULL;
4841 got_per_bfd_arg.max_count = ((MIPS_ELF_GOT_MAX_SIZE (info)
4842 / MIPS_ELF_GOT_SIZE (abfd))
4843 - htab->reserved_gotno);
4844 got_per_bfd_arg.max_pages = pages;
4845 /* The number of globals that will be included in the primary GOT.
4846 See the calls to mips_elf_set_global_got_area below for more
4848 got_per_bfd_arg.global_count = g->global_gotno;
4850 /* Try to merge the GOTs of input bfds together, as long as they
4851 don't seem to exceed the maximum GOT size, choosing one of them
4852 to be the primary GOT. */
4853 for (ibfd = info->input_bfds; ibfd; ibfd = ibfd->link.next)
4855 gg = mips_elf_bfd_got (ibfd, FALSE);
4856 if (gg && !mips_elf_merge_got (ibfd, gg, &got_per_bfd_arg))
4860 /* If we do not find any suitable primary GOT, create an empty one. */
4861 if (got_per_bfd_arg.primary == NULL)
4862 g->next = mips_elf_create_got_info (abfd);
4864 g->next = got_per_bfd_arg.primary;
4865 g->next->next = got_per_bfd_arg.current;
4867 /* GG is now the master GOT, and G is the primary GOT. */
4871 /* Map the output bfd to the primary got. That's what we're going
4872 to use for bfds that use GOT16 or GOT_PAGE relocations that we
4873 didn't mark in check_relocs, and we want a quick way to find it.
4874 We can't just use gg->next because we're going to reverse the
4876 mips_elf_replace_bfd_got (abfd, g);
4878 /* Every symbol that is referenced in a dynamic relocation must be
4879 present in the primary GOT, so arrange for them to appear after
4880 those that are actually referenced. */
4881 gg->reloc_only_gotno = gg->global_gotno - g->global_gotno;
4882 g->global_gotno = gg->global_gotno;
4885 tga.value = GGA_RELOC_ONLY;
4886 htab_traverse (gg->got_entries, mips_elf_set_global_got_area, &tga);
4887 tga.value = GGA_NORMAL;
4888 htab_traverse (g->got_entries, mips_elf_set_global_got_area, &tga);
4890 /* Now go through the GOTs assigning them offset ranges.
4891 [assigned_low_gotno, local_gotno[ will be set to the range of local
4892 entries in each GOT. We can then compute the end of a GOT by
4893 adding local_gotno to global_gotno. We reverse the list and make
4894 it circular since then we'll be able to quickly compute the
4895 beginning of a GOT, by computing the end of its predecessor. To
4896 avoid special cases for the primary GOT, while still preserving
4897 assertions that are valid for both single- and multi-got links,
4898 we arrange for the main got struct to have the right number of
4899 global entries, but set its local_gotno such that the initial
4900 offset of the primary GOT is zero. Remember that the primary GOT
4901 will become the last item in the circular linked list, so it
4902 points back to the master GOT. */
4903 gg->local_gotno = -g->global_gotno;
4904 gg->global_gotno = g->global_gotno;
4911 struct mips_got_info *gn;
4913 assign += htab->reserved_gotno;
4914 g->assigned_low_gotno = assign;
4915 g->local_gotno += assign;
4916 g->local_gotno += (pages < g->page_gotno ? pages : g->page_gotno);
4917 g->assigned_high_gotno = g->local_gotno - 1;
4918 assign = g->local_gotno + g->global_gotno + g->tls_gotno;
4920 /* Take g out of the direct list, and push it onto the reversed
4921 list that gg points to. g->next is guaranteed to be nonnull after
4922 this operation, as required by mips_elf_initialize_tls_index. */
4927 /* Set up any TLS entries. We always place the TLS entries after
4928 all non-TLS entries. */
4929 g->tls_assigned_gotno = g->local_gotno + g->global_gotno;
4931 tga.value = MIPS_ELF_GOT_SIZE (abfd);
4932 htab_traverse (g->got_entries, mips_elf_initialize_tls_index, &tga);
4935 BFD_ASSERT (g->tls_assigned_gotno == assign);
4937 /* Move onto the next GOT. It will be a secondary GOT if nonull. */
4940 /* Forbid global symbols in every non-primary GOT from having
4941 lazy-binding stubs. */
4943 htab_traverse (g->got_entries, mips_elf_forbid_lazy_stubs, info);
4947 got->size = assign * MIPS_ELF_GOT_SIZE (abfd);
4950 for (g = gg->next; g && g->next != gg; g = g->next)
4952 unsigned int save_assign;
4954 /* Assign offsets to global GOT entries and count how many
4955 relocations they need. */
4956 save_assign = g->assigned_low_gotno;
4957 g->assigned_low_gotno = g->local_gotno;
4959 tga.value = MIPS_ELF_GOT_SIZE (abfd);
4961 htab_traverse (g->got_entries, mips_elf_set_global_gotidx, &tga);
4964 BFD_ASSERT (g->assigned_low_gotno == g->local_gotno + g->global_gotno);
4965 g->assigned_low_gotno = save_assign;
4967 if (bfd_link_pic (info))
4969 g->relocs += g->local_gotno - g->assigned_low_gotno;
4970 BFD_ASSERT (g->assigned_low_gotno == g->next->local_gotno
4971 + g->next->global_gotno
4972 + g->next->tls_gotno
4973 + htab->reserved_gotno);
4975 needed_relocs += g->relocs;
4977 needed_relocs += g->relocs;
4980 mips_elf_allocate_dynamic_relocations (dynobj, info,
4987 /* Returns the first relocation of type r_type found, beginning with
4988 RELOCATION. RELEND is one-past-the-end of the relocation table. */
4990 static const Elf_Internal_Rela *
4991 mips_elf_next_relocation (bfd *abfd ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED, unsigned int r_type,
4992 const Elf_Internal_Rela *relocation,
4993 const Elf_Internal_Rela *relend)
4995 unsigned long r_symndx = ELF_R_SYM (abfd, relocation->r_info);
4997 while (relocation < relend)
4999 if (ELF_R_TYPE (abfd, relocation->r_info) == r_type
5000 && ELF_R_SYM (abfd, relocation->r_info) == r_symndx)
5006 /* We didn't find it. */
5010 /* Return whether an input relocation is against a local symbol. */
5013 mips_elf_local_relocation_p (bfd *input_bfd,
5014 const Elf_Internal_Rela *relocation,
5015 asection **local_sections)
5017 unsigned long r_symndx;
5018 Elf_Internal_Shdr *symtab_hdr;
5021 r_symndx = ELF_R_SYM (input_bfd, relocation->r_info);
5022 symtab_hdr = &elf_tdata (input_bfd)->symtab_hdr;
5023 extsymoff = (elf_bad_symtab (input_bfd)) ? 0 : symtab_hdr->sh_info;
5025 if (r_symndx < extsymoff)
5027 if (elf_bad_symtab (input_bfd) && local_sections[r_symndx] != NULL)
5033 /* Sign-extend VALUE, which has the indicated number of BITS. */
5036 _bfd_mips_elf_sign_extend (bfd_vma value, int bits)
5038 if (value & ((bfd_vma) 1 << (bits - 1)))
5039 /* VALUE is negative. */
5040 value |= ((bfd_vma) - 1) << bits;
5045 /* Return non-zero if the indicated VALUE has overflowed the maximum
5046 range expressible by a signed number with the indicated number of
5050 mips_elf_overflow_p (bfd_vma value, int bits)
5052 bfd_signed_vma svalue = (bfd_signed_vma) value;
5054 if (svalue > (1 << (bits - 1)) - 1)
5055 /* The value is too big. */
5057 else if (svalue < -(1 << (bits - 1)))
5058 /* The value is too small. */
5065 /* Calculate the %high function. */
5068 mips_elf_high (bfd_vma value)
5070 return ((value + (bfd_vma) 0x8000) >> 16) & 0xffff;
5073 /* Calculate the %higher function. */
5076 mips_elf_higher (bfd_vma value ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED)
5079 return ((value + (bfd_vma) 0x80008000) >> 32) & 0xffff;
5086 /* Calculate the %highest function. */
5089 mips_elf_highest (bfd_vma value ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED)
5092 return ((value + (((bfd_vma) 0x8000 << 32) | 0x80008000)) >> 48) & 0xffff;
5099 /* Create the .compact_rel section. */
5102 mips_elf_create_compact_rel_section
5103 (bfd *abfd, struct bfd_link_info *info ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED)
5106 register asection *s;
5108 if (bfd_get_linker_section (abfd, ".compact_rel") == NULL)
5110 flags = (SEC_HAS_CONTENTS | SEC_IN_MEMORY | SEC_LINKER_CREATED
5113 s = bfd_make_section_anyway_with_flags (abfd, ".compact_rel", flags);
5115 || ! bfd_set_section_alignment (abfd, s,
5116 MIPS_ELF_LOG_FILE_ALIGN (abfd)))
5119 s->size = sizeof (Elf32_External_compact_rel);
5125 /* Create the .got section to hold the global offset table. */
5128 mips_elf_create_got_section (bfd *abfd, struct bfd_link_info *info)
5131 register asection *s;
5132 struct elf_link_hash_entry *h;
5133 struct bfd_link_hash_entry *bh;
5134 struct mips_elf_link_hash_table *htab;
5136 htab = mips_elf_hash_table (info);
5137 BFD_ASSERT (htab != NULL);
5139 /* This function may be called more than once. */
5143 flags = (SEC_ALLOC | SEC_LOAD | SEC_HAS_CONTENTS | SEC_IN_MEMORY
5144 | SEC_LINKER_CREATED);
5146 /* We have to use an alignment of 2**4 here because this is hardcoded
5147 in the function stub generation and in the linker script. */
5148 s = bfd_make_section_anyway_with_flags (abfd, ".got", flags);
5150 || ! bfd_set_section_alignment (abfd, s, 4))
5154 /* Define the symbol _GLOBAL_OFFSET_TABLE_. We don't do this in the
5155 linker script because we don't want to define the symbol if we
5156 are not creating a global offset table. */
5158 if (! (_bfd_generic_link_add_one_symbol
5159 (info, abfd, "_GLOBAL_OFFSET_TABLE_", BSF_GLOBAL, s,
5160 0, NULL, FALSE, get_elf_backend_data (abfd)->collect, &bh)))
5163 h = (struct elf_link_hash_entry *) bh;
5166 h->type = STT_OBJECT;
5167 h->other = (h->other & ~ELF_ST_VISIBILITY (-1)) | STV_HIDDEN;
5168 elf_hash_table (info)->hgot = h;
5170 if (bfd_link_pic (info)
5171 && ! bfd_elf_link_record_dynamic_symbol (info, h))
5174 htab->got_info = mips_elf_create_got_info (abfd);
5175 mips_elf_section_data (s)->elf.this_hdr.sh_flags
5176 |= SHF_ALLOC | SHF_WRITE | SHF_MIPS_GPREL;
5178 /* We also need a .got.plt section when generating PLTs. */
5179 s = bfd_make_section_anyway_with_flags (abfd, ".got.plt",
5180 SEC_ALLOC | SEC_LOAD
5183 | SEC_LINKER_CREATED);
5191 /* Return true if H refers to the special VxWorks __GOTT_BASE__ or
5192 __GOTT_INDEX__ symbols. These symbols are only special for
5193 shared objects; they are not used in executables. */
5196 is_gott_symbol (struct bfd_link_info *info, struct elf_link_hash_entry *h)
5198 return (mips_elf_hash_table (info)->is_vxworks
5199 && bfd_link_pic (info)
5200 && (strcmp (h->root.root.string, "__GOTT_BASE__") == 0
5201 || strcmp (h->root.root.string, "__GOTT_INDEX__") == 0));
5204 /* Return TRUE if a relocation of type R_TYPE from INPUT_BFD might
5205 require an la25 stub. See also mips_elf_local_pic_function_p,
5206 which determines whether the destination function ever requires a
5210 mips_elf_relocation_needs_la25_stub (bfd *input_bfd, int r_type,
5211 bfd_boolean target_is_16_bit_code_p)
5213 /* We specifically ignore branches and jumps from EF_PIC objects,
5214 where the onus is on the compiler or programmer to perform any
5215 necessary initialization of $25. Sometimes such initialization
5216 is unnecessary; for example, -mno-shared functions do not use
5217 the incoming value of $25, and may therefore be called directly. */
5218 if (PIC_OBJECT_P (input_bfd))
5225 case R_MIPS_PC21_S2:
5226 case R_MIPS_PC26_S2:
5227 case R_MICROMIPS_26_S1:
5228 case R_MICROMIPS_PC7_S1:
5229 case R_MICROMIPS_PC10_S1:
5230 case R_MICROMIPS_PC16_S1:
5231 case R_MICROMIPS_PC23_S2:
5235 return !target_is_16_bit_code_p;
5242 /* Calculate the value produced by the RELOCATION (which comes from
5243 the INPUT_BFD). The ADDEND is the addend to use for this
5244 RELOCATION; RELOCATION->R_ADDEND is ignored.
5246 The result of the relocation calculation is stored in VALUEP.
5247 On exit, set *CROSS_MODE_JUMP_P to true if the relocation field
5248 is a MIPS16 or microMIPS jump to standard MIPS code, or vice versa.
5250 This function returns bfd_reloc_continue if the caller need take no
5251 further action regarding this relocation, bfd_reloc_notsupported if
5252 something goes dramatically wrong, bfd_reloc_overflow if an
5253 overflow occurs, and bfd_reloc_ok to indicate success. */
5255 static bfd_reloc_status_type
5256 mips_elf_calculate_relocation (bfd *abfd, bfd *input_bfd,
5257 asection *input_section,
5258 struct bfd_link_info *info,
5259 const Elf_Internal_Rela *relocation,
5260 bfd_vma addend, reloc_howto_type *howto,
5261 Elf_Internal_Sym *local_syms,
5262 asection **local_sections, bfd_vma *valuep,
5264 bfd_boolean *cross_mode_jump_p,
5265 bfd_boolean save_addend)
5267 /* The eventual value we will return. */
5269 /* The address of the symbol against which the relocation is
5272 /* The final GP value to be used for the relocatable, executable, or
5273 shared object file being produced. */
5275 /* The place (section offset or address) of the storage unit being
5278 /* The value of GP used to create the relocatable object. */
5280 /* The offset into the global offset table at which the address of
5281 the relocation entry symbol, adjusted by the addend, resides
5282 during execution. */
5283 bfd_vma g = MINUS_ONE;
5284 /* The section in which the symbol referenced by the relocation is
5286 asection *sec = NULL;
5287 struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry *h = NULL;
5288 /* TRUE if the symbol referred to by this relocation is a local
5290 bfd_boolean local_p, was_local_p;
5291 /* TRUE if the symbol referred to by this relocation is a section
5293 bfd_boolean section_p = FALSE;
5294 /* TRUE if the symbol referred to by this relocation is "_gp_disp". */
5295 bfd_boolean gp_disp_p = FALSE;
5296 /* TRUE if the symbol referred to by this relocation is
5297 "__gnu_local_gp". */
5298 bfd_boolean gnu_local_gp_p = FALSE;
5299 Elf_Internal_Shdr *symtab_hdr;
5301 unsigned long r_symndx;
5303 /* TRUE if overflow occurred during the calculation of the
5304 relocation value. */
5305 bfd_boolean overflowed_p;
5306 /* TRUE if this relocation refers to a MIPS16 function. */
5307 bfd_boolean target_is_16_bit_code_p = FALSE;
5308 bfd_boolean target_is_micromips_code_p = FALSE;
5309 struct mips_elf_link_hash_table *htab;
5312 dynobj = elf_hash_table (info)->dynobj;
5313 htab = mips_elf_hash_table (info);
5314 BFD_ASSERT (htab != NULL);
5316 /* Parse the relocation. */
5317 r_symndx = ELF_R_SYM (input_bfd, relocation->r_info);
5318 r_type = ELF_R_TYPE (input_bfd, relocation->r_info);
5319 p = (input_section->output_section->vma
5320 + input_section->output_offset
5321 + relocation->r_offset);
5323 /* Assume that there will be no overflow. */
5324 overflowed_p = FALSE;
5326 /* Figure out whether or not the symbol is local, and get the offset
5327 used in the array of hash table entries. */
5328 symtab_hdr = &elf_tdata (input_bfd)->symtab_hdr;
5329 local_p = mips_elf_local_relocation_p (input_bfd, relocation,
5331 was_local_p = local_p;
5332 if (! elf_bad_symtab (input_bfd))
5333 extsymoff = symtab_hdr->sh_info;
5336 /* The symbol table does not follow the rule that local symbols
5337 must come before globals. */
5341 /* Figure out the value of the symbol. */
5344 bfd_boolean micromips_p = MICROMIPS_P (abfd);
5345 Elf_Internal_Sym *sym;
5347 sym = local_syms + r_symndx;
5348 sec = local_sections[r_symndx];
5350 section_p = ELF_ST_TYPE (sym->st_info) == STT_SECTION;
5352 symbol = sec->output_section->vma + sec->output_offset;
5353 if (!section_p || (sec->flags & SEC_MERGE))
5354 symbol += sym->st_value;
5355 if ((sec->flags & SEC_MERGE) && section_p)
5357 addend = _bfd_elf_rel_local_sym (abfd, sym, &sec, addend);
5359 addend += sec->output_section->vma + sec->output_offset;
5362 /* MIPS16/microMIPS text labels should be treated as odd. */
5363 if (ELF_ST_IS_COMPRESSED (sym->st_other))
5366 /* Record the name of this symbol, for our caller. */
5367 *namep = bfd_elf_string_from_elf_section (input_bfd,
5368 symtab_hdr->sh_link,
5370 if (*namep == NULL || **namep == '\0')
5371 *namep = bfd_section_name (input_bfd, sec);
5373 /* For relocations against a section symbol and ones against no
5374 symbol (absolute relocations) infer the ISA mode from the addend. */
5375 if (section_p || r_symndx == STN_UNDEF)
5377 target_is_16_bit_code_p = (addend & 1) && !micromips_p;
5378 target_is_micromips_code_p = (addend & 1) && micromips_p;
5380 /* For relocations against an absolute symbol infer the ISA mode
5381 from the value of the symbol plus addend. */
5382 else if (bfd_is_abs_section (sec))
5384 target_is_16_bit_code_p = ((symbol + addend) & 1) && !micromips_p;
5385 target_is_micromips_code_p = ((symbol + addend) & 1) && micromips_p;
5387 /* Otherwise just use the regular symbol annotation available. */
5390 target_is_16_bit_code_p = ELF_ST_IS_MIPS16 (sym->st_other);
5391 target_is_micromips_code_p = ELF_ST_IS_MICROMIPS (sym->st_other);
5396 /* ??? Could we use RELOC_FOR_GLOBAL_SYMBOL here ? */
5398 /* For global symbols we look up the symbol in the hash-table. */
5399 h = ((struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry *)
5400 elf_sym_hashes (input_bfd) [r_symndx - extsymoff]);
5401 /* Find the real hash-table entry for this symbol. */
5402 while (h->root.root.type == bfd_link_hash_indirect
5403 || h->root.root.type == bfd_link_hash_warning)
5404 h = (struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry *) h->root.root.u.i.link;
5406 /* Record the name of this symbol, for our caller. */
5407 *namep = h->root.root.root.string;
5409 /* See if this is the special _gp_disp symbol. Note that such a
5410 symbol must always be a global symbol. */
5411 if (strcmp (*namep, "_gp_disp") == 0
5412 && ! NEWABI_P (input_bfd))
5414 /* Relocations against _gp_disp are permitted only with
5415 R_MIPS_HI16 and R_MIPS_LO16 relocations. */
5416 if (!hi16_reloc_p (r_type) && !lo16_reloc_p (r_type))
5417 return bfd_reloc_notsupported;
5421 /* See if this is the special _gp symbol. Note that such a
5422 symbol must always be a global symbol. */
5423 else if (strcmp (*namep, "__gnu_local_gp") == 0)
5424 gnu_local_gp_p = TRUE;
5427 /* If this symbol is defined, calculate its address. Note that
5428 _gp_disp is a magic symbol, always implicitly defined by the
5429 linker, so it's inappropriate to check to see whether or not
5431 else if ((h->root.root.type == bfd_link_hash_defined
5432 || h->root.root.type == bfd_link_hash_defweak)
5433 && h->root.root.u.def.section)
5435 sec = h->root.root.u.def.section;
5436 if (sec->output_section)
5437 symbol = (h->root.root.u.def.value
5438 + sec->output_section->vma
5439 + sec->output_offset);
5441 symbol = h->root.root.u.def.value;
5443 else if (h->root.root.type == bfd_link_hash_undefweak)
5444 /* We allow relocations against undefined weak symbols, giving
5445 it the value zero, so that you can undefined weak functions
5446 and check to see if they exist by looking at their
5449 else if (info->unresolved_syms_in_objects == RM_IGNORE
5450 && ELF_ST_VISIBILITY (h->root.other) == STV_DEFAULT)
5452 else if (strcmp (*namep, SGI_COMPAT (input_bfd)
5453 ? "_DYNAMIC_LINK" : "_DYNAMIC_LINKING") == 0)
5455 /* If this is a dynamic link, we should have created a
5456 _DYNAMIC_LINK symbol or _DYNAMIC_LINKING(for normal mips) symbol
5457 in in _bfd_mips_elf_create_dynamic_sections.
5458 Otherwise, we should define the symbol with a value of 0.
5459 FIXME: It should probably get into the symbol table
5461 BFD_ASSERT (! bfd_link_pic (info));
5462 BFD_ASSERT (bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd, ".dynamic") == NULL);
5465 else if (ELF_MIPS_IS_OPTIONAL (h->root.other))
5467 /* This is an optional symbol - an Irix specific extension to the
5468 ELF spec. Ignore it for now.
5469 XXX - FIXME - there is more to the spec for OPTIONAL symbols
5470 than simply ignoring them, but we do not handle this for now.
5471 For information see the "64-bit ELF Object File Specification"
5472 which is available from here:
5473 http://techpubs.sgi.com/library/manuals/4000/007-4658-001/pdf/007-4658-001.pdf */
5478 (*info->callbacks->undefined_symbol)
5479 (info, h->root.root.root.string, input_bfd,
5480 input_section, relocation->r_offset,
5481 (info->unresolved_syms_in_objects == RM_GENERATE_ERROR)
5482 || ELF_ST_VISIBILITY (h->root.other));
5483 return bfd_reloc_undefined;
5486 target_is_16_bit_code_p = ELF_ST_IS_MIPS16 (h->root.other);
5487 target_is_micromips_code_p = ELF_ST_IS_MICROMIPS (h->root.other);
5490 /* If this is a reference to a 16-bit function with a stub, we need
5491 to redirect the relocation to the stub unless:
5493 (a) the relocation is for a MIPS16 JAL;
5495 (b) the relocation is for a MIPS16 PIC call, and there are no
5496 non-MIPS16 uses of the GOT slot; or
5498 (c) the section allows direct references to MIPS16 functions. */
5499 if (r_type != R_MIPS16_26
5500 && !bfd_link_relocatable (info)
5502 && h->fn_stub != NULL
5503 && (r_type != R_MIPS16_CALL16 || h->need_fn_stub))
5505 && mips_elf_tdata (input_bfd)->local_stubs != NULL
5506 && mips_elf_tdata (input_bfd)->local_stubs[r_symndx] != NULL))
5507 && !section_allows_mips16_refs_p (input_section))
5509 /* This is a 32- or 64-bit call to a 16-bit function. We should
5510 have already noticed that we were going to need the
5514 sec = mips_elf_tdata (input_bfd)->local_stubs[r_symndx];
5519 BFD_ASSERT (h->need_fn_stub);
5522 /* If a LA25 header for the stub itself exists, point to the
5523 prepended LUI/ADDIU sequence. */
5524 sec = h->la25_stub->stub_section;
5525 value = h->la25_stub->offset;
5534 symbol = sec->output_section->vma + sec->output_offset + value;
5535 /* The target is 16-bit, but the stub isn't. */
5536 target_is_16_bit_code_p = FALSE;
5538 /* If this is a MIPS16 call with a stub, that is made through the PLT or
5539 to a standard MIPS function, we need to redirect the call to the stub.
5540 Note that we specifically exclude R_MIPS16_CALL16 from this behavior;
5541 indirect calls should use an indirect stub instead. */
5542 else if (r_type == R_MIPS16_26 && !bfd_link_relocatable (info)
5543 && ((h != NULL && (h->call_stub != NULL || h->call_fp_stub != NULL))
5545 && mips_elf_tdata (input_bfd)->local_call_stubs != NULL
5546 && mips_elf_tdata (input_bfd)->local_call_stubs[r_symndx] != NULL))
5547 && ((h != NULL && h->use_plt_entry) || !target_is_16_bit_code_p))
5550 sec = mips_elf_tdata (input_bfd)->local_call_stubs[r_symndx];
5553 /* If both call_stub and call_fp_stub are defined, we can figure
5554 out which one to use by checking which one appears in the input
5556 if (h->call_stub != NULL && h->call_fp_stub != NULL)
5561 for (o = input_bfd->sections; o != NULL; o = o->next)
5563 if (CALL_FP_STUB_P (bfd_get_section_name (input_bfd, o)))
5565 sec = h->call_fp_stub;
5572 else if (h->call_stub != NULL)
5575 sec = h->call_fp_stub;
5578 BFD_ASSERT (sec->size > 0);
5579 symbol = sec->output_section->vma + sec->output_offset;
5581 /* If this is a direct call to a PIC function, redirect to the
5583 else if (h != NULL && h->la25_stub
5584 && mips_elf_relocation_needs_la25_stub (input_bfd, r_type,
5585 target_is_16_bit_code_p))
5587 symbol = (h->la25_stub->stub_section->output_section->vma
5588 + h->la25_stub->stub_section->output_offset
5589 + h->la25_stub->offset);
5590 if (ELF_ST_IS_MICROMIPS (h->root.other))
5593 /* For direct MIPS16 and microMIPS calls make sure the compressed PLT
5594 entry is used if a standard PLT entry has also been made. In this
5595 case the symbol will have been set by mips_elf_set_plt_sym_value
5596 to point to the standard PLT entry, so redirect to the compressed
5598 else if ((mips16_branch_reloc_p (r_type)
5599 || micromips_branch_reloc_p (r_type))
5600 && !bfd_link_relocatable (info)
5603 && h->root.plt.plist->comp_offset != MINUS_ONE
5604 && h->root.plt.plist->mips_offset != MINUS_ONE)
5606 bfd_boolean micromips_p = MICROMIPS_P (abfd);
5609 symbol = (sec->output_section->vma
5610 + sec->output_offset
5611 + htab->plt_header_size
5612 + htab->plt_mips_offset
5613 + h->root.plt.plist->comp_offset
5616 target_is_16_bit_code_p = !micromips_p;
5617 target_is_micromips_code_p = micromips_p;
5620 /* Make sure MIPS16 and microMIPS are not used together. */
5621 if ((mips16_branch_reloc_p (r_type) && target_is_micromips_code_p)
5622 || (micromips_branch_reloc_p (r_type) && target_is_16_bit_code_p))
5625 (_("MIPS16 and microMIPS functions cannot call each other"));
5626 return bfd_reloc_notsupported;
5629 /* Calls from 16-bit code to 32-bit code and vice versa require the
5630 mode change. However, we can ignore calls to undefined weak symbols,
5631 which should never be executed at runtime. This exception is important
5632 because the assembly writer may have "known" that any definition of the
5633 symbol would be 16-bit code, and that direct jumps were therefore
5635 *cross_mode_jump_p = (!bfd_link_relocatable (info)
5636 && !(h && h->root.root.type == bfd_link_hash_undefweak)
5637 && ((mips16_branch_reloc_p (r_type)
5638 && !target_is_16_bit_code_p)
5639 || (micromips_branch_reloc_p (r_type)
5640 && !target_is_micromips_code_p)
5641 || ((branch_reloc_p (r_type)
5642 || r_type == R_MIPS_JALR)
5643 && (target_is_16_bit_code_p
5644 || target_is_micromips_code_p))));
5646 local_p = (h == NULL || mips_use_local_got_p (info, h));
5648 gp0 = _bfd_get_gp_value (input_bfd);
5649 gp = _bfd_get_gp_value (abfd);
5651 gp += mips_elf_adjust_gp (abfd, htab->got_info, input_bfd);
5656 /* Global R_MIPS_GOT_PAGE/R_MICROMIPS_GOT_PAGE relocations are equivalent
5657 to R_MIPS_GOT_DISP/R_MICROMIPS_GOT_DISP. The addend is applied by the
5658 corresponding R_MIPS_GOT_OFST/R_MICROMIPS_GOT_OFST. */
5659 if (got_page_reloc_p (r_type) && !local_p)
5661 r_type = (micromips_reloc_p (r_type)
5662 ? R_MICROMIPS_GOT_DISP : R_MIPS_GOT_DISP);
5666 /* If we haven't already determined the GOT offset, and we're going
5667 to need it, get it now. */
5670 case R_MIPS16_CALL16:
5671 case R_MIPS16_GOT16:
5674 case R_MIPS_GOT_DISP:
5675 case R_MIPS_GOT_HI16:
5676 case R_MIPS_CALL_HI16:
5677 case R_MIPS_GOT_LO16:
5678 case R_MIPS_CALL_LO16:
5679 case R_MICROMIPS_CALL16:
5680 case R_MICROMIPS_GOT16:
5681 case R_MICROMIPS_GOT_DISP:
5682 case R_MICROMIPS_GOT_HI16:
5683 case R_MICROMIPS_CALL_HI16:
5684 case R_MICROMIPS_GOT_LO16:
5685 case R_MICROMIPS_CALL_LO16:
5687 case R_MIPS_TLS_GOTTPREL:
5688 case R_MIPS_TLS_LDM:
5689 case R_MIPS16_TLS_GD:
5690 case R_MIPS16_TLS_GOTTPREL:
5691 case R_MIPS16_TLS_LDM:
5692 case R_MICROMIPS_TLS_GD:
5693 case R_MICROMIPS_TLS_GOTTPREL:
5694 case R_MICROMIPS_TLS_LDM:
5695 /* Find the index into the GOT where this value is located. */
5696 if (tls_ldm_reloc_p (r_type))
5698 g = mips_elf_local_got_index (abfd, input_bfd, info,
5699 0, 0, NULL, r_type);
5701 return bfd_reloc_outofrange;
5705 /* On VxWorks, CALL relocations should refer to the .got.plt
5706 entry, which is initialized to point at the PLT stub. */
5707 if (htab->is_vxworks
5708 && (call_hi16_reloc_p (r_type)
5709 || call_lo16_reloc_p (r_type)
5710 || call16_reloc_p (r_type)))
5712 BFD_ASSERT (addend == 0);
5713 BFD_ASSERT (h->root.needs_plt);
5714 g = mips_elf_gotplt_index (info, &h->root);
5718 BFD_ASSERT (addend == 0);
5719 g = mips_elf_global_got_index (abfd, info, input_bfd,
5721 if (!TLS_RELOC_P (r_type)
5722 && !elf_hash_table (info)->dynamic_sections_created)
5723 /* This is a static link. We must initialize the GOT entry. */
5724 MIPS_ELF_PUT_WORD (dynobj, symbol, htab->sgot->contents + g);
5727 else if (!htab->is_vxworks
5728 && (call16_reloc_p (r_type) || got16_reloc_p (r_type)))
5729 /* The calculation below does not involve "g". */
5733 g = mips_elf_local_got_index (abfd, input_bfd, info,
5734 symbol + addend, r_symndx, h, r_type);
5736 return bfd_reloc_outofrange;
5739 /* Convert GOT indices to actual offsets. */
5740 g = mips_elf_got_offset_from_index (info, abfd, input_bfd, g);
5744 /* Relocations against the VxWorks __GOTT_BASE__ and __GOTT_INDEX__
5745 symbols are resolved by the loader. Add them to .rela.dyn. */
5746 if (h != NULL && is_gott_symbol (info, &h->root))
5748 Elf_Internal_Rela outrel;
5752 s = mips_elf_rel_dyn_section (info, FALSE);
5753 loc = s->contents + s->reloc_count++ * sizeof (Elf32_External_Rela);
5755 outrel.r_offset = (input_section->output_section->vma
5756 + input_section->output_offset
5757 + relocation->r_offset);
5758 outrel.r_info = ELF32_R_INFO (h->root.dynindx, r_type);
5759 outrel.r_addend = addend;
5760 bfd_elf32_swap_reloca_out (abfd, &outrel, loc);
5762 /* If we've written this relocation for a readonly section,
5763 we need to set DF_TEXTREL again, so that we do not delete the
5765 if (MIPS_ELF_READONLY_SECTION (input_section))
5766 info->flags |= DF_TEXTREL;
5769 return bfd_reloc_ok;
5772 /* Figure out what kind of relocation is being performed. */
5776 return bfd_reloc_continue;
5779 if (howto->partial_inplace)
5780 addend = _bfd_mips_elf_sign_extend (addend, 16);
5781 value = symbol + addend;
5782 overflowed_p = mips_elf_overflow_p (value, 16);
5788 if ((bfd_link_pic (info)
5789 || (htab->root.dynamic_sections_created
5791 && h->root.def_dynamic
5792 && !h->root.def_regular
5793 && !h->has_static_relocs))
5794 && r_symndx != STN_UNDEF
5796 || h->root.root.type != bfd_link_hash_undefweak
5797 || ELF_ST_VISIBILITY (h->root.other) == STV_DEFAULT)
5798 && (input_section->flags & SEC_ALLOC) != 0)
5800 /* If we're creating a shared library, then we can't know
5801 where the symbol will end up. So, we create a relocation
5802 record in the output, and leave the job up to the dynamic
5803 linker. We must do the same for executable references to
5804 shared library symbols, unless we've decided to use copy
5805 relocs or PLTs instead. */
5807 if (!mips_elf_create_dynamic_relocation (abfd,
5815 return bfd_reloc_undefined;
5819 if (r_type != R_MIPS_REL32)
5820 value = symbol + addend;
5824 value &= howto->dst_mask;
5828 value = symbol + addend - p;
5829 value &= howto->dst_mask;
5833 /* The calculation for R_MIPS16_26 is just the same as for an
5834 R_MIPS_26. It's only the storage of the relocated field into
5835 the output file that's different. That's handled in
5836 mips_elf_perform_relocation. So, we just fall through to the
5837 R_MIPS_26 case here. */
5839 case R_MICROMIPS_26_S1:
5843 /* Shift is 2, unusually, for microMIPS JALX. */
5844 shift = (!*cross_mode_jump_p && r_type == R_MICROMIPS_26_S1) ? 1 : 2;
5846 if (howto->partial_inplace && !section_p)
5847 value = _bfd_mips_elf_sign_extend (addend, 26 + shift);
5852 /* Make sure the target of a jump is suitably aligned. Bit 0 must
5853 be the correct ISA mode selector except for weak undefined
5855 if ((was_local_p || h->root.root.type != bfd_link_hash_undefweak)
5856 && (*cross_mode_jump_p
5857 ? (value & 3) != (r_type == R_MIPS_26)
5858 : (value & ((1 << shift) - 1)) != (r_type != R_MIPS_26)))
5859 return bfd_reloc_outofrange;
5862 if (was_local_p || h->root.root.type != bfd_link_hash_undefweak)
5863 overflowed_p = (value >> 26) != ((p + 4) >> (26 + shift));
5864 value &= howto->dst_mask;
5868 case R_MIPS_TLS_DTPREL_HI16:
5869 case R_MIPS16_TLS_DTPREL_HI16:
5870 case R_MICROMIPS_TLS_DTPREL_HI16:
5871 value = (mips_elf_high (addend + symbol - dtprel_base (info))
5875 case R_MIPS_TLS_DTPREL_LO16:
5876 case R_MIPS_TLS_DTPREL32:
5877 case R_MIPS_TLS_DTPREL64:
5878 case R_MIPS16_TLS_DTPREL_LO16:
5879 case R_MICROMIPS_TLS_DTPREL_LO16:
5880 value = (symbol + addend - dtprel_base (info)) & howto->dst_mask;
5883 case R_MIPS_TLS_TPREL_HI16:
5884 case R_MIPS16_TLS_TPREL_HI16:
5885 case R_MICROMIPS_TLS_TPREL_HI16:
5886 value = (mips_elf_high (addend + symbol - tprel_base (info))
5890 case R_MIPS_TLS_TPREL_LO16:
5891 case R_MIPS_TLS_TPREL32:
5892 case R_MIPS_TLS_TPREL64:
5893 case R_MIPS16_TLS_TPREL_LO16:
5894 case R_MICROMIPS_TLS_TPREL_LO16:
5895 value = (symbol + addend - tprel_base (info)) & howto->dst_mask;
5900 case R_MICROMIPS_HI16:
5903 value = mips_elf_high (addend + symbol);
5904 value &= howto->dst_mask;
5908 /* For MIPS16 ABI code we generate this sequence
5909 0: li $v0,%hi(_gp_disp)
5910 4: addiupc $v1,%lo(_gp_disp)
5914 So the offsets of hi and lo relocs are the same, but the
5915 base $pc is that used by the ADDIUPC instruction at $t9 + 4.
5916 ADDIUPC clears the low two bits of the instruction address,
5917 so the base is ($t9 + 4) & ~3. */
5918 if (r_type == R_MIPS16_HI16)
5919 value = mips_elf_high (addend + gp - ((p + 4) & ~(bfd_vma) 0x3));
5920 /* The microMIPS .cpload sequence uses the same assembly
5921 instructions as the traditional psABI version, but the
5922 incoming $t9 has the low bit set. */
5923 else if (r_type == R_MICROMIPS_HI16)
5924 value = mips_elf_high (addend + gp - p - 1);
5926 value = mips_elf_high (addend + gp - p);
5927 overflowed_p = mips_elf_overflow_p (value, 16);
5933 case R_MICROMIPS_LO16:
5934 case R_MICROMIPS_HI0_LO16:
5936 value = (symbol + addend) & howto->dst_mask;
5939 /* See the comment for R_MIPS16_HI16 above for the reason
5940 for this conditional. */
5941 if (r_type == R_MIPS16_LO16)
5942 value = addend + gp - (p & ~(bfd_vma) 0x3);
5943 else if (r_type == R_MICROMIPS_LO16
5944 || r_type == R_MICROMIPS_HI0_LO16)
5945 value = addend + gp - p + 3;
5947 value = addend + gp - p + 4;
5948 /* The MIPS ABI requires checking the R_MIPS_LO16 relocation
5949 for overflow. But, on, say, IRIX5, relocations against
5950 _gp_disp are normally generated from the .cpload
5951 pseudo-op. It generates code that normally looks like
5954 lui $gp,%hi(_gp_disp)
5955 addiu $gp,$gp,%lo(_gp_disp)
5958 Here $t9 holds the address of the function being called,
5959 as required by the MIPS ELF ABI. The R_MIPS_LO16
5960 relocation can easily overflow in this situation, but the
5961 R_MIPS_HI16 relocation will handle the overflow.
5962 Therefore, we consider this a bug in the MIPS ABI, and do
5963 not check for overflow here. */
5967 case R_MIPS_LITERAL:
5968 case R_MICROMIPS_LITERAL:
5969 /* Because we don't merge literal sections, we can handle this
5970 just like R_MIPS_GPREL16. In the long run, we should merge
5971 shared literals, and then we will need to additional work
5976 case R_MIPS16_GPREL:
5977 /* The R_MIPS16_GPREL performs the same calculation as
5978 R_MIPS_GPREL16, but stores the relocated bits in a different
5979 order. We don't need to do anything special here; the
5980 differences are handled in mips_elf_perform_relocation. */
5981 case R_MIPS_GPREL16:
5982 case R_MICROMIPS_GPREL7_S2:
5983 case R_MICROMIPS_GPREL16:
5984 /* Only sign-extend the addend if it was extracted from the
5985 instruction. If the addend was separate, leave it alone,
5986 otherwise we may lose significant bits. */
5987 if (howto->partial_inplace)
5988 addend = _bfd_mips_elf_sign_extend (addend, 16);
5989 value = symbol + addend - gp;
5990 /* If the symbol was local, any earlier relocatable links will
5991 have adjusted its addend with the gp offset, so compensate
5992 for that now. Don't do it for symbols forced local in this
5993 link, though, since they won't have had the gp offset applied
5997 if (was_local_p || h->root.root.type != bfd_link_hash_undefweak)
5998 overflowed_p = mips_elf_overflow_p (value, 16);
6001 case R_MIPS16_GOT16:
6002 case R_MIPS16_CALL16:
6005 case R_MICROMIPS_GOT16:
6006 case R_MICROMIPS_CALL16:
6007 /* VxWorks does not have separate local and global semantics for
6008 R_MIPS*_GOT16; every relocation evaluates to "G". */
6009 if (!htab->is_vxworks && local_p)
6011 value = mips_elf_got16_entry (abfd, input_bfd, info,
6012 symbol + addend, !was_local_p);
6013 if (value == MINUS_ONE)
6014 return bfd_reloc_outofrange;
6016 = mips_elf_got_offset_from_index (info, abfd, input_bfd, value);
6017 overflowed_p = mips_elf_overflow_p (value, 16);
6024 case R_MIPS_TLS_GOTTPREL:
6025 case R_MIPS_TLS_LDM:
6026 case R_MIPS_GOT_DISP:
6027 case R_MIPS16_TLS_GD:
6028 case R_MIPS16_TLS_GOTTPREL:
6029 case R_MIPS16_TLS_LDM:
6030 case R_MICROMIPS_TLS_GD:
6031 case R_MICROMIPS_TLS_GOTTPREL:
6032 case R_MICROMIPS_TLS_LDM:
6033 case R_MICROMIPS_GOT_DISP:
6035 overflowed_p = mips_elf_overflow_p (value, 16);
6038 case R_MIPS_GPREL32:
6039 value = (addend + symbol + gp0 - gp);
6041 value &= howto->dst_mask;
6045 case R_MIPS_GNU_REL16_S2:
6046 if (howto->partial_inplace)
6047 addend = _bfd_mips_elf_sign_extend (addend, 18);
6049 /* No need to exclude weak undefined symbols here as they resolve
6050 to 0 and never set `*cross_mode_jump_p', so this alignment check
6051 will never trigger for them. */
6052 if (*cross_mode_jump_p
6053 ? ((symbol + addend) & 3) != 1
6054 : ((symbol + addend) & 3) != 0)
6055 return bfd_reloc_outofrange;
6057 value = symbol + addend - p;
6058 if (was_local_p || h->root.root.type != bfd_link_hash_undefweak)
6059 overflowed_p = mips_elf_overflow_p (value, 18);
6060 value >>= howto->rightshift;
6061 value &= howto->dst_mask;
6064 case R_MIPS16_PC16_S1:
6065 if (howto->partial_inplace)
6066 addend = _bfd_mips_elf_sign_extend (addend, 17);
6068 if ((was_local_p || h->root.root.type != bfd_link_hash_undefweak)
6069 && (*cross_mode_jump_p
6070 ? ((symbol + addend) & 3) != 0
6071 : ((symbol + addend) & 1) == 0))
6072 return bfd_reloc_outofrange;
6074 value = symbol + addend - p;
6075 if (was_local_p || h->root.root.type != bfd_link_hash_undefweak)
6076 overflowed_p = mips_elf_overflow_p (value, 17);
6077 value >>= howto->rightshift;
6078 value &= howto->dst_mask;
6081 case R_MIPS_PC21_S2:
6082 if (howto->partial_inplace)
6083 addend = _bfd_mips_elf_sign_extend (addend, 23);
6085 if ((symbol + addend) & 3)
6086 return bfd_reloc_outofrange;
6088 value = symbol + addend - p;
6089 if (was_local_p || h->root.root.type != bfd_link_hash_undefweak)
6090 overflowed_p = mips_elf_overflow_p (value, 23);
6091 value >>= howto->rightshift;
6092 value &= howto->dst_mask;
6095 case R_MIPS_PC26_S2:
6096 if (howto->partial_inplace)
6097 addend = _bfd_mips_elf_sign_extend (addend, 28);
6099 if ((symbol + addend) & 3)
6100 return bfd_reloc_outofrange;
6102 value = symbol + addend - p;
6103 if (was_local_p || h->root.root.type != bfd_link_hash_undefweak)
6104 overflowed_p = mips_elf_overflow_p (value, 28);
6105 value >>= howto->rightshift;
6106 value &= howto->dst_mask;
6109 case R_MIPS_PC18_S3:
6110 if (howto->partial_inplace)
6111 addend = _bfd_mips_elf_sign_extend (addend, 21);
6113 if ((symbol + addend) & 7)
6114 return bfd_reloc_outofrange;
6116 value = symbol + addend - ((p | 7) ^ 7);
6117 if (was_local_p || h->root.root.type != bfd_link_hash_undefweak)
6118 overflowed_p = mips_elf_overflow_p (value, 21);
6119 value >>= howto->rightshift;
6120 value &= howto->dst_mask;
6123 case R_MIPS_PC19_S2:
6124 if (howto->partial_inplace)
6125 addend = _bfd_mips_elf_sign_extend (addend, 21);
6127 if ((symbol + addend) & 3)
6128 return bfd_reloc_outofrange;
6130 value = symbol + addend - p;
6131 if (was_local_p || h->root.root.type != bfd_link_hash_undefweak)
6132 overflowed_p = mips_elf_overflow_p (value, 21);
6133 value >>= howto->rightshift;
6134 value &= howto->dst_mask;
6138 value = mips_elf_high (symbol + addend - p);
6139 if (was_local_p || h->root.root.type != bfd_link_hash_undefweak)
6140 overflowed_p = mips_elf_overflow_p (value, 16);
6141 value &= howto->dst_mask;
6145 if (howto->partial_inplace)
6146 addend = _bfd_mips_elf_sign_extend (addend, 16);
6147 value = symbol + addend - p;
6148 value &= howto->dst_mask;
6151 case R_MICROMIPS_PC7_S1:
6152 if (howto->partial_inplace)
6153 addend = _bfd_mips_elf_sign_extend (addend, 8);
6155 if ((was_local_p || h->root.root.type != bfd_link_hash_undefweak)
6156 && (*cross_mode_jump_p
6157 ? ((symbol + addend + 2) & 3) != 0
6158 : ((symbol + addend + 2) & 1) == 0))
6159 return bfd_reloc_outofrange;
6161 value = symbol + addend - p;
6162 if (was_local_p || h->root.root.type != bfd_link_hash_undefweak)
6163 overflowed_p = mips_elf_overflow_p (value, 8);
6164 value >>= howto->rightshift;
6165 value &= howto->dst_mask;
6168 case R_MICROMIPS_PC10_S1:
6169 if (howto->partial_inplace)
6170 addend = _bfd_mips_elf_sign_extend (addend, 11);
6172 if ((was_local_p || h->root.root.type != bfd_link_hash_undefweak)
6173 && (*cross_mode_jump_p
6174 ? ((symbol + addend + 2) & 3) != 0
6175 : ((symbol + addend + 2) & 1) == 0))
6176 return bfd_reloc_outofrange;
6178 value = symbol + addend - p;
6179 if (was_local_p || h->root.root.type != bfd_link_hash_undefweak)
6180 overflowed_p = mips_elf_overflow_p (value, 11);
6181 value >>= howto->rightshift;
6182 value &= howto->dst_mask;
6185 case R_MICROMIPS_PC16_S1:
6186 if (howto->partial_inplace)
6187 addend = _bfd_mips_elf_sign_extend (addend, 17);
6189 if ((was_local_p || h->root.root.type != bfd_link_hash_undefweak)
6190 && (*cross_mode_jump_p
6191 ? ((symbol + addend) & 3) != 0
6192 : ((symbol + addend) & 1) == 0))
6193 return bfd_reloc_outofrange;
6195 value = symbol + addend - p;
6196 if (was_local_p || h->root.root.type != bfd_link_hash_undefweak)
6197 overflowed_p = mips_elf_overflow_p (value, 17);
6198 value >>= howto->rightshift;
6199 value &= howto->dst_mask;
6202 case R_MICROMIPS_PC23_S2:
6203 if (howto->partial_inplace)
6204 addend = _bfd_mips_elf_sign_extend (addend, 25);
6205 value = symbol + addend - ((p | 3) ^ 3);
6206 if (was_local_p || h->root.root.type != bfd_link_hash_undefweak)
6207 overflowed_p = mips_elf_overflow_p (value, 25);
6208 value >>= howto->rightshift;
6209 value &= howto->dst_mask;
6212 case R_MIPS_GOT_HI16:
6213 case R_MIPS_CALL_HI16:
6214 case R_MICROMIPS_GOT_HI16:
6215 case R_MICROMIPS_CALL_HI16:
6216 /* We're allowed to handle these two relocations identically.
6217 The dynamic linker is allowed to handle the CALL relocations
6218 differently by creating a lazy evaluation stub. */
6220 value = mips_elf_high (value);
6221 value &= howto->dst_mask;
6224 case R_MIPS_GOT_LO16:
6225 case R_MIPS_CALL_LO16:
6226 case R_MICROMIPS_GOT_LO16:
6227 case R_MICROMIPS_CALL_LO16:
6228 value = g & howto->dst_mask;
6231 case R_MIPS_GOT_PAGE:
6232 case R_MICROMIPS_GOT_PAGE:
6233 value = mips_elf_got_page (abfd, input_bfd, info, symbol + addend, NULL);
6234 if (value == MINUS_ONE)
6235 return bfd_reloc_outofrange;
6236 value = mips_elf_got_offset_from_index (info, abfd, input_bfd, value);
6237 overflowed_p = mips_elf_overflow_p (value, 16);
6240 case R_MIPS_GOT_OFST:
6241 case R_MICROMIPS_GOT_OFST:
6243 mips_elf_got_page (abfd, input_bfd, info, symbol + addend, &value);
6246 overflowed_p = mips_elf_overflow_p (value, 16);
6250 case R_MICROMIPS_SUB:
6251 value = symbol - addend;
6252 value &= howto->dst_mask;
6256 case R_MICROMIPS_HIGHER:
6257 value = mips_elf_higher (addend + symbol);
6258 value &= howto->dst_mask;
6261 case R_MIPS_HIGHEST:
6262 case R_MICROMIPS_HIGHEST:
6263 value = mips_elf_highest (addend + symbol);
6264 value &= howto->dst_mask;
6267 case R_MIPS_SCN_DISP:
6268 case R_MICROMIPS_SCN_DISP:
6269 value = symbol + addend - sec->output_offset;
6270 value &= howto->dst_mask;
6274 case R_MICROMIPS_JALR:
6275 /* This relocation is only a hint. In some cases, we optimize
6276 it into a bal instruction. But we don't try to optimize
6277 when the symbol does not resolve locally. */
6278 if (h != NULL && !SYMBOL_CALLS_LOCAL (info, &h->root))
6279 return bfd_reloc_continue;
6280 value = symbol + addend;
6284 case R_MIPS_GNU_VTINHERIT:
6285 case R_MIPS_GNU_VTENTRY:
6286 /* We don't do anything with these at present. */
6287 return bfd_reloc_continue;
6290 /* An unrecognized relocation type. */
6291 return bfd_reloc_notsupported;
6294 /* Store the VALUE for our caller. */
6296 return overflowed_p ? bfd_reloc_overflow : bfd_reloc_ok;
6299 /* Obtain the field relocated by RELOCATION. */
6302 mips_elf_obtain_contents (reloc_howto_type *howto,
6303 const Elf_Internal_Rela *relocation,
6304 bfd *input_bfd, bfd_byte *contents)
6307 bfd_byte *location = contents + relocation->r_offset;
6308 unsigned int size = bfd_get_reloc_size (howto);
6310 /* Obtain the bytes. */
6312 x = bfd_get (8 * size, input_bfd, location);
6317 /* It has been determined that the result of the RELOCATION is the
6318 VALUE. Use HOWTO to place VALUE into the output file at the
6319 appropriate position. The SECTION is the section to which the
6321 CROSS_MODE_JUMP_P is true if the relocation field
6322 is a MIPS16 or microMIPS jump to standard MIPS code, or vice versa.
6324 Returns FALSE if anything goes wrong. */
6327 mips_elf_perform_relocation (struct bfd_link_info *info,
6328 reloc_howto_type *howto,
6329 const Elf_Internal_Rela *relocation,
6330 bfd_vma value, bfd *input_bfd,
6331 asection *input_section, bfd_byte *contents,
6332 bfd_boolean cross_mode_jump_p)
6336 int r_type = ELF_R_TYPE (input_bfd, relocation->r_info);
6339 /* Figure out where the relocation is occurring. */
6340 location = contents + relocation->r_offset;
6342 _bfd_mips_elf_reloc_unshuffle (input_bfd, r_type, FALSE, location);
6344 /* Obtain the current value. */
6345 x = mips_elf_obtain_contents (howto, relocation, input_bfd, contents);
6347 /* Clear the field we are setting. */
6348 x &= ~howto->dst_mask;
6350 /* Set the field. */
6351 x |= (value & howto->dst_mask);
6353 /* Detect incorrect JALX usage. If required, turn JAL or BAL into JALX. */
6354 if (!cross_mode_jump_p && jal_reloc_p (r_type))
6356 bfd_vma opcode = x >> 26;
6358 if (r_type == R_MIPS16_26 ? opcode == 0x7
6359 : r_type == R_MICROMIPS_26_S1 ? opcode == 0x3c
6362 info->callbacks->einfo
6363 (_("%X%H: Unsupported JALX to the same ISA mode\n"),
6364 input_bfd, input_section, relocation->r_offset);
6368 if (cross_mode_jump_p && jal_reloc_p (r_type))
6371 bfd_vma opcode = x >> 26;
6372 bfd_vma jalx_opcode;
6374 /* Check to see if the opcode is already JAL or JALX. */
6375 if (r_type == R_MIPS16_26)
6377 ok = ((opcode == 0x6) || (opcode == 0x7));
6380 else if (r_type == R_MICROMIPS_26_S1)
6382 ok = ((opcode == 0x3d) || (opcode == 0x3c));
6387 ok = ((opcode == 0x3) || (opcode == 0x1d));
6391 /* If the opcode is not JAL or JALX, there's a problem. We cannot
6392 convert J or JALS to JALX. */
6395 info->callbacks->einfo
6396 (_("%X%H: Unsupported jump between ISA modes; "
6397 "consider recompiling with interlinking enabled\n"),
6398 input_bfd, input_section, relocation->r_offset);
6402 /* Make this the JALX opcode. */
6403 x = (x & ~(0x3f << 26)) | (jalx_opcode << 26);
6405 else if (cross_mode_jump_p && b_reloc_p (r_type))
6407 bfd_boolean ok = FALSE;
6408 bfd_vma opcode = x >> 16;
6409 bfd_vma jalx_opcode = 0;
6413 if (r_type == R_MICROMIPS_PC16_S1)
6415 ok = opcode == 0x4060;
6419 else if (r_type == R_MIPS_PC16 || r_type == R_MIPS_GNU_REL16_S2)
6421 ok = opcode == 0x411;
6426 if (bfd_link_pic (info) || !ok)
6428 info->callbacks->einfo
6429 (_("%X%H: Unsupported branch between ISA modes\n"),
6430 input_bfd, input_section, relocation->r_offset);
6434 addr = (input_section->output_section->vma
6435 + input_section->output_offset
6436 + relocation->r_offset
6438 dest = addr + (((value & 0x3ffff) ^ 0x20000) - 0x20000);
6440 if ((addr >> 28) << 28 != (dest >> 28) << 28)
6442 info->callbacks->einfo
6443 (_("%X%H: Cannot convert branch between ISA modes "
6444 "to JALX: relocation out of range\n"),
6445 input_bfd, input_section, relocation->r_offset);
6449 /* Make this the JALX opcode. */
6450 x = ((dest >> 2) & 0x3ffffff) | jalx_opcode << 26;
6453 /* Try converting JAL to BAL and J(AL)R to B(AL), if the target is in
6455 if (!bfd_link_relocatable (info)
6456 && !cross_mode_jump_p
6457 && ((JAL_TO_BAL_P (input_bfd)
6458 && r_type == R_MIPS_26
6459 && (x >> 26) == 0x3) /* jal addr */
6460 || (JALR_TO_BAL_P (input_bfd)
6461 && r_type == R_MIPS_JALR
6462 && x == 0x0320f809) /* jalr t9 */
6463 || (JR_TO_B_P (input_bfd)
6464 && r_type == R_MIPS_JALR
6465 && x == 0x03200008))) /* jr t9 */
6471 addr = (input_section->output_section->vma
6472 + input_section->output_offset
6473 + relocation->r_offset
6475 if (r_type == R_MIPS_26)
6476 dest = (value << 2) | ((addr >> 28) << 28);
6480 if (off <= 0x1ffff && off >= -0x20000)
6482 if (x == 0x03200008) /* jr t9 */
6483 x = 0x10000000 | (((bfd_vma) off >> 2) & 0xffff); /* b addr */
6485 x = 0x04110000 | (((bfd_vma) off >> 2) & 0xffff); /* bal addr */
6489 /* Put the value into the output. */
6490 size = bfd_get_reloc_size (howto);
6492 bfd_put (8 * size, input_bfd, x, location);
6494 _bfd_mips_elf_reloc_shuffle (input_bfd, r_type, !bfd_link_relocatable (info),
6500 /* Create a rel.dyn relocation for the dynamic linker to resolve. REL
6501 is the original relocation, which is now being transformed into a
6502 dynamic relocation. The ADDENDP is adjusted if necessary; the
6503 caller should store the result in place of the original addend. */
6506 mips_elf_create_dynamic_relocation (bfd *output_bfd,
6507 struct bfd_link_info *info,
6508 const Elf_Internal_Rela *rel,
6509 struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry *h,
6510 asection *sec, bfd_vma symbol,
6511 bfd_vma *addendp, asection *input_section)
6513 Elf_Internal_Rela outrel[3];
6518 bfd_boolean defined_p;
6519 struct mips_elf_link_hash_table *htab;
6521 htab = mips_elf_hash_table (info);
6522 BFD_ASSERT (htab != NULL);
6524 r_type = ELF_R_TYPE (output_bfd, rel->r_info);
6525 dynobj = elf_hash_table (info)->dynobj;
6526 sreloc = mips_elf_rel_dyn_section (info, FALSE);
6527 BFD_ASSERT (sreloc != NULL);
6528 BFD_ASSERT (sreloc->contents != NULL);
6529 BFD_ASSERT (sreloc->reloc_count * MIPS_ELF_REL_SIZE (output_bfd)
6532 outrel[0].r_offset =
6533 _bfd_elf_section_offset (output_bfd, info, input_section, rel[0].r_offset);
6534 if (ABI_64_P (output_bfd))
6536 outrel[1].r_offset =
6537 _bfd_elf_section_offset (output_bfd, info, input_section, rel[1].r_offset);
6538 outrel[2].r_offset =
6539 _bfd_elf_section_offset (output_bfd, info, input_section, rel[2].r_offset);
6542 if (outrel[0].r_offset == MINUS_ONE)
6543 /* The relocation field has been deleted. */
6546 if (outrel[0].r_offset == MINUS_TWO)
6548 /* The relocation field has been converted into a relative value of
6549 some sort. Functions like _bfd_elf_write_section_eh_frame expect
6550 the field to be fully relocated, so add in the symbol's value. */
6555 /* We must now calculate the dynamic symbol table index to use
6556 in the relocation. */
6557 if (h != NULL && ! SYMBOL_REFERENCES_LOCAL (info, &h->root))
6559 BFD_ASSERT (htab->is_vxworks || h->global_got_area != GGA_NONE);
6560 indx = h->root.dynindx;
6561 if (SGI_COMPAT (output_bfd))
6562 defined_p = h->root.def_regular;
6564 /* ??? glibc's ld.so just adds the final GOT entry to the
6565 relocation field. It therefore treats relocs against
6566 defined symbols in the same way as relocs against
6567 undefined symbols. */
6572 if (sec != NULL && bfd_is_abs_section (sec))
6574 else if (sec == NULL || sec->owner == NULL)
6576 bfd_set_error (bfd_error_bad_value);
6581 indx = elf_section_data (sec->output_section)->dynindx;
6584 asection *osec = htab->root.text_index_section;
6585 indx = elf_section_data (osec)->dynindx;
6591 /* Instead of generating a relocation using the section
6592 symbol, we may as well make it a fully relative
6593 relocation. We want to avoid generating relocations to
6594 local symbols because we used to generate them
6595 incorrectly, without adding the original symbol value,
6596 which is mandated by the ABI for section symbols. In
6597 order to give dynamic loaders and applications time to
6598 phase out the incorrect use, we refrain from emitting
6599 section-relative relocations. It's not like they're
6600 useful, after all. This should be a bit more efficient
6602 /* ??? Although this behavior is compatible with glibc's ld.so,
6603 the ABI says that relocations against STN_UNDEF should have
6604 a symbol value of 0. Irix rld honors this, so relocations
6605 against STN_UNDEF have no effect. */
6606 if (!SGI_COMPAT (output_bfd))
6611 /* If the relocation was previously an absolute relocation and
6612 this symbol will not be referred to by the relocation, we must
6613 adjust it by the value we give it in the dynamic symbol table.
6614 Otherwise leave the job up to the dynamic linker. */
6615 if (defined_p && r_type != R_MIPS_REL32)
6618 if (htab->is_vxworks)
6619 /* VxWorks uses non-relative relocations for this. */
6620 outrel[0].r_info = ELF32_R_INFO (indx, R_MIPS_32);
6622 /* The relocation is always an REL32 relocation because we don't
6623 know where the shared library will wind up at load-time. */
6624 outrel[0].r_info = ELF_R_INFO (output_bfd, (unsigned long) indx,
6627 /* For strict adherence to the ABI specification, we should
6628 generate a R_MIPS_64 relocation record by itself before the
6629 _REL32/_64 record as well, such that the addend is read in as
6630 a 64-bit value (REL32 is a 32-bit relocation, after all).
6631 However, since none of the existing ELF64 MIPS dynamic
6632 loaders seems to care, we don't waste space with these
6633 artificial relocations. If this turns out to not be true,
6634 mips_elf_allocate_dynamic_relocation() should be tweaked so
6635 as to make room for a pair of dynamic relocations per
6636 invocation if ABI_64_P, and here we should generate an
6637 additional relocation record with R_MIPS_64 by itself for a
6638 NULL symbol before this relocation record. */
6639 outrel[1].r_info = ELF_R_INFO (output_bfd, 0,
6640 ABI_64_P (output_bfd)
6643 outrel[2].r_info = ELF_R_INFO (output_bfd, 0, R_MIPS_NONE);
6645 /* Adjust the output offset of the relocation to reference the
6646 correct location in the output file. */
6647 outrel[0].r_offset += (input_section->output_section->vma
6648 + input_section->output_offset);
6649 outrel[1].r_offset += (input_section->output_section->vma
6650 + input_section->output_offset);
6651 outrel[2].r_offset += (input_section->output_section->vma
6652 + input_section->output_offset);
6654 /* Put the relocation back out. We have to use the special
6655 relocation outputter in the 64-bit case since the 64-bit
6656 relocation format is non-standard. */
6657 if (ABI_64_P (output_bfd))
6659 (*get_elf_backend_data (output_bfd)->s->swap_reloc_out)
6660 (output_bfd, &outrel[0],
6662 + sreloc->reloc_count * sizeof (Elf64_Mips_External_Rel)));
6664 else if (htab->is_vxworks)
6666 /* VxWorks uses RELA rather than REL dynamic relocations. */
6667 outrel[0].r_addend = *addendp;
6668 bfd_elf32_swap_reloca_out
6669 (output_bfd, &outrel[0],
6671 + sreloc->reloc_count * sizeof (Elf32_External_Rela)));
6674 bfd_elf32_swap_reloc_out
6675 (output_bfd, &outrel[0],
6676 (sreloc->contents + sreloc->reloc_count * sizeof (Elf32_External_Rel)));
6678 /* We've now added another relocation. */
6679 ++sreloc->reloc_count;
6681 /* Make sure the output section is writable. The dynamic linker
6682 will be writing to it. */
6683 elf_section_data (input_section->output_section)->this_hdr.sh_flags
6686 /* On IRIX5, make an entry of compact relocation info. */
6687 if (IRIX_COMPAT (output_bfd) == ict_irix5)
6689 asection *scpt = bfd_get_linker_section (dynobj, ".compact_rel");
6694 Elf32_crinfo cptrel;
6696 mips_elf_set_cr_format (cptrel, CRF_MIPS_LONG);
6697 cptrel.vaddr = (rel->r_offset
6698 + input_section->output_section->vma
6699 + input_section->output_offset);
6700 if (r_type == R_MIPS_REL32)
6701 mips_elf_set_cr_type (cptrel, CRT_MIPS_REL32);
6703 mips_elf_set_cr_type (cptrel, CRT_MIPS_WORD);
6704 mips_elf_set_cr_dist2to (cptrel, 0);
6705 cptrel.konst = *addendp;
6707 cr = (scpt->contents
6708 + sizeof (Elf32_External_compact_rel));
6709 mips_elf_set_cr_relvaddr (cptrel, 0);
6710 bfd_elf32_swap_crinfo_out (output_bfd, &cptrel,
6711 ((Elf32_External_crinfo *) cr
6712 + scpt->reloc_count));
6713 ++scpt->reloc_count;
6717 /* If we've written this relocation for a readonly section,
6718 we need to set DF_TEXTREL again, so that we do not delete the
6720 if (MIPS_ELF_READONLY_SECTION (input_section))
6721 info->flags |= DF_TEXTREL;
6726 /* Return the MACH for a MIPS e_flags value. */
6729 _bfd_elf_mips_mach (flagword flags)
6731 switch (flags & EF_MIPS_MACH)
6733 case E_MIPS_MACH_3900:
6734 return bfd_mach_mips3900;
6736 case E_MIPS_MACH_4010:
6737 return bfd_mach_mips4010;
6739 case E_MIPS_MACH_4100:
6740 return bfd_mach_mips4100;
6742 case E_MIPS_MACH_4111:
6743 return bfd_mach_mips4111;
6745 case E_MIPS_MACH_4120:
6746 return bfd_mach_mips4120;
6748 case E_MIPS_MACH_4650:
6749 return bfd_mach_mips4650;
6751 case E_MIPS_MACH_5400:
6752 return bfd_mach_mips5400;
6754 case E_MIPS_MACH_5500:
6755 return bfd_mach_mips5500;
6757 case E_MIPS_MACH_5900:
6758 return bfd_mach_mips5900;
6760 case E_MIPS_MACH_9000:
6761 return bfd_mach_mips9000;
6763 case E_MIPS_MACH_SB1:
6764 return bfd_mach_mips_sb1;
6766 case E_MIPS_MACH_LS2E:
6767 return bfd_mach_mips_loongson_2e;
6769 case E_MIPS_MACH_LS2F:
6770 return bfd_mach_mips_loongson_2f;
6772 case E_MIPS_MACH_LS3A:
6773 return bfd_mach_mips_loongson_3a;
6775 case E_MIPS_MACH_OCTEON3:
6776 return bfd_mach_mips_octeon3;
6778 case E_MIPS_MACH_OCTEON2:
6779 return bfd_mach_mips_octeon2;
6781 case E_MIPS_MACH_OCTEON:
6782 return bfd_mach_mips_octeon;
6784 case E_MIPS_MACH_XLR:
6785 return bfd_mach_mips_xlr;
6788 switch (flags & EF_MIPS_ARCH)
6792 return bfd_mach_mips3000;
6795 return bfd_mach_mips6000;
6798 return bfd_mach_mips4000;
6801 return bfd_mach_mips8000;
6804 return bfd_mach_mips5;
6806 case E_MIPS_ARCH_32:
6807 return bfd_mach_mipsisa32;
6809 case E_MIPS_ARCH_64:
6810 return bfd_mach_mipsisa64;
6812 case E_MIPS_ARCH_32R2:
6813 return bfd_mach_mipsisa32r2;
6815 case E_MIPS_ARCH_64R2:
6816 return bfd_mach_mipsisa64r2;
6818 case E_MIPS_ARCH_32R6:
6819 return bfd_mach_mipsisa32r6;
6821 case E_MIPS_ARCH_64R6:
6822 return bfd_mach_mipsisa64r6;
6829 /* Return printable name for ABI. */
6831 static INLINE char *
6832 elf_mips_abi_name (bfd *abfd)
6836 flags = elf_elfheader (abfd)->e_flags;
6837 switch (flags & EF_MIPS_ABI)
6840 if (ABI_N32_P (abfd))
6842 else if (ABI_64_P (abfd))
6846 case E_MIPS_ABI_O32:
6848 case E_MIPS_ABI_O64:
6850 case E_MIPS_ABI_EABI32:
6852 case E_MIPS_ABI_EABI64:
6855 return "unknown abi";
6859 /* MIPS ELF uses two common sections. One is the usual one, and the
6860 other is for small objects. All the small objects are kept
6861 together, and then referenced via the gp pointer, which yields
6862 faster assembler code. This is what we use for the small common
6863 section. This approach is copied from ecoff.c. */
6864 static asection mips_elf_scom_section;
6865 static asymbol mips_elf_scom_symbol;
6866 static asymbol *mips_elf_scom_symbol_ptr;
6868 /* MIPS ELF also uses an acommon section, which represents an
6869 allocated common symbol which may be overridden by a
6870 definition in a shared library. */
6871 static asection mips_elf_acom_section;
6872 static asymbol mips_elf_acom_symbol;
6873 static asymbol *mips_elf_acom_symbol_ptr;
6875 /* This is used for both the 32-bit and the 64-bit ABI. */
6878 _bfd_mips_elf_symbol_processing (bfd *abfd, asymbol *asym)
6880 elf_symbol_type *elfsym;
6882 /* Handle the special MIPS section numbers that a symbol may use. */
6883 elfsym = (elf_symbol_type *) asym;
6884 switch (elfsym->internal_elf_sym.st_shndx)
6886 case SHN_MIPS_ACOMMON:
6887 /* This section is used in a dynamically linked executable file.
6888 It is an allocated common section. The dynamic linker can
6889 either resolve these symbols to something in a shared
6890 library, or it can just leave them here. For our purposes,
6891 we can consider these symbols to be in a new section. */
6892 if (mips_elf_acom_section.name == NULL)
6894 /* Initialize the acommon section. */
6895 mips_elf_acom_section.name = ".acommon";
6896 mips_elf_acom_section.flags = SEC_ALLOC;
6897 mips_elf_acom_section.output_section = &mips_elf_acom_section;
6898 mips_elf_acom_section.symbol = &mips_elf_acom_symbol;
6899 mips_elf_acom_section.symbol_ptr_ptr = &mips_elf_acom_symbol_ptr;
6900 mips_elf_acom_symbol.name = ".acommon";
6901 mips_elf_acom_symbol.flags = BSF_SECTION_SYM;
6902 mips_elf_acom_symbol.section = &mips_elf_acom_section;
6903 mips_elf_acom_symbol_ptr = &mips_elf_acom_symbol;
6905 asym->section = &mips_elf_acom_section;
6909 /* Common symbols less than the GP size are automatically
6910 treated as SHN_MIPS_SCOMMON symbols on IRIX5. */
6911 if (asym->value > elf_gp_size (abfd)
6912 || ELF_ST_TYPE (elfsym->internal_elf_sym.st_info) == STT_TLS
6913 || IRIX_COMPAT (abfd) == ict_irix6)
6916 case SHN_MIPS_SCOMMON:
6917 if (mips_elf_scom_section.name == NULL)
6919 /* Initialize the small common section. */
6920 mips_elf_scom_section.name = ".scommon";
6921 mips_elf_scom_section.flags = SEC_IS_COMMON;
6922 mips_elf_scom_section.output_section = &mips_elf_scom_section;
6923 mips_elf_scom_section.symbol = &mips_elf_scom_symbol;
6924 mips_elf_scom_section.symbol_ptr_ptr = &mips_elf_scom_symbol_ptr;
6925 mips_elf_scom_symbol.name = ".scommon";
6926 mips_elf_scom_symbol.flags = BSF_SECTION_SYM;
6927 mips_elf_scom_symbol.section = &mips_elf_scom_section;
6928 mips_elf_scom_symbol_ptr = &mips_elf_scom_symbol;
6930 asym->section = &mips_elf_scom_section;
6931 asym->value = elfsym->internal_elf_sym.st_size;
6934 case SHN_MIPS_SUNDEFINED:
6935 asym->section = bfd_und_section_ptr;
6940 asection *section = bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd, ".text");
6942 if (section != NULL)
6944 asym->section = section;
6945 /* MIPS_TEXT is a bit special, the address is not an offset
6946 to the base of the .text section. So substract the section
6947 base address to make it an offset. */
6948 asym->value -= section->vma;
6955 asection *section = bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd, ".data");
6957 if (section != NULL)
6959 asym->section = section;
6960 /* MIPS_DATA is a bit special, the address is not an offset
6961 to the base of the .data section. So substract the section
6962 base address to make it an offset. */
6963 asym->value -= section->vma;
6969 /* If this is an odd-valued function symbol, assume it's a MIPS16
6970 or microMIPS one. */
6971 if (ELF_ST_TYPE (elfsym->internal_elf_sym.st_info) == STT_FUNC
6972 && (asym->value & 1) != 0)
6975 if (MICROMIPS_P (abfd))
6976 elfsym->internal_elf_sym.st_other
6977 = ELF_ST_SET_MICROMIPS (elfsym->internal_elf_sym.st_other);
6979 elfsym->internal_elf_sym.st_other
6980 = ELF_ST_SET_MIPS16 (elfsym->internal_elf_sym.st_other);
6984 /* Implement elf_backend_eh_frame_address_size. This differs from
6985 the default in the way it handles EABI64.
6987 EABI64 was originally specified as an LP64 ABI, and that is what
6988 -mabi=eabi normally gives on a 64-bit target. However, gcc has
6989 historically accepted the combination of -mabi=eabi and -mlong32,
6990 and this ILP32 variation has become semi-official over time.
6991 Both forms use elf32 and have pointer-sized FDE addresses.
6993 If an EABI object was generated by GCC 4.0 or above, it will have
6994 an empty .gcc_compiled_longXX section, where XX is the size of longs
6995 in bits. Unfortunately, ILP32 objects generated by earlier compilers
6996 have no special marking to distinguish them from LP64 objects.
6998 We don't want users of the official LP64 ABI to be punished for the
6999 existence of the ILP32 variant, but at the same time, we don't want
7000 to mistakenly interpret pre-4.0 ILP32 objects as being LP64 objects.
7001 We therefore take the following approach:
7003 - If ABFD contains a .gcc_compiled_longXX section, use it to
7004 determine the pointer size.
7006 - Otherwise check the type of the first relocation. Assume that
7007 the LP64 ABI is being used if the relocation is of type R_MIPS_64.
7011 The second check is enough to detect LP64 objects generated by pre-4.0
7012 compilers because, in the kind of output generated by those compilers,
7013 the first relocation will be associated with either a CIE personality
7014 routine or an FDE start address. Furthermore, the compilers never
7015 used a special (non-pointer) encoding for this ABI.
7017 Checking the relocation type should also be safe because there is no
7018 reason to use R_MIPS_64 in an ILP32 object. Pre-4.0 compilers never
7022 _bfd_mips_elf_eh_frame_address_size (bfd *abfd, asection *sec)
7024 if (elf_elfheader (abfd)->e_ident[EI_CLASS] == ELFCLASS64)
7026 if ((elf_elfheader (abfd)->e_flags & EF_MIPS_ABI) == E_MIPS_ABI_EABI64)
7028 bfd_boolean long32_p, long64_p;
7030 long32_p = bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd, ".gcc_compiled_long32") != 0;
7031 long64_p = bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd, ".gcc_compiled_long64") != 0;
7032 if (long32_p && long64_p)
7039 if (sec->reloc_count > 0
7040 && elf_section_data (sec)->relocs != NULL
7041 && (ELF32_R_TYPE (elf_section_data (sec)->relocs[0].r_info)
7050 /* There appears to be a bug in the MIPSpro linker that causes GOT_DISP
7051 relocations against two unnamed section symbols to resolve to the
7052 same address. For example, if we have code like:
7054 lw $4,%got_disp(.data)($gp)
7055 lw $25,%got_disp(.text)($gp)
7058 then the linker will resolve both relocations to .data and the program
7059 will jump there rather than to .text.
7061 We can work around this problem by giving names to local section symbols.
7062 This is also what the MIPSpro tools do. */
7065 _bfd_mips_elf_name_local_section_symbols (bfd *abfd)
7067 return SGI_COMPAT (abfd);
7070 /* Work over a section just before writing it out. This routine is
7071 used by both the 32-bit and the 64-bit ABI. FIXME: We recognize
7072 sections that need the SHF_MIPS_GPREL flag by name; there has to be
7076 _bfd_mips_elf_section_processing (bfd *abfd, Elf_Internal_Shdr *hdr)
7078 if (hdr->sh_type == SHT_MIPS_REGINFO
7079 && hdr->sh_size > 0)
7083 BFD_ASSERT (hdr->sh_size == sizeof (Elf32_External_RegInfo));
7084 BFD_ASSERT (hdr->contents == NULL);
7087 hdr->sh_offset + sizeof (Elf32_External_RegInfo) - 4,
7090 H_PUT_32 (abfd, elf_gp (abfd), buf);
7091 if (bfd_bwrite (buf, 4, abfd) != 4)
7095 if (hdr->sh_type == SHT_MIPS_OPTIONS
7096 && hdr->bfd_section != NULL
7097 && mips_elf_section_data (hdr->bfd_section) != NULL
7098 && mips_elf_section_data (hdr->bfd_section)->u.tdata != NULL)
7100 bfd_byte *contents, *l, *lend;
7102 /* We stored the section contents in the tdata field in the
7103 set_section_contents routine. We save the section contents
7104 so that we don't have to read them again.
7105 At this point we know that elf_gp is set, so we can look
7106 through the section contents to see if there is an
7107 ODK_REGINFO structure. */
7109 contents = mips_elf_section_data (hdr->bfd_section)->u.tdata;
7111 lend = contents + hdr->sh_size;
7112 while (l + sizeof (Elf_External_Options) <= lend)
7114 Elf_Internal_Options intopt;
7116 bfd_mips_elf_swap_options_in (abfd, (Elf_External_Options *) l,
7118 if (intopt.size < sizeof (Elf_External_Options))
7121 (_("%B: Warning: bad `%s' option size %u smaller than its header"),
7122 abfd, MIPS_ELF_OPTIONS_SECTION_NAME (abfd), intopt.size);
7125 if (ABI_64_P (abfd) && intopt.kind == ODK_REGINFO)
7132 + sizeof (Elf_External_Options)
7133 + (sizeof (Elf64_External_RegInfo) - 8)),
7136 H_PUT_64 (abfd, elf_gp (abfd), buf);
7137 if (bfd_bwrite (buf, 8, abfd) != 8)
7140 else if (intopt.kind == ODK_REGINFO)
7147 + sizeof (Elf_External_Options)
7148 + (sizeof (Elf32_External_RegInfo) - 4)),
7151 H_PUT_32 (abfd, elf_gp (abfd), buf);
7152 if (bfd_bwrite (buf, 4, abfd) != 4)
7159 if (hdr->bfd_section != NULL)
7161 const char *name = bfd_get_section_name (abfd, hdr->bfd_section);
7163 /* .sbss is not handled specially here because the GNU/Linux
7164 prelinker can convert .sbss from NOBITS to PROGBITS and
7165 changing it back to NOBITS breaks the binary. The entry in
7166 _bfd_mips_elf_special_sections will ensure the correct flags
7167 are set on .sbss if BFD creates it without reading it from an
7168 input file, and without special handling here the flags set
7169 on it in an input file will be followed. */
7170 if (strcmp (name, ".sdata") == 0
7171 || strcmp (name, ".lit8") == 0
7172 || strcmp (name, ".lit4") == 0)
7173 hdr->sh_flags |= SHF_ALLOC | SHF_WRITE | SHF_MIPS_GPREL;
7174 else if (strcmp (name, ".srdata") == 0)
7175 hdr->sh_flags |= SHF_ALLOC | SHF_MIPS_GPREL;
7176 else if (strcmp (name, ".compact_rel") == 0)
7178 else if (strcmp (name, ".rtproc") == 0)
7180 if (hdr->sh_addralign != 0 && hdr->sh_entsize == 0)
7182 unsigned int adjust;
7184 adjust = hdr->sh_size % hdr->sh_addralign;
7186 hdr->sh_size += hdr->sh_addralign - adjust;
7194 /* Handle a MIPS specific section when reading an object file. This
7195 is called when elfcode.h finds a section with an unknown type.
7196 This routine supports both the 32-bit and 64-bit ELF ABI.
7198 FIXME: We need to handle the SHF_MIPS_GPREL flag, but I'm not sure
7202 _bfd_mips_elf_section_from_shdr (bfd *abfd,
7203 Elf_Internal_Shdr *hdr,
7209 /* There ought to be a place to keep ELF backend specific flags, but
7210 at the moment there isn't one. We just keep track of the
7211 sections by their name, instead. Fortunately, the ABI gives
7212 suggested names for all the MIPS specific sections, so we will
7213 probably get away with this. */
7214 switch (hdr->sh_type)
7216 case SHT_MIPS_LIBLIST:
7217 if (strcmp (name, ".liblist") != 0)
7221 if (strcmp (name, ".msym") != 0)
7224 case SHT_MIPS_CONFLICT:
7225 if (strcmp (name, ".conflict") != 0)
7228 case SHT_MIPS_GPTAB:
7229 if (! CONST_STRNEQ (name, ".gptab."))
7232 case SHT_MIPS_UCODE:
7233 if (strcmp (name, ".ucode") != 0)
7236 case SHT_MIPS_DEBUG:
7237 if (strcmp (name, ".mdebug") != 0)
7239 flags = SEC_DEBUGGING;
7241 case SHT_MIPS_REGINFO:
7242 if (strcmp (name, ".reginfo") != 0
7243 || hdr->sh_size != sizeof (Elf32_External_RegInfo))
7245 flags = (SEC_LINK_ONCE | SEC_LINK_DUPLICATES_SAME_SIZE);
7247 case SHT_MIPS_IFACE:
7248 if (strcmp (name, ".MIPS.interfaces") != 0)
7251 case SHT_MIPS_CONTENT:
7252 if (! CONST_STRNEQ (name, ".MIPS.content"))
7255 case SHT_MIPS_OPTIONS:
7256 if (!MIPS_ELF_OPTIONS_SECTION_NAME_P (name))
7259 case SHT_MIPS_ABIFLAGS:
7260 if (!MIPS_ELF_ABIFLAGS_SECTION_NAME_P (name))
7262 flags = (SEC_LINK_ONCE | SEC_LINK_DUPLICATES_SAME_SIZE);
7264 case SHT_MIPS_DWARF:
7265 if (! CONST_STRNEQ (name, ".debug_")
7266 && ! CONST_STRNEQ (name, ".zdebug_"))
7269 case SHT_MIPS_SYMBOL_LIB:
7270 if (strcmp (name, ".MIPS.symlib") != 0)
7273 case SHT_MIPS_EVENTS:
7274 if (! CONST_STRNEQ (name, ".MIPS.events")
7275 && ! CONST_STRNEQ (name, ".MIPS.post_rel"))
7282 if (! _bfd_elf_make_section_from_shdr (abfd, hdr, name, shindex))
7287 if (! bfd_set_section_flags (abfd, hdr->bfd_section,
7288 (bfd_get_section_flags (abfd,
7294 if (hdr->sh_type == SHT_MIPS_ABIFLAGS)
7296 Elf_External_ABIFlags_v0 ext;
7298 if (! bfd_get_section_contents (abfd, hdr->bfd_section,
7299 &ext, 0, sizeof ext))
7301 bfd_mips_elf_swap_abiflags_v0_in (abfd, &ext,
7302 &mips_elf_tdata (abfd)->abiflags);
7303 if (mips_elf_tdata (abfd)->abiflags.version != 0)
7305 mips_elf_tdata (abfd)->abiflags_valid = TRUE;
7308 /* FIXME: We should record sh_info for a .gptab section. */
7310 /* For a .reginfo section, set the gp value in the tdata information
7311 from the contents of this section. We need the gp value while
7312 processing relocs, so we just get it now. The .reginfo section
7313 is not used in the 64-bit MIPS ELF ABI. */
7314 if (hdr->sh_type == SHT_MIPS_REGINFO)
7316 Elf32_External_RegInfo ext;
7319 if (! bfd_get_section_contents (abfd, hdr->bfd_section,
7320 &ext, 0, sizeof ext))
7322 bfd_mips_elf32_swap_reginfo_in (abfd, &ext, &s);
7323 elf_gp (abfd) = s.ri_gp_value;
7326 /* For a SHT_MIPS_OPTIONS section, look for a ODK_REGINFO entry, and
7327 set the gp value based on what we find. We may see both
7328 SHT_MIPS_REGINFO and SHT_MIPS_OPTIONS/ODK_REGINFO; in that case,
7329 they should agree. */
7330 if (hdr->sh_type == SHT_MIPS_OPTIONS)
7332 bfd_byte *contents, *l, *lend;
7334 contents = bfd_malloc (hdr->sh_size);
7335 if (contents == NULL)
7337 if (! bfd_get_section_contents (abfd, hdr->bfd_section, contents,
7344 lend = contents + hdr->sh_size;
7345 while (l + sizeof (Elf_External_Options) <= lend)
7347 Elf_Internal_Options intopt;
7349 bfd_mips_elf_swap_options_in (abfd, (Elf_External_Options *) l,
7351 if (intopt.size < sizeof (Elf_External_Options))
7354 (_("%B: Warning: bad `%s' option size %u smaller than its header"),
7355 abfd, MIPS_ELF_OPTIONS_SECTION_NAME (abfd), intopt.size);
7358 if (ABI_64_P (abfd) && intopt.kind == ODK_REGINFO)
7360 Elf64_Internal_RegInfo intreg;
7362 bfd_mips_elf64_swap_reginfo_in
7364 ((Elf64_External_RegInfo *)
7365 (l + sizeof (Elf_External_Options))),
7367 elf_gp (abfd) = intreg.ri_gp_value;
7369 else if (intopt.kind == ODK_REGINFO)
7371 Elf32_RegInfo intreg;
7373 bfd_mips_elf32_swap_reginfo_in
7375 ((Elf32_External_RegInfo *)
7376 (l + sizeof (Elf_External_Options))),
7378 elf_gp (abfd) = intreg.ri_gp_value;
7388 /* Set the correct type for a MIPS ELF section. We do this by the
7389 section name, which is a hack, but ought to work. This routine is
7390 used by both the 32-bit and the 64-bit ABI. */
7393 _bfd_mips_elf_fake_sections (bfd *abfd, Elf_Internal_Shdr *hdr, asection *sec)
7395 const char *name = bfd_get_section_name (abfd, sec);
7397 if (strcmp (name, ".liblist") == 0)
7399 hdr->sh_type = SHT_MIPS_LIBLIST;
7400 hdr->sh_info = sec->size / sizeof (Elf32_Lib);
7401 /* The sh_link field is set in final_write_processing. */
7403 else if (strcmp (name, ".conflict") == 0)
7404 hdr->sh_type = SHT_MIPS_CONFLICT;
7405 else if (CONST_STRNEQ (name, ".gptab."))
7407 hdr->sh_type = SHT_MIPS_GPTAB;
7408 hdr->sh_entsize = sizeof (Elf32_External_gptab);
7409 /* The sh_info field is set in final_write_processing. */
7411 else if (strcmp (name, ".ucode") == 0)
7412 hdr->sh_type = SHT_MIPS_UCODE;
7413 else if (strcmp (name, ".mdebug") == 0)
7415 hdr->sh_type = SHT_MIPS_DEBUG;
7416 /* In a shared object on IRIX 5.3, the .mdebug section has an
7417 entsize of 0. FIXME: Does this matter? */
7418 if (SGI_COMPAT (abfd) && (abfd->flags & DYNAMIC) != 0)
7419 hdr->sh_entsize = 0;
7421 hdr->sh_entsize = 1;
7423 else if (strcmp (name, ".reginfo") == 0)
7425 hdr->sh_type = SHT_MIPS_REGINFO;
7426 /* In a shared object on IRIX 5.3, the .reginfo section has an
7427 entsize of 0x18. FIXME: Does this matter? */
7428 if (SGI_COMPAT (abfd))
7430 if ((abfd->flags & DYNAMIC) != 0)
7431 hdr->sh_entsize = sizeof (Elf32_External_RegInfo);
7433 hdr->sh_entsize = 1;
7436 hdr->sh_entsize = sizeof (Elf32_External_RegInfo);
7438 else if (SGI_COMPAT (abfd)
7439 && (strcmp (name, ".hash") == 0
7440 || strcmp (name, ".dynamic") == 0
7441 || strcmp (name, ".dynstr") == 0))
7443 if (SGI_COMPAT (abfd))
7444 hdr->sh_entsize = 0;
7446 /* This isn't how the IRIX6 linker behaves. */
7447 hdr->sh_info = SIZEOF_MIPS_DYNSYM_SECNAMES;
7450 else if (strcmp (name, ".got") == 0
7451 || strcmp (name, ".srdata") == 0
7452 || strcmp (name, ".sdata") == 0
7453 || strcmp (name, ".sbss") == 0
7454 || strcmp (name, ".lit4") == 0
7455 || strcmp (name, ".lit8") == 0)
7456 hdr->sh_flags |= SHF_MIPS_GPREL;
7457 else if (strcmp (name, ".MIPS.interfaces") == 0)
7459 hdr->sh_type = SHT_MIPS_IFACE;
7460 hdr->sh_flags |= SHF_MIPS_NOSTRIP;
7462 else if (CONST_STRNEQ (name, ".MIPS.content"))
7464 hdr->sh_type = SHT_MIPS_CONTENT;
7465 hdr->sh_flags |= SHF_MIPS_NOSTRIP;
7466 /* The sh_info field is set in final_write_processing. */
7468 else if (MIPS_ELF_OPTIONS_SECTION_NAME_P (name))
7470 hdr->sh_type = SHT_MIPS_OPTIONS;
7471 hdr->sh_entsize = 1;
7472 hdr->sh_flags |= SHF_MIPS_NOSTRIP;
7474 else if (CONST_STRNEQ (name, ".MIPS.abiflags"))
7476 hdr->sh_type = SHT_MIPS_ABIFLAGS;
7477 hdr->sh_entsize = sizeof (Elf_External_ABIFlags_v0);
7479 else if (CONST_STRNEQ (name, ".debug_")
7480 || CONST_STRNEQ (name, ".zdebug_"))
7482 hdr->sh_type = SHT_MIPS_DWARF;
7484 /* Irix facilities such as libexc expect a single .debug_frame
7485 per executable, the system ones have NOSTRIP set and the linker
7486 doesn't merge sections with different flags so ... */
7487 if (SGI_COMPAT (abfd) && CONST_STRNEQ (name, ".debug_frame"))
7488 hdr->sh_flags |= SHF_MIPS_NOSTRIP;
7490 else if (strcmp (name, ".MIPS.symlib") == 0)
7492 hdr->sh_type = SHT_MIPS_SYMBOL_LIB;
7493 /* The sh_link and sh_info fields are set in
7494 final_write_processing. */
7496 else if (CONST_STRNEQ (name, ".MIPS.events")
7497 || CONST_STRNEQ (name, ".MIPS.post_rel"))
7499 hdr->sh_type = SHT_MIPS_EVENTS;
7500 hdr->sh_flags |= SHF_MIPS_NOSTRIP;
7501 /* The sh_link field is set in final_write_processing. */
7503 else if (strcmp (name, ".msym") == 0)
7505 hdr->sh_type = SHT_MIPS_MSYM;
7506 hdr->sh_flags |= SHF_ALLOC;
7507 hdr->sh_entsize = 8;
7510 /* The generic elf_fake_sections will set up REL_HDR using the default
7511 kind of relocations. We used to set up a second header for the
7512 non-default kind of relocations here, but only NewABI would use
7513 these, and the IRIX ld doesn't like resulting empty RELA sections.
7514 Thus we create those header only on demand now. */
7519 /* Given a BFD section, try to locate the corresponding ELF section
7520 index. This is used by both the 32-bit and the 64-bit ABI.
7521 Actually, it's not clear to me that the 64-bit ABI supports these,
7522 but for non-PIC objects we will certainly want support for at least
7523 the .scommon section. */
7526 _bfd_mips_elf_section_from_bfd_section (bfd *abfd ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED,
7527 asection *sec, int *retval)
7529 if (strcmp (bfd_get_section_name (abfd, sec), ".scommon") == 0)
7531 *retval = SHN_MIPS_SCOMMON;
7534 if (strcmp (bfd_get_section_name (abfd, sec), ".acommon") == 0)
7536 *retval = SHN_MIPS_ACOMMON;
7542 /* Hook called by the linker routine which adds symbols from an object
7543 file. We must handle the special MIPS section numbers here. */
7546 _bfd_mips_elf_add_symbol_hook (bfd *abfd, struct bfd_link_info *info,
7547 Elf_Internal_Sym *sym, const char **namep,
7548 flagword *flagsp ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED,
7549 asection **secp, bfd_vma *valp)
7551 if (SGI_COMPAT (abfd)
7552 && (abfd->flags & DYNAMIC) != 0
7553 && strcmp (*namep, "_rld_new_interface") == 0)
7555 /* Skip IRIX5 rld entry name. */
7560 /* Shared objects may have a dynamic symbol '_gp_disp' defined as
7561 a SECTION *ABS*. This causes ld to think it can resolve _gp_disp
7562 by setting a DT_NEEDED for the shared object. Since _gp_disp is
7563 a magic symbol resolved by the linker, we ignore this bogus definition
7564 of _gp_disp. New ABI objects do not suffer from this problem so this
7565 is not done for them. */
7567 && (sym->st_shndx == SHN_ABS)
7568 && (strcmp (*namep, "_gp_disp") == 0))
7574 switch (sym->st_shndx)
7577 /* Common symbols less than the GP size are automatically
7578 treated as SHN_MIPS_SCOMMON symbols. */
7579 if (sym->st_size > elf_gp_size (abfd)
7580 || ELF_ST_TYPE (sym->st_info) == STT_TLS
7581 || IRIX_COMPAT (abfd) == ict_irix6)
7584 case SHN_MIPS_SCOMMON:
7585 *secp = bfd_make_section_old_way (abfd, ".scommon");
7586 (*secp)->flags |= SEC_IS_COMMON;
7587 *valp = sym->st_size;
7591 /* This section is used in a shared object. */
7592 if (mips_elf_tdata (abfd)->elf_text_section == NULL)
7594 asymbol *elf_text_symbol;
7595 asection *elf_text_section;
7596 bfd_size_type amt = sizeof (asection);
7598 elf_text_section = bfd_zalloc (abfd, amt);
7599 if (elf_text_section == NULL)
7602 amt = sizeof (asymbol);
7603 elf_text_symbol = bfd_zalloc (abfd, amt);
7604 if (elf_text_symbol == NULL)
7607 /* Initialize the section. */
7609 mips_elf_tdata (abfd)->elf_text_section = elf_text_section;
7610 mips_elf_tdata (abfd)->elf_text_symbol = elf_text_symbol;
7612 elf_text_section->symbol = elf_text_symbol;
7613 elf_text_section->symbol_ptr_ptr = &mips_elf_tdata (abfd)->elf_text_symbol;
7615 elf_text_section->name = ".text";
7616 elf_text_section->flags = SEC_NO_FLAGS;
7617 elf_text_section->output_section = NULL;
7618 elf_text_section->owner = abfd;
7619 elf_text_symbol->name = ".text";
7620 elf_text_symbol->flags = BSF_SECTION_SYM | BSF_DYNAMIC;
7621 elf_text_symbol->section = elf_text_section;
7623 /* This code used to do *secp = bfd_und_section_ptr if
7624 bfd_link_pic (info). I don't know why, and that doesn't make sense,
7625 so I took it out. */
7626 *secp = mips_elf_tdata (abfd)->elf_text_section;
7629 case SHN_MIPS_ACOMMON:
7630 /* Fall through. XXX Can we treat this as allocated data? */
7632 /* This section is used in a shared object. */
7633 if (mips_elf_tdata (abfd)->elf_data_section == NULL)
7635 asymbol *elf_data_symbol;
7636 asection *elf_data_section;
7637 bfd_size_type amt = sizeof (asection);
7639 elf_data_section = bfd_zalloc (abfd, amt);
7640 if (elf_data_section == NULL)
7643 amt = sizeof (asymbol);
7644 elf_data_symbol = bfd_zalloc (abfd, amt);
7645 if (elf_data_symbol == NULL)
7648 /* Initialize the section. */
7650 mips_elf_tdata (abfd)->elf_data_section = elf_data_section;
7651 mips_elf_tdata (abfd)->elf_data_symbol = elf_data_symbol;
7653 elf_data_section->symbol = elf_data_symbol;
7654 elf_data_section->symbol_ptr_ptr = &mips_elf_tdata (abfd)->elf_data_symbol;
7656 elf_data_section->name = ".data";
7657 elf_data_section->flags = SEC_NO_FLAGS;
7658 elf_data_section->output_section = NULL;
7659 elf_data_section->owner = abfd;
7660 elf_data_symbol->name = ".data";
7661 elf_data_symbol->flags = BSF_SECTION_SYM | BSF_DYNAMIC;
7662 elf_data_symbol->section = elf_data_section;
7664 /* This code used to do *secp = bfd_und_section_ptr if
7665 bfd_link_pic (info). I don't know why, and that doesn't make sense,
7666 so I took it out. */
7667 *secp = mips_elf_tdata (abfd)->elf_data_section;
7670 case SHN_MIPS_SUNDEFINED:
7671 *secp = bfd_und_section_ptr;
7675 if (SGI_COMPAT (abfd)
7676 && ! bfd_link_pic (info)
7677 && info->output_bfd->xvec == abfd->xvec
7678 && strcmp (*namep, "__rld_obj_head") == 0)
7680 struct elf_link_hash_entry *h;
7681 struct bfd_link_hash_entry *bh;
7683 /* Mark __rld_obj_head as dynamic. */
7685 if (! (_bfd_generic_link_add_one_symbol
7686 (info, abfd, *namep, BSF_GLOBAL, *secp, *valp, NULL, FALSE,
7687 get_elf_backend_data (abfd)->collect, &bh)))
7690 h = (struct elf_link_hash_entry *) bh;
7693 h->type = STT_OBJECT;
7695 if (! bfd_elf_link_record_dynamic_symbol (info, h))
7698 mips_elf_hash_table (info)->use_rld_obj_head = TRUE;
7699 mips_elf_hash_table (info)->rld_symbol = h;
7702 /* If this is a mips16 text symbol, add 1 to the value to make it
7703 odd. This will cause something like .word SYM to come up with
7704 the right value when it is loaded into the PC. */
7705 if (ELF_ST_IS_COMPRESSED (sym->st_other))
7711 /* This hook function is called before the linker writes out a global
7712 symbol. We mark symbols as small common if appropriate. This is
7713 also where we undo the increment of the value for a mips16 symbol. */
7716 _bfd_mips_elf_link_output_symbol_hook
7717 (struct bfd_link_info *info ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED,
7718 const char *name ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED, Elf_Internal_Sym *sym,
7719 asection *input_sec, struct elf_link_hash_entry *h ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED)
7721 /* If we see a common symbol, which implies a relocatable link, then
7722 if a symbol was small common in an input file, mark it as small
7723 common in the output file. */
7724 if (sym->st_shndx == SHN_COMMON
7725 && strcmp (input_sec->name, ".scommon") == 0)
7726 sym->st_shndx = SHN_MIPS_SCOMMON;
7728 if (ELF_ST_IS_COMPRESSED (sym->st_other))
7729 sym->st_value &= ~1;
7734 /* Functions for the dynamic linker. */
7736 /* Create dynamic sections when linking against a dynamic object. */
7739 _bfd_mips_elf_create_dynamic_sections (bfd *abfd, struct bfd_link_info *info)
7741 struct elf_link_hash_entry *h;
7742 struct bfd_link_hash_entry *bh;
7744 register asection *s;
7745 const char * const *namep;
7746 struct mips_elf_link_hash_table *htab;
7748 htab = mips_elf_hash_table (info);
7749 BFD_ASSERT (htab != NULL);
7751 flags = (SEC_ALLOC | SEC_LOAD | SEC_HAS_CONTENTS | SEC_IN_MEMORY
7752 | SEC_LINKER_CREATED | SEC_READONLY);
7754 /* The psABI requires a read-only .dynamic section, but the VxWorks
7756 if (!htab->is_vxworks)
7758 s = bfd_get_linker_section (abfd, ".dynamic");
7761 if (! bfd_set_section_flags (abfd, s, flags))
7766 /* We need to create .got section. */
7767 if (!mips_elf_create_got_section (abfd, info))
7770 if (! mips_elf_rel_dyn_section (info, TRUE))
7773 /* Create .stub section. */
7774 s = bfd_make_section_anyway_with_flags (abfd,
7775 MIPS_ELF_STUB_SECTION_NAME (abfd),
7778 || ! bfd_set_section_alignment (abfd, s,
7779 MIPS_ELF_LOG_FILE_ALIGN (abfd)))
7783 if (!mips_elf_hash_table (info)->use_rld_obj_head
7784 && bfd_link_executable (info)
7785 && bfd_get_linker_section (abfd, ".rld_map") == NULL)
7787 s = bfd_make_section_anyway_with_flags (abfd, ".rld_map",
7788 flags &~ (flagword) SEC_READONLY);
7790 || ! bfd_set_section_alignment (abfd, s,
7791 MIPS_ELF_LOG_FILE_ALIGN (abfd)))
7795 /* On IRIX5, we adjust add some additional symbols and change the
7796 alignments of several sections. There is no ABI documentation
7797 indicating that this is necessary on IRIX6, nor any evidence that
7798 the linker takes such action. */
7799 if (IRIX_COMPAT (abfd) == ict_irix5)
7801 for (namep = mips_elf_dynsym_rtproc_names; *namep != NULL; namep++)
7804 if (! (_bfd_generic_link_add_one_symbol
7805 (info, abfd, *namep, BSF_GLOBAL, bfd_und_section_ptr, 0,
7806 NULL, FALSE, get_elf_backend_data (abfd)->collect, &bh)))
7809 h = (struct elf_link_hash_entry *) bh;
7812 h->type = STT_SECTION;
7814 if (! bfd_elf_link_record_dynamic_symbol (info, h))
7818 /* We need to create a .compact_rel section. */
7819 if (SGI_COMPAT (abfd))
7821 if (!mips_elf_create_compact_rel_section (abfd, info))
7825 /* Change alignments of some sections. */
7826 s = bfd_get_linker_section (abfd, ".hash");
7828 (void) bfd_set_section_alignment (abfd, s, MIPS_ELF_LOG_FILE_ALIGN (abfd));
7830 s = bfd_get_linker_section (abfd, ".dynsym");
7832 (void) bfd_set_section_alignment (abfd, s, MIPS_ELF_LOG_FILE_ALIGN (abfd));
7834 s = bfd_get_linker_section (abfd, ".dynstr");
7836 (void) bfd_set_section_alignment (abfd, s, MIPS_ELF_LOG_FILE_ALIGN (abfd));
7839 s = bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd, ".reginfo");
7841 (void) bfd_set_section_alignment (abfd, s, MIPS_ELF_LOG_FILE_ALIGN (abfd));
7843 s = bfd_get_linker_section (abfd, ".dynamic");
7845 (void) bfd_set_section_alignment (abfd, s, MIPS_ELF_LOG_FILE_ALIGN (abfd));
7848 if (bfd_link_executable (info))
7852 name = SGI_COMPAT (abfd) ? "_DYNAMIC_LINK" : "_DYNAMIC_LINKING";
7854 if (!(_bfd_generic_link_add_one_symbol
7855 (info, abfd, name, BSF_GLOBAL, bfd_abs_section_ptr, 0,
7856 NULL, FALSE, get_elf_backend_data (abfd)->collect, &bh)))
7859 h = (struct elf_link_hash_entry *) bh;
7862 h->type = STT_SECTION;
7864 if (! bfd_elf_link_record_dynamic_symbol (info, h))
7867 if (! mips_elf_hash_table (info)->use_rld_obj_head)
7869 /* __rld_map is a four byte word located in the .data section
7870 and is filled in by the rtld to contain a pointer to
7871 the _r_debug structure. Its symbol value will be set in
7872 _bfd_mips_elf_finish_dynamic_symbol. */
7873 s = bfd_get_linker_section (abfd, ".rld_map");
7874 BFD_ASSERT (s != NULL);
7876 name = SGI_COMPAT (abfd) ? "__rld_map" : "__RLD_MAP";
7878 if (!(_bfd_generic_link_add_one_symbol
7879 (info, abfd, name, BSF_GLOBAL, s, 0, NULL, FALSE,
7880 get_elf_backend_data (abfd)->collect, &bh)))
7883 h = (struct elf_link_hash_entry *) bh;
7886 h->type = STT_OBJECT;
7888 if (! bfd_elf_link_record_dynamic_symbol (info, h))
7890 mips_elf_hash_table (info)->rld_symbol = h;
7894 /* Create the .plt, .rel(a).plt, .dynbss and .rel(a).bss sections.
7895 Also, on VxWorks, create the _PROCEDURE_LINKAGE_TABLE_ symbol. */
7896 if (!_bfd_elf_create_dynamic_sections (abfd, info))
7899 /* Cache the sections created above. */
7900 htab->splt = bfd_get_linker_section (abfd, ".plt");
7901 htab->sdynbss = bfd_get_linker_section (abfd, ".dynbss");
7902 if (htab->is_vxworks)
7904 htab->srelbss = bfd_get_linker_section (abfd, ".rela.bss");
7905 htab->srelplt = bfd_get_linker_section (abfd, ".rela.plt");
7908 htab->srelplt = bfd_get_linker_section (abfd, ".rel.plt");
7910 || (htab->is_vxworks && !htab->srelbss && !bfd_link_pic (info))
7915 /* Do the usual VxWorks handling. */
7916 if (htab->is_vxworks
7917 && !elf_vxworks_create_dynamic_sections (abfd, info, &htab->srelplt2))
7923 /* Return true if relocation REL against section SEC is a REL rather than
7924 RELA relocation. RELOCS is the first relocation in the section and
7925 ABFD is the bfd that contains SEC. */
7928 mips_elf_rel_relocation_p (bfd *abfd, asection *sec,
7929 const Elf_Internal_Rela *relocs,
7930 const Elf_Internal_Rela *rel)
7932 Elf_Internal_Shdr *rel_hdr;
7933 const struct elf_backend_data *bed;
7935 /* To determine which flavor of relocation this is, we depend on the
7936 fact that the INPUT_SECTION's REL_HDR is read before RELA_HDR. */
7937 rel_hdr = elf_section_data (sec)->rel.hdr;
7938 if (rel_hdr == NULL)
7940 bed = get_elf_backend_data (abfd);
7941 return ((size_t) (rel - relocs)
7942 < NUM_SHDR_ENTRIES (rel_hdr) * bed->s->int_rels_per_ext_rel);
7945 /* Read the addend for REL relocation REL, which belongs to bfd ABFD.
7946 HOWTO is the relocation's howto and CONTENTS points to the contents
7947 of the section that REL is against. */
7950 mips_elf_read_rel_addend (bfd *abfd, const Elf_Internal_Rela *rel,
7951 reloc_howto_type *howto, bfd_byte *contents)
7954 unsigned int r_type;
7958 r_type = ELF_R_TYPE (abfd, rel->r_info);
7959 location = contents + rel->r_offset;
7961 /* Get the addend, which is stored in the input file. */
7962 _bfd_mips_elf_reloc_unshuffle (abfd, r_type, FALSE, location);
7963 bytes = mips_elf_obtain_contents (howto, rel, abfd, contents);
7964 _bfd_mips_elf_reloc_shuffle (abfd, r_type, FALSE, location);
7966 addend = bytes & howto->src_mask;
7968 /* Shift is 2, unusually, for microMIPS JALX. Adjust the addend
7970 if (r_type == R_MICROMIPS_26_S1 && (bytes >> 26) == 0x3c)
7976 /* REL is a relocation in ABFD that needs a partnering LO16 relocation
7977 and *ADDEND is the addend for REL itself. Look for the LO16 relocation
7978 and update *ADDEND with the final addend. Return true on success
7979 or false if the LO16 could not be found. RELEND is the exclusive
7980 upper bound on the relocations for REL's section. */
7983 mips_elf_add_lo16_rel_addend (bfd *abfd,
7984 const Elf_Internal_Rela *rel,
7985 const Elf_Internal_Rela *relend,
7986 bfd_byte *contents, bfd_vma *addend)
7988 unsigned int r_type, lo16_type;
7989 const Elf_Internal_Rela *lo16_relocation;
7990 reloc_howto_type *lo16_howto;
7993 r_type = ELF_R_TYPE (abfd, rel->r_info);
7994 if (mips16_reloc_p (r_type))
7995 lo16_type = R_MIPS16_LO16;
7996 else if (micromips_reloc_p (r_type))
7997 lo16_type = R_MICROMIPS_LO16;
7998 else if (r_type == R_MIPS_PCHI16)
7999 lo16_type = R_MIPS_PCLO16;
8001 lo16_type = R_MIPS_LO16;
8003 /* The combined value is the sum of the HI16 addend, left-shifted by
8004 sixteen bits, and the LO16 addend, sign extended. (Usually, the
8005 code does a `lui' of the HI16 value, and then an `addiu' of the
8008 Scan ahead to find a matching LO16 relocation.
8010 According to the MIPS ELF ABI, the R_MIPS_LO16 relocation must
8011 be immediately following. However, for the IRIX6 ABI, the next
8012 relocation may be a composed relocation consisting of several
8013 relocations for the same address. In that case, the R_MIPS_LO16
8014 relocation may occur as one of these. We permit a similar
8015 extension in general, as that is useful for GCC.
8017 In some cases GCC dead code elimination removes the LO16 but keeps
8018 the corresponding HI16. This is strictly speaking a violation of
8019 the ABI but not immediately harmful. */
8020 lo16_relocation = mips_elf_next_relocation (abfd, lo16_type, rel, relend);
8021 if (lo16_relocation == NULL)
8024 /* Obtain the addend kept there. */
8025 lo16_howto = MIPS_ELF_RTYPE_TO_HOWTO (abfd, lo16_type, FALSE);
8026 l = mips_elf_read_rel_addend (abfd, lo16_relocation, lo16_howto, contents);
8028 l <<= lo16_howto->rightshift;
8029 l = _bfd_mips_elf_sign_extend (l, 16);
8036 /* Try to read the contents of section SEC in bfd ABFD. Return true and
8037 store the contents in *CONTENTS on success. Assume that *CONTENTS
8038 already holds the contents if it is nonull on entry. */
8041 mips_elf_get_section_contents (bfd *abfd, asection *sec, bfd_byte **contents)
8046 /* Get cached copy if it exists. */
8047 if (elf_section_data (sec)->this_hdr.contents != NULL)
8049 *contents = elf_section_data (sec)->this_hdr.contents;
8053 return bfd_malloc_and_get_section (abfd, sec, contents);
8056 /* Make a new PLT record to keep internal data. */
8058 static struct plt_entry *
8059 mips_elf_make_plt_record (bfd *abfd)
8061 struct plt_entry *entry;
8063 entry = bfd_zalloc (abfd, sizeof (*entry));
8067 entry->stub_offset = MINUS_ONE;
8068 entry->mips_offset = MINUS_ONE;
8069 entry->comp_offset = MINUS_ONE;
8070 entry->gotplt_index = MINUS_ONE;
8074 /* Look through the relocs for a section during the first phase, and
8075 allocate space in the global offset table and record the need for
8076 standard MIPS and compressed procedure linkage table entries. */
8079 _bfd_mips_elf_check_relocs (bfd *abfd, struct bfd_link_info *info,
8080 asection *sec, const Elf_Internal_Rela *relocs)
8084 Elf_Internal_Shdr *symtab_hdr;
8085 struct elf_link_hash_entry **sym_hashes;
8087 const Elf_Internal_Rela *rel;
8088 const Elf_Internal_Rela *rel_end;
8090 const struct elf_backend_data *bed;
8091 struct mips_elf_link_hash_table *htab;
8094 reloc_howto_type *howto;
8096 if (bfd_link_relocatable (info))
8099 htab = mips_elf_hash_table (info);
8100 BFD_ASSERT (htab != NULL);
8102 dynobj = elf_hash_table (info)->dynobj;
8103 symtab_hdr = &elf_tdata (abfd)->symtab_hdr;
8104 sym_hashes = elf_sym_hashes (abfd);
8105 extsymoff = (elf_bad_symtab (abfd)) ? 0 : symtab_hdr->sh_info;
8107 bed = get_elf_backend_data (abfd);
8108 rel_end = relocs + sec->reloc_count * bed->s->int_rels_per_ext_rel;
8110 /* Check for the mips16 stub sections. */
8112 name = bfd_get_section_name (abfd, sec);
8113 if (FN_STUB_P (name))
8115 unsigned long r_symndx;
8117 /* Look at the relocation information to figure out which symbol
8120 r_symndx = mips16_stub_symndx (bed, sec, relocs, rel_end);
8124 (_("%B: Warning: cannot determine the target function for"
8125 " stub section `%s'"),
8127 bfd_set_error (bfd_error_bad_value);
8131 if (r_symndx < extsymoff
8132 || sym_hashes[r_symndx - extsymoff] == NULL)
8136 /* This stub is for a local symbol. This stub will only be
8137 needed if there is some relocation in this BFD, other
8138 than a 16 bit function call, which refers to this symbol. */
8139 for (o = abfd->sections; o != NULL; o = o->next)
8141 Elf_Internal_Rela *sec_relocs;
8142 const Elf_Internal_Rela *r, *rend;
8144 /* We can ignore stub sections when looking for relocs. */
8145 if ((o->flags & SEC_RELOC) == 0
8146 || o->reloc_count == 0
8147 || section_allows_mips16_refs_p (o))
8151 = _bfd_elf_link_read_relocs (abfd, o, NULL, NULL,
8153 if (sec_relocs == NULL)
8156 rend = sec_relocs + o->reloc_count;
8157 for (r = sec_relocs; r < rend; r++)
8158 if (ELF_R_SYM (abfd, r->r_info) == r_symndx
8159 && !mips16_call_reloc_p (ELF_R_TYPE (abfd, r->r_info)))
8162 if (elf_section_data (o)->relocs != sec_relocs)
8171 /* There is no non-call reloc for this stub, so we do
8172 not need it. Since this function is called before
8173 the linker maps input sections to output sections, we
8174 can easily discard it by setting the SEC_EXCLUDE
8176 sec->flags |= SEC_EXCLUDE;
8180 /* Record this stub in an array of local symbol stubs for
8182 if (mips_elf_tdata (abfd)->local_stubs == NULL)
8184 unsigned long symcount;
8188 if (elf_bad_symtab (abfd))
8189 symcount = NUM_SHDR_ENTRIES (symtab_hdr);
8191 symcount = symtab_hdr->sh_info;
8192 amt = symcount * sizeof (asection *);
8193 n = bfd_zalloc (abfd, amt);
8196 mips_elf_tdata (abfd)->local_stubs = n;
8199 sec->flags |= SEC_KEEP;
8200 mips_elf_tdata (abfd)->local_stubs[r_symndx] = sec;
8202 /* We don't need to set mips16_stubs_seen in this case.
8203 That flag is used to see whether we need to look through
8204 the global symbol table for stubs. We don't need to set
8205 it here, because we just have a local stub. */
8209 struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry *h;
8211 h = ((struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry *)
8212 sym_hashes[r_symndx - extsymoff]);
8214 while (h->root.root.type == bfd_link_hash_indirect
8215 || h->root.root.type == bfd_link_hash_warning)
8216 h = (struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry *) h->root.root.u.i.link;
8218 /* H is the symbol this stub is for. */
8220 /* If we already have an appropriate stub for this function, we
8221 don't need another one, so we can discard this one. Since
8222 this function is called before the linker maps input sections
8223 to output sections, we can easily discard it by setting the
8224 SEC_EXCLUDE flag. */
8225 if (h->fn_stub != NULL)
8227 sec->flags |= SEC_EXCLUDE;
8231 sec->flags |= SEC_KEEP;
8233 mips_elf_hash_table (info)->mips16_stubs_seen = TRUE;
8236 else if (CALL_STUB_P (name) || CALL_FP_STUB_P (name))
8238 unsigned long r_symndx;
8239 struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry *h;
8242 /* Look at the relocation information to figure out which symbol
8245 r_symndx = mips16_stub_symndx (bed, sec, relocs, rel_end);
8249 (_("%B: Warning: cannot determine the target function for"
8250 " stub section `%s'"),
8252 bfd_set_error (bfd_error_bad_value);
8256 if (r_symndx < extsymoff
8257 || sym_hashes[r_symndx - extsymoff] == NULL)
8261 /* This stub is for a local symbol. This stub will only be
8262 needed if there is some relocation (R_MIPS16_26) in this BFD
8263 that refers to this symbol. */
8264 for (o = abfd->sections; o != NULL; o = o->next)
8266 Elf_Internal_Rela *sec_relocs;
8267 const Elf_Internal_Rela *r, *rend;
8269 /* We can ignore stub sections when looking for relocs. */
8270 if ((o->flags & SEC_RELOC) == 0
8271 || o->reloc_count == 0
8272 || section_allows_mips16_refs_p (o))
8276 = _bfd_elf_link_read_relocs (abfd, o, NULL, NULL,
8278 if (sec_relocs == NULL)
8281 rend = sec_relocs + o->reloc_count;
8282 for (r = sec_relocs; r < rend; r++)
8283 if (ELF_R_SYM (abfd, r->r_info) == r_symndx
8284 && ELF_R_TYPE (abfd, r->r_info) == R_MIPS16_26)
8287 if (elf_section_data (o)->relocs != sec_relocs)
8296 /* There is no non-call reloc for this stub, so we do
8297 not need it. Since this function is called before
8298 the linker maps input sections to output sections, we
8299 can easily discard it by setting the SEC_EXCLUDE
8301 sec->flags |= SEC_EXCLUDE;
8305 /* Record this stub in an array of local symbol call_stubs for
8307 if (mips_elf_tdata (abfd)->local_call_stubs == NULL)
8309 unsigned long symcount;
8313 if (elf_bad_symtab (abfd))
8314 symcount = NUM_SHDR_ENTRIES (symtab_hdr);
8316 symcount = symtab_hdr->sh_info;
8317 amt = symcount * sizeof (asection *);
8318 n = bfd_zalloc (abfd, amt);
8321 mips_elf_tdata (abfd)->local_call_stubs = n;
8324 sec->flags |= SEC_KEEP;
8325 mips_elf_tdata (abfd)->local_call_stubs[r_symndx] = sec;
8327 /* We don't need to set mips16_stubs_seen in this case.
8328 That flag is used to see whether we need to look through
8329 the global symbol table for stubs. We don't need to set
8330 it here, because we just have a local stub. */
8334 h = ((struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry *)
8335 sym_hashes[r_symndx - extsymoff]);
8337 /* H is the symbol this stub is for. */
8339 if (CALL_FP_STUB_P (name))
8340 loc = &h->call_fp_stub;
8342 loc = &h->call_stub;
8344 /* If we already have an appropriate stub for this function, we
8345 don't need another one, so we can discard this one. Since
8346 this function is called before the linker maps input sections
8347 to output sections, we can easily discard it by setting the
8348 SEC_EXCLUDE flag. */
8351 sec->flags |= SEC_EXCLUDE;
8355 sec->flags |= SEC_KEEP;
8357 mips_elf_hash_table (info)->mips16_stubs_seen = TRUE;
8363 for (rel = relocs; rel < rel_end; ++rel)
8365 unsigned long r_symndx;
8366 unsigned int r_type;
8367 struct elf_link_hash_entry *h;
8368 bfd_boolean can_make_dynamic_p;
8369 bfd_boolean call_reloc_p;
8370 bfd_boolean constrain_symbol_p;
8372 r_symndx = ELF_R_SYM (abfd, rel->r_info);
8373 r_type = ELF_R_TYPE (abfd, rel->r_info);
8375 if (r_symndx < extsymoff)
8377 else if (r_symndx >= extsymoff + NUM_SHDR_ENTRIES (symtab_hdr))
8380 (_("%B: Malformed reloc detected for section %s"),
8382 bfd_set_error (bfd_error_bad_value);
8387 h = sym_hashes[r_symndx - extsymoff];
8390 while (h->root.type == bfd_link_hash_indirect
8391 || h->root.type == bfd_link_hash_warning)
8392 h = (struct elf_link_hash_entry *) h->root.u.i.link;
8394 /* PR15323, ref flags aren't set for references in the
8396 h->root.non_ir_ref = 1;
8400 /* Set CAN_MAKE_DYNAMIC_P to true if we can convert this
8401 relocation into a dynamic one. */
8402 can_make_dynamic_p = FALSE;
8404 /* Set CALL_RELOC_P to true if the relocation is for a call,
8405 and if pointer equality therefore doesn't matter. */
8406 call_reloc_p = FALSE;
8408 /* Set CONSTRAIN_SYMBOL_P if we need to take the relocation
8409 into account when deciding how to define the symbol.
8410 Relocations in nonallocatable sections such as .pdr and
8411 .debug* should have no effect. */
8412 constrain_symbol_p = ((sec->flags & SEC_ALLOC) != 0);
8417 case R_MIPS_CALL_HI16:
8418 case R_MIPS_CALL_LO16:
8419 case R_MIPS16_CALL16:
8420 case R_MICROMIPS_CALL16:
8421 case R_MICROMIPS_CALL_HI16:
8422 case R_MICROMIPS_CALL_LO16:
8423 call_reloc_p = TRUE;
8427 case R_MIPS_GOT_HI16:
8428 case R_MIPS_GOT_LO16:
8429 case R_MIPS_GOT_PAGE:
8430 case R_MIPS_GOT_OFST:
8431 case R_MIPS_GOT_DISP:
8432 case R_MIPS_TLS_GOTTPREL:
8434 case R_MIPS_TLS_LDM:
8435 case R_MIPS16_GOT16:
8436 case R_MIPS16_TLS_GOTTPREL:
8437 case R_MIPS16_TLS_GD:
8438 case R_MIPS16_TLS_LDM:
8439 case R_MICROMIPS_GOT16:
8440 case R_MICROMIPS_GOT_HI16:
8441 case R_MICROMIPS_GOT_LO16:
8442 case R_MICROMIPS_GOT_PAGE:
8443 case R_MICROMIPS_GOT_OFST:
8444 case R_MICROMIPS_GOT_DISP:
8445 case R_MICROMIPS_TLS_GOTTPREL:
8446 case R_MICROMIPS_TLS_GD:
8447 case R_MICROMIPS_TLS_LDM:
8449 elf_hash_table (info)->dynobj = dynobj = abfd;
8450 if (!mips_elf_create_got_section (dynobj, info))
8452 if (htab->is_vxworks && !bfd_link_pic (info))
8455 (_("%B: GOT reloc at 0x%lx not expected in executables"),
8456 abfd, (unsigned long) rel->r_offset);
8457 bfd_set_error (bfd_error_bad_value);
8460 can_make_dynamic_p = TRUE;
8465 case R_MICROMIPS_JALR:
8466 /* These relocations have empty fields and are purely there to
8467 provide link information. The symbol value doesn't matter. */
8468 constrain_symbol_p = FALSE;
8471 case R_MIPS_GPREL16:
8472 case R_MIPS_GPREL32:
8473 case R_MIPS16_GPREL:
8474 case R_MICROMIPS_GPREL16:
8475 /* GP-relative relocations always resolve to a definition in a
8476 regular input file, ignoring the one-definition rule. This is
8477 important for the GP setup sequence in NewABI code, which
8478 always resolves to a local function even if other relocations
8479 against the symbol wouldn't. */
8480 constrain_symbol_p = FALSE;
8486 /* In VxWorks executables, references to external symbols
8487 must be handled using copy relocs or PLT entries; it is not
8488 possible to convert this relocation into a dynamic one.
8490 For executables that use PLTs and copy-relocs, we have a
8491 choice between converting the relocation into a dynamic
8492 one or using copy relocations or PLT entries. It is
8493 usually better to do the former, unless the relocation is
8494 against a read-only section. */
8495 if ((bfd_link_pic (info)
8497 && !htab->is_vxworks
8498 && strcmp (h->root.root.string, "__gnu_local_gp") != 0
8499 && !(!info->nocopyreloc
8500 && !PIC_OBJECT_P (abfd)
8501 && MIPS_ELF_READONLY_SECTION (sec))))
8502 && (sec->flags & SEC_ALLOC) != 0)
8504 can_make_dynamic_p = TRUE;
8506 elf_hash_table (info)->dynobj = dynobj = abfd;
8512 case R_MIPS_PC21_S2:
8513 case R_MIPS_PC26_S2:
8515 case R_MIPS16_PC16_S1:
8516 case R_MICROMIPS_26_S1:
8517 case R_MICROMIPS_PC7_S1:
8518 case R_MICROMIPS_PC10_S1:
8519 case R_MICROMIPS_PC16_S1:
8520 case R_MICROMIPS_PC23_S2:
8521 call_reloc_p = TRUE;
8527 if (constrain_symbol_p)
8529 if (!can_make_dynamic_p)
8530 ((struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry *) h)->has_static_relocs = 1;
8533 h->pointer_equality_needed = 1;
8535 /* We must not create a stub for a symbol that has
8536 relocations related to taking the function's address.
8537 This doesn't apply to VxWorks, where CALL relocs refer
8538 to a .got.plt entry instead of a normal .got entry. */
8539 if (!htab->is_vxworks && (!can_make_dynamic_p || !call_reloc_p))
8540 ((struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry *) h)->no_fn_stub = TRUE;
8543 /* Relocations against the special VxWorks __GOTT_BASE__ and
8544 __GOTT_INDEX__ symbols must be left to the loader. Allocate
8545 room for them in .rela.dyn. */
8546 if (is_gott_symbol (info, h))
8550 sreloc = mips_elf_rel_dyn_section (info, TRUE);
8554 mips_elf_allocate_dynamic_relocations (dynobj, info, 1);
8555 if (MIPS_ELF_READONLY_SECTION (sec))
8556 /* We tell the dynamic linker that there are
8557 relocations against the text segment. */
8558 info->flags |= DF_TEXTREL;
8561 else if (call_lo16_reloc_p (r_type)
8562 || got_lo16_reloc_p (r_type)
8563 || got_disp_reloc_p (r_type)
8564 || (got16_reloc_p (r_type) && htab->is_vxworks))
8566 /* We may need a local GOT entry for this relocation. We
8567 don't count R_MIPS_GOT_PAGE because we can estimate the
8568 maximum number of pages needed by looking at the size of
8569 the segment. Similar comments apply to R_MIPS*_GOT16 and
8570 R_MIPS*_CALL16, except on VxWorks, where GOT relocations
8571 always evaluate to "G". We don't count R_MIPS_GOT_HI16, or
8572 R_MIPS_CALL_HI16 because these are always followed by an
8573 R_MIPS_GOT_LO16 or R_MIPS_CALL_LO16. */
8574 if (!mips_elf_record_local_got_symbol (abfd, r_symndx,
8575 rel->r_addend, info, r_type))
8580 && mips_elf_relocation_needs_la25_stub (abfd, r_type,
8581 ELF_ST_IS_MIPS16 (h->other)))
8582 ((struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry *) h)->has_nonpic_branches = TRUE;
8587 case R_MIPS16_CALL16:
8588 case R_MICROMIPS_CALL16:
8592 (_("%B: CALL16 reloc at 0x%lx not against global symbol"),
8593 abfd, (unsigned long) rel->r_offset);
8594 bfd_set_error (bfd_error_bad_value);
8599 case R_MIPS_CALL_HI16:
8600 case R_MIPS_CALL_LO16:
8601 case R_MICROMIPS_CALL_HI16:
8602 case R_MICROMIPS_CALL_LO16:
8605 /* Make sure there is room in the regular GOT to hold the
8606 function's address. We may eliminate it in favour of
8607 a .got.plt entry later; see mips_elf_count_got_symbols. */
8608 if (!mips_elf_record_global_got_symbol (h, abfd, info, TRUE,
8612 /* We need a stub, not a plt entry for the undefined
8613 function. But we record it as if it needs plt. See
8614 _bfd_elf_adjust_dynamic_symbol. */
8620 case R_MIPS_GOT_PAGE:
8621 case R_MICROMIPS_GOT_PAGE:
8622 case R_MIPS16_GOT16:
8624 case R_MIPS_GOT_HI16:
8625 case R_MIPS_GOT_LO16:
8626 case R_MICROMIPS_GOT16:
8627 case R_MICROMIPS_GOT_HI16:
8628 case R_MICROMIPS_GOT_LO16:
8629 if (!h || got_page_reloc_p (r_type))
8631 /* This relocation needs (or may need, if h != NULL) a
8632 page entry in the GOT. For R_MIPS_GOT_PAGE we do not
8633 know for sure until we know whether the symbol is
8635 if (mips_elf_rel_relocation_p (abfd, sec, relocs, rel))
8637 if (!mips_elf_get_section_contents (abfd, sec, &contents))
8639 howto = MIPS_ELF_RTYPE_TO_HOWTO (abfd, r_type, FALSE);
8640 addend = mips_elf_read_rel_addend (abfd, rel,
8642 if (got16_reloc_p (r_type))
8643 mips_elf_add_lo16_rel_addend (abfd, rel, rel_end,
8646 addend <<= howto->rightshift;
8649 addend = rel->r_addend;
8650 if (!mips_elf_record_got_page_ref (info, abfd, r_symndx,
8656 struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry *hmips =
8657 (struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry *) h;
8659 /* This symbol is definitely not overridable. */
8660 if (hmips->root.def_regular
8661 && ! (bfd_link_pic (info) && ! info->symbolic
8662 && ! hmips->root.forced_local))
8666 /* If this is a global, overridable symbol, GOT_PAGE will
8667 decay to GOT_DISP, so we'll need a GOT entry for it. */
8670 case R_MIPS_GOT_DISP:
8671 case R_MICROMIPS_GOT_DISP:
8672 if (h && !mips_elf_record_global_got_symbol (h, abfd, info,
8677 case R_MIPS_TLS_GOTTPREL:
8678 case R_MIPS16_TLS_GOTTPREL:
8679 case R_MICROMIPS_TLS_GOTTPREL:
8680 if (bfd_link_pic (info))
8681 info->flags |= DF_STATIC_TLS;
8684 case R_MIPS_TLS_LDM:
8685 case R_MIPS16_TLS_LDM:
8686 case R_MICROMIPS_TLS_LDM:
8687 if (tls_ldm_reloc_p (r_type))
8689 r_symndx = STN_UNDEF;
8695 case R_MIPS16_TLS_GD:
8696 case R_MICROMIPS_TLS_GD:
8697 /* This symbol requires a global offset table entry, or two
8698 for TLS GD relocations. */
8701 if (!mips_elf_record_global_got_symbol (h, abfd, info,
8707 if (!mips_elf_record_local_got_symbol (abfd, r_symndx,
8717 /* In VxWorks executables, references to external symbols
8718 are handled using copy relocs or PLT stubs, so there's
8719 no need to add a .rela.dyn entry for this relocation. */
8720 if (can_make_dynamic_p)
8724 sreloc = mips_elf_rel_dyn_section (info, TRUE);
8728 if (bfd_link_pic (info) && h == NULL)
8730 /* When creating a shared object, we must copy these
8731 reloc types into the output file as R_MIPS_REL32
8732 relocs. Make room for this reloc in .rel(a).dyn. */
8733 mips_elf_allocate_dynamic_relocations (dynobj, info, 1);
8734 if (MIPS_ELF_READONLY_SECTION (sec))
8735 /* We tell the dynamic linker that there are
8736 relocations against the text segment. */
8737 info->flags |= DF_TEXTREL;
8741 struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry *hmips;
8743 /* For a shared object, we must copy this relocation
8744 unless the symbol turns out to be undefined and
8745 weak with non-default visibility, in which case
8746 it will be left as zero.
8748 We could elide R_MIPS_REL32 for locally binding symbols
8749 in shared libraries, but do not yet do so.
8751 For an executable, we only need to copy this
8752 reloc if the symbol is defined in a dynamic
8754 hmips = (struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry *) h;
8755 ++hmips->possibly_dynamic_relocs;
8756 if (MIPS_ELF_READONLY_SECTION (sec))
8757 /* We need it to tell the dynamic linker if there
8758 are relocations against the text segment. */
8759 hmips->readonly_reloc = TRUE;
8763 if (SGI_COMPAT (abfd))
8764 mips_elf_hash_table (info)->compact_rel_size +=
8765 sizeof (Elf32_External_crinfo);
8769 case R_MIPS_GPREL16:
8770 case R_MIPS_LITERAL:
8771 case R_MIPS_GPREL32:
8772 case R_MICROMIPS_26_S1:
8773 case R_MICROMIPS_GPREL16:
8774 case R_MICROMIPS_LITERAL:
8775 case R_MICROMIPS_GPREL7_S2:
8776 if (SGI_COMPAT (abfd))
8777 mips_elf_hash_table (info)->compact_rel_size +=
8778 sizeof (Elf32_External_crinfo);
8781 /* This relocation describes the C++ object vtable hierarchy.
8782 Reconstruct it for later use during GC. */
8783 case R_MIPS_GNU_VTINHERIT:
8784 if (!bfd_elf_gc_record_vtinherit (abfd, sec, h, rel->r_offset))
8788 /* This relocation describes which C++ vtable entries are actually
8789 used. Record for later use during GC. */
8790 case R_MIPS_GNU_VTENTRY:
8791 BFD_ASSERT (h != NULL);
8793 && !bfd_elf_gc_record_vtentry (abfd, sec, h, rel->r_offset))
8801 /* Record the need for a PLT entry. At this point we don't know
8802 yet if we are going to create a PLT in the first place, but
8803 we only record whether the relocation requires a standard MIPS
8804 or a compressed code entry anyway. If we don't make a PLT after
8805 all, then we'll just ignore these arrangements. Likewise if
8806 a PLT entry is not created because the symbol is satisfied
8809 && (branch_reloc_p (r_type)
8810 || mips16_branch_reloc_p (r_type)
8811 || micromips_branch_reloc_p (r_type))
8812 && !SYMBOL_CALLS_LOCAL (info, h))
8814 if (h->plt.plist == NULL)
8815 h->plt.plist = mips_elf_make_plt_record (abfd);
8816 if (h->plt.plist == NULL)
8819 if (branch_reloc_p (r_type))
8820 h->plt.plist->need_mips = TRUE;
8822 h->plt.plist->need_comp = TRUE;
8825 /* See if this reloc would need to refer to a MIPS16 hard-float stub,
8826 if there is one. We only need to handle global symbols here;
8827 we decide whether to keep or delete stubs for local symbols
8828 when processing the stub's relocations. */
8830 && !mips16_call_reloc_p (r_type)
8831 && !section_allows_mips16_refs_p (sec))
8833 struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry *mh;
8835 mh = (struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry *) h;
8836 mh->need_fn_stub = TRUE;
8839 /* Refuse some position-dependent relocations when creating a
8840 shared library. Do not refuse R_MIPS_32 / R_MIPS_64; they're
8841 not PIC, but we can create dynamic relocations and the result
8842 will be fine. Also do not refuse R_MIPS_LO16, which can be
8843 combined with R_MIPS_GOT16. */
8844 if (bfd_link_pic (info))
8851 case R_MIPS_HIGHEST:
8852 case R_MICROMIPS_HI16:
8853 case R_MICROMIPS_HIGHER:
8854 case R_MICROMIPS_HIGHEST:
8855 /* Don't refuse a high part relocation if it's against
8856 no symbol (e.g. part of a compound relocation). */
8857 if (r_symndx == STN_UNDEF)
8860 /* R_MIPS_HI16 against _gp_disp is used for $gp setup,
8861 and has a special meaning. */
8862 if (!NEWABI_P (abfd) && h != NULL
8863 && strcmp (h->root.root.string, "_gp_disp") == 0)
8866 /* Likewise __GOTT_BASE__ and __GOTT_INDEX__ on VxWorks. */
8867 if (is_gott_symbol (info, h))
8874 case R_MICROMIPS_26_S1:
8875 howto = MIPS_ELF_RTYPE_TO_HOWTO (abfd, r_type, FALSE);
8877 (_("%B: relocation %s against `%s' can not be used when making a shared object; recompile with -fPIC"),
8879 (h) ? h->root.root.string : "a local symbol");
8880 bfd_set_error (bfd_error_bad_value);
8892 _bfd_mips_relax_section (bfd *abfd, asection *sec,
8893 struct bfd_link_info *link_info,
8896 Elf_Internal_Rela *internal_relocs;
8897 Elf_Internal_Rela *irel, *irelend;
8898 Elf_Internal_Shdr *symtab_hdr;
8899 bfd_byte *contents = NULL;
8901 bfd_boolean changed_contents = FALSE;
8902 bfd_vma sec_start = sec->output_section->vma + sec->output_offset;
8903 Elf_Internal_Sym *isymbuf = NULL;
8905 /* We are not currently changing any sizes, so only one pass. */
8908 if (bfd_link_relocatable (link_info))
8911 internal_relocs = _bfd_elf_link_read_relocs (abfd, sec, NULL, NULL,
8912 link_info->keep_memory);
8913 if (internal_relocs == NULL)
8916 irelend = internal_relocs + sec->reloc_count
8917 * get_elf_backend_data (abfd)->s->int_rels_per_ext_rel;
8918 symtab_hdr = &elf_tdata (abfd)->symtab_hdr;
8919 extsymoff = (elf_bad_symtab (abfd)) ? 0 : symtab_hdr->sh_info;
8921 for (irel = internal_relocs; irel < irelend; irel++)
8924 bfd_signed_vma sym_offset;
8925 unsigned int r_type;
8926 unsigned long r_symndx;
8928 unsigned long instruction;
8930 /* Turn jalr into bgezal, and jr into beq, if they're marked
8931 with a JALR relocation, that indicate where they jump to.
8932 This saves some pipeline bubbles. */
8933 r_type = ELF_R_TYPE (abfd, irel->r_info);
8934 if (r_type != R_MIPS_JALR)
8937 r_symndx = ELF_R_SYM (abfd, irel->r_info);
8938 /* Compute the address of the jump target. */
8939 if (r_symndx >= extsymoff)
8941 struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry *h
8942 = ((struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry *)
8943 elf_sym_hashes (abfd) [r_symndx - extsymoff]);
8945 while (h->root.root.type == bfd_link_hash_indirect
8946 || h->root.root.type == bfd_link_hash_warning)
8947 h = (struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry *) h->root.root.u.i.link;
8949 /* If a symbol is undefined, or if it may be overridden,
8951 if (! ((h->root.root.type == bfd_link_hash_defined
8952 || h->root.root.type == bfd_link_hash_defweak)
8953 && h->root.root.u.def.section)
8954 || (bfd_link_pic (link_info) && ! link_info->symbolic
8955 && !h->root.forced_local))
8958 sym_sec = h->root.root.u.def.section;
8959 if (sym_sec->output_section)
8960 symval = (h->root.root.u.def.value
8961 + sym_sec->output_section->vma
8962 + sym_sec->output_offset);
8964 symval = h->root.root.u.def.value;
8968 Elf_Internal_Sym *isym;
8970 /* Read this BFD's symbols if we haven't done so already. */
8971 if (isymbuf == NULL && symtab_hdr->sh_info != 0)
8973 isymbuf = (Elf_Internal_Sym *) symtab_hdr->contents;
8974 if (isymbuf == NULL)
8975 isymbuf = bfd_elf_get_elf_syms (abfd, symtab_hdr,
8976 symtab_hdr->sh_info, 0,
8978 if (isymbuf == NULL)
8982 isym = isymbuf + r_symndx;
8983 if (isym->st_shndx == SHN_UNDEF)
8985 else if (isym->st_shndx == SHN_ABS)
8986 sym_sec = bfd_abs_section_ptr;
8987 else if (isym->st_shndx == SHN_COMMON)
8988 sym_sec = bfd_com_section_ptr;
8991 = bfd_section_from_elf_index (abfd, isym->st_shndx);
8992 symval = isym->st_value
8993 + sym_sec->output_section->vma
8994 + sym_sec->output_offset;
8997 /* Compute branch offset, from delay slot of the jump to the
8999 sym_offset = (symval + irel->r_addend)
9000 - (sec_start + irel->r_offset + 4);
9002 /* Branch offset must be properly aligned. */
9003 if ((sym_offset & 3) != 0)
9008 /* Check that it's in range. */
9009 if (sym_offset < -0x8000 || sym_offset >= 0x8000)
9012 /* Get the section contents if we haven't done so already. */
9013 if (!mips_elf_get_section_contents (abfd, sec, &contents))
9016 instruction = bfd_get_32 (abfd, contents + irel->r_offset);
9018 /* If it was jalr <reg>, turn it into bgezal $zero, <target>. */
9019 if ((instruction & 0xfc1fffff) == 0x0000f809)
9020 instruction = 0x04110000;
9021 /* If it was jr <reg>, turn it into b <target>. */
9022 else if ((instruction & 0xfc1fffff) == 0x00000008)
9023 instruction = 0x10000000;
9027 instruction |= (sym_offset & 0xffff);
9028 bfd_put_32 (abfd, instruction, contents + irel->r_offset);
9029 changed_contents = TRUE;
9032 if (contents != NULL
9033 && elf_section_data (sec)->this_hdr.contents != contents)
9035 if (!changed_contents && !link_info->keep_memory)
9039 /* Cache the section contents for elf_link_input_bfd. */
9040 elf_section_data (sec)->this_hdr.contents = contents;
9046 if (contents != NULL
9047 && elf_section_data (sec)->this_hdr.contents != contents)
9052 /* Allocate space for global sym dynamic relocs. */
9055 allocate_dynrelocs (struct elf_link_hash_entry *h, void *inf)
9057 struct bfd_link_info *info = inf;
9059 struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry *hmips;
9060 struct mips_elf_link_hash_table *htab;
9062 htab = mips_elf_hash_table (info);
9063 BFD_ASSERT (htab != NULL);
9065 dynobj = elf_hash_table (info)->dynobj;
9066 hmips = (struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry *) h;
9068 /* VxWorks executables are handled elsewhere; we only need to
9069 allocate relocations in shared objects. */
9070 if (htab->is_vxworks && !bfd_link_pic (info))
9073 /* Ignore indirect symbols. All relocations against such symbols
9074 will be redirected to the target symbol. */
9075 if (h->root.type == bfd_link_hash_indirect)
9078 /* If this symbol is defined in a dynamic object, or we are creating
9079 a shared library, we will need to copy any R_MIPS_32 or
9080 R_MIPS_REL32 relocs against it into the output file. */
9081 if (! bfd_link_relocatable (info)
9082 && hmips->possibly_dynamic_relocs != 0
9083 && (h->root.type == bfd_link_hash_defweak
9084 || (!h->def_regular && !ELF_COMMON_DEF_P (h))
9085 || bfd_link_pic (info)))
9087 bfd_boolean do_copy = TRUE;
9089 if (h->root.type == bfd_link_hash_undefweak)
9091 /* Do not copy relocations for undefined weak symbols with
9092 non-default visibility. */
9093 if (ELF_ST_VISIBILITY (h->other) != STV_DEFAULT)
9096 /* Make sure undefined weak symbols are output as a dynamic
9098 else if (h->dynindx == -1 && !h->forced_local)
9100 if (! bfd_elf_link_record_dynamic_symbol (info, h))
9107 /* Even though we don't directly need a GOT entry for this symbol,
9108 the SVR4 psABI requires it to have a dynamic symbol table
9109 index greater that DT_MIPS_GOTSYM if there are dynamic
9110 relocations against it.
9112 VxWorks does not enforce the same mapping between the GOT
9113 and the symbol table, so the same requirement does not
9115 if (!htab->is_vxworks)
9117 if (hmips->global_got_area > GGA_RELOC_ONLY)
9118 hmips->global_got_area = GGA_RELOC_ONLY;
9119 hmips->got_only_for_calls = FALSE;
9122 mips_elf_allocate_dynamic_relocations
9123 (dynobj, info, hmips->possibly_dynamic_relocs);
9124 if (hmips->readonly_reloc)
9125 /* We tell the dynamic linker that there are relocations
9126 against the text segment. */
9127 info->flags |= DF_TEXTREL;
9134 /* Adjust a symbol defined by a dynamic object and referenced by a
9135 regular object. The current definition is in some section of the
9136 dynamic object, but we're not including those sections. We have to
9137 change the definition to something the rest of the link can
9141 _bfd_mips_elf_adjust_dynamic_symbol (struct bfd_link_info *info,
9142 struct elf_link_hash_entry *h)
9145 struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry *hmips;
9146 struct mips_elf_link_hash_table *htab;
9148 htab = mips_elf_hash_table (info);
9149 BFD_ASSERT (htab != NULL);
9151 dynobj = elf_hash_table (info)->dynobj;
9152 hmips = (struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry *) h;
9154 /* Make sure we know what is going on here. */
9155 BFD_ASSERT (dynobj != NULL
9157 || h->u.weakdef != NULL
9160 && !h->def_regular)));
9162 hmips = (struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry *) h;
9164 /* If there are call relocations against an externally-defined symbol,
9165 see whether we can create a MIPS lazy-binding stub for it. We can
9166 only do this if all references to the function are through call
9167 relocations, and in that case, the traditional lazy-binding stubs
9168 are much more efficient than PLT entries.
9170 Traditional stubs are only available on SVR4 psABI-based systems;
9171 VxWorks always uses PLTs instead. */
9172 if (!htab->is_vxworks && h->needs_plt && !hmips->no_fn_stub)
9174 if (! elf_hash_table (info)->dynamic_sections_created)
9177 /* If this symbol is not defined in a regular file, then set
9178 the symbol to the stub location. This is required to make
9179 function pointers compare as equal between the normal
9180 executable and the shared library. */
9181 if (!h->def_regular)
9183 hmips->needs_lazy_stub = TRUE;
9184 htab->lazy_stub_count++;
9188 /* As above, VxWorks requires PLT entries for externally-defined
9189 functions that are only accessed through call relocations.
9191 Both VxWorks and non-VxWorks targets also need PLT entries if there
9192 are static-only relocations against an externally-defined function.
9193 This can technically occur for shared libraries if there are
9194 branches to the symbol, although it is unlikely that this will be
9195 used in practice due to the short ranges involved. It can occur
9196 for any relative or absolute relocation in executables; in that
9197 case, the PLT entry becomes the function's canonical address. */
9198 else if (((h->needs_plt && !hmips->no_fn_stub)
9199 || (h->type == STT_FUNC && hmips->has_static_relocs))
9200 && htab->use_plts_and_copy_relocs
9201 && !SYMBOL_CALLS_LOCAL (info, h)
9202 && !(ELF_ST_VISIBILITY (h->other) != STV_DEFAULT
9203 && h->root.type == bfd_link_hash_undefweak))
9205 bfd_boolean micromips_p = MICROMIPS_P (info->output_bfd);
9206 bfd_boolean newabi_p = NEWABI_P (info->output_bfd);
9208 /* If this is the first symbol to need a PLT entry, then make some
9209 basic setup. Also work out PLT entry sizes. We'll need them
9210 for PLT offset calculations. */
9211 if (htab->plt_mips_offset + htab->plt_comp_offset == 0)
9213 BFD_ASSERT (htab->sgotplt->size == 0);
9214 BFD_ASSERT (htab->plt_got_index == 0);
9216 /* If we're using the PLT additions to the psABI, each PLT
9217 entry is 16 bytes and the PLT0 entry is 32 bytes.
9218 Encourage better cache usage by aligning. We do this
9219 lazily to avoid pessimizing traditional objects. */
9220 if (!htab->is_vxworks
9221 && !bfd_set_section_alignment (dynobj, htab->splt, 5))
9224 /* Make sure that .got.plt is word-aligned. We do this lazily
9225 for the same reason as above. */
9226 if (!bfd_set_section_alignment (dynobj, htab->sgotplt,
9227 MIPS_ELF_LOG_FILE_ALIGN (dynobj)))
9230 /* On non-VxWorks targets, the first two entries in .got.plt
9232 if (!htab->is_vxworks)
9234 += (get_elf_backend_data (dynobj)->got_header_size
9235 / MIPS_ELF_GOT_SIZE (dynobj));
9237 /* On VxWorks, also allocate room for the header's
9238 .rela.plt.unloaded entries. */
9239 if (htab->is_vxworks && !bfd_link_pic (info))
9240 htab->srelplt2->size += 2 * sizeof (Elf32_External_Rela);
9242 /* Now work out the sizes of individual PLT entries. */
9243 if (htab->is_vxworks && bfd_link_pic (info))
9244 htab->plt_mips_entry_size
9245 = 4 * ARRAY_SIZE (mips_vxworks_shared_plt_entry);
9246 else if (htab->is_vxworks)
9247 htab->plt_mips_entry_size
9248 = 4 * ARRAY_SIZE (mips_vxworks_exec_plt_entry);
9250 htab->plt_mips_entry_size
9251 = 4 * ARRAY_SIZE (mips_exec_plt_entry);
9252 else if (!micromips_p)
9254 htab->plt_mips_entry_size
9255 = 4 * ARRAY_SIZE (mips_exec_plt_entry);
9256 htab->plt_comp_entry_size
9257 = 2 * ARRAY_SIZE (mips16_o32_exec_plt_entry);
9259 else if (htab->insn32)
9261 htab->plt_mips_entry_size
9262 = 4 * ARRAY_SIZE (mips_exec_plt_entry);
9263 htab->plt_comp_entry_size
9264 = 2 * ARRAY_SIZE (micromips_insn32_o32_exec_plt_entry);
9268 htab->plt_mips_entry_size
9269 = 4 * ARRAY_SIZE (mips_exec_plt_entry);
9270 htab->plt_comp_entry_size
9271 = 2 * ARRAY_SIZE (micromips_o32_exec_plt_entry);
9275 if (h->plt.plist == NULL)
9276 h->plt.plist = mips_elf_make_plt_record (dynobj);
9277 if (h->plt.plist == NULL)
9280 /* There are no defined MIPS16 or microMIPS PLT entries for VxWorks,
9281 n32 or n64, so always use a standard entry there.
9283 If the symbol has a MIPS16 call stub and gets a PLT entry, then
9284 all MIPS16 calls will go via that stub, and there is no benefit
9285 to having a MIPS16 entry. And in the case of call_stub a
9286 standard entry actually has to be used as the stub ends with a J
9291 || hmips->call_fp_stub)
9293 h->plt.plist->need_mips = TRUE;
9294 h->plt.plist->need_comp = FALSE;
9297 /* Otherwise, if there are no direct calls to the function, we
9298 have a free choice of whether to use standard or compressed
9299 entries. Prefer microMIPS entries if the object is known to
9300 contain microMIPS code, so that it becomes possible to create
9301 pure microMIPS binaries. Prefer standard entries otherwise,
9302 because MIPS16 ones are no smaller and are usually slower. */
9303 if (!h->plt.plist->need_mips && !h->plt.plist->need_comp)
9306 h->plt.plist->need_comp = TRUE;
9308 h->plt.plist->need_mips = TRUE;
9311 if (h->plt.plist->need_mips)
9313 h->plt.plist->mips_offset = htab->plt_mips_offset;
9314 htab->plt_mips_offset += htab->plt_mips_entry_size;
9316 if (h->plt.plist->need_comp)
9318 h->plt.plist->comp_offset = htab->plt_comp_offset;
9319 htab->plt_comp_offset += htab->plt_comp_entry_size;
9322 /* Reserve the corresponding .got.plt entry now too. */
9323 h->plt.plist->gotplt_index = htab->plt_got_index++;
9325 /* If the output file has no definition of the symbol, set the
9326 symbol's value to the address of the stub. */
9327 if (!bfd_link_pic (info) && !h->def_regular)
9328 hmips->use_plt_entry = TRUE;
9330 /* Make room for the R_MIPS_JUMP_SLOT relocation. */
9331 htab->srelplt->size += (htab->is_vxworks
9332 ? MIPS_ELF_RELA_SIZE (dynobj)
9333 : MIPS_ELF_REL_SIZE (dynobj));
9335 /* Make room for the .rela.plt.unloaded relocations. */
9336 if (htab->is_vxworks && !bfd_link_pic (info))
9337 htab->srelplt2->size += 3 * sizeof (Elf32_External_Rela);
9339 /* All relocations against this symbol that could have been made
9340 dynamic will now refer to the PLT entry instead. */
9341 hmips->possibly_dynamic_relocs = 0;
9346 /* If this is a weak symbol, and there is a real definition, the
9347 processor independent code will have arranged for us to see the
9348 real definition first, and we can just use the same value. */
9349 if (h->u.weakdef != NULL)
9351 BFD_ASSERT (h->u.weakdef->root.type == bfd_link_hash_defined
9352 || h->u.weakdef->root.type == bfd_link_hash_defweak);
9353 h->root.u.def.section = h->u.weakdef->root.u.def.section;
9354 h->root.u.def.value = h->u.weakdef->root.u.def.value;
9358 /* Otherwise, there is nothing further to do for symbols defined
9359 in regular objects. */
9363 /* There's also nothing more to do if we'll convert all relocations
9364 against this symbol into dynamic relocations. */
9365 if (!hmips->has_static_relocs)
9368 /* We're now relying on copy relocations. Complain if we have
9369 some that we can't convert. */
9370 if (!htab->use_plts_and_copy_relocs || bfd_link_pic (info))
9372 _bfd_error_handler (_("non-dynamic relocations refer to "
9373 "dynamic symbol %s"),
9374 h->root.root.string);
9375 bfd_set_error (bfd_error_bad_value);
9379 /* We must allocate the symbol in our .dynbss section, which will
9380 become part of the .bss section of the executable. There will be
9381 an entry for this symbol in the .dynsym section. The dynamic
9382 object will contain position independent code, so all references
9383 from the dynamic object to this symbol will go through the global
9384 offset table. The dynamic linker will use the .dynsym entry to
9385 determine the address it must put in the global offset table, so
9386 both the dynamic object and the regular object will refer to the
9387 same memory location for the variable. */
9389 if ((h->root.u.def.section->flags & SEC_ALLOC) != 0)
9391 if (htab->is_vxworks)
9392 htab->srelbss->size += sizeof (Elf32_External_Rela);
9394 mips_elf_allocate_dynamic_relocations (dynobj, info, 1);
9398 /* All relocations against this symbol that could have been made
9399 dynamic will now refer to the local copy instead. */
9400 hmips->possibly_dynamic_relocs = 0;
9402 return _bfd_elf_adjust_dynamic_copy (info, h, htab->sdynbss);
9405 /* This function is called after all the input files have been read,
9406 and the input sections have been assigned to output sections. We
9407 check for any mips16 stub sections that we can discard. */
9410 _bfd_mips_elf_always_size_sections (bfd *output_bfd,
9411 struct bfd_link_info *info)
9414 struct mips_elf_link_hash_table *htab;
9415 struct mips_htab_traverse_info hti;
9417 htab = mips_elf_hash_table (info);
9418 BFD_ASSERT (htab != NULL);
9420 /* The .reginfo section has a fixed size. */
9421 sect = bfd_get_section_by_name (output_bfd, ".reginfo");
9423 bfd_set_section_size (output_bfd, sect, sizeof (Elf32_External_RegInfo));
9425 /* The .MIPS.abiflags section has a fixed size. */
9426 sect = bfd_get_section_by_name (output_bfd, ".MIPS.abiflags");
9428 bfd_set_section_size (output_bfd, sect, sizeof (Elf_External_ABIFlags_v0));
9431 hti.output_bfd = output_bfd;
9433 mips_elf_link_hash_traverse (mips_elf_hash_table (info),
9434 mips_elf_check_symbols, &hti);
9441 /* If the link uses a GOT, lay it out and work out its size. */
9444 mips_elf_lay_out_got (bfd *output_bfd, struct bfd_link_info *info)
9448 struct mips_got_info *g;
9449 bfd_size_type loadable_size = 0;
9450 bfd_size_type page_gotno;
9452 struct mips_elf_traverse_got_arg tga;
9453 struct mips_elf_link_hash_table *htab;
9455 htab = mips_elf_hash_table (info);
9456 BFD_ASSERT (htab != NULL);
9462 dynobj = elf_hash_table (info)->dynobj;
9465 /* Allocate room for the reserved entries. VxWorks always reserves
9466 3 entries; other objects only reserve 2 entries. */
9467 BFD_ASSERT (g->assigned_low_gotno == 0);
9468 if (htab->is_vxworks)
9469 htab->reserved_gotno = 3;
9471 htab->reserved_gotno = 2;
9472 g->local_gotno += htab->reserved_gotno;
9473 g->assigned_low_gotno = htab->reserved_gotno;
9475 /* Decide which symbols need to go in the global part of the GOT and
9476 count the number of reloc-only GOT symbols. */
9477 mips_elf_link_hash_traverse (htab, mips_elf_count_got_symbols, info);
9479 if (!mips_elf_resolve_final_got_entries (info, g))
9482 /* Calculate the total loadable size of the output. That
9483 will give us the maximum number of GOT_PAGE entries
9485 for (ibfd = info->input_bfds; ibfd; ibfd = ibfd->link.next)
9487 asection *subsection;
9489 for (subsection = ibfd->sections;
9491 subsection = subsection->next)
9493 if ((subsection->flags & SEC_ALLOC) == 0)
9495 loadable_size += ((subsection->size + 0xf)
9496 &~ (bfd_size_type) 0xf);
9500 if (htab->is_vxworks)
9501 /* There's no need to allocate page entries for VxWorks; R_MIPS*_GOT16
9502 relocations against local symbols evaluate to "G", and the EABI does
9503 not include R_MIPS_GOT_PAGE. */
9506 /* Assume there are two loadable segments consisting of contiguous
9507 sections. Is 5 enough? */
9508 page_gotno = (loadable_size >> 16) + 5;
9510 /* Choose the smaller of the two page estimates; both are intended to be
9512 if (page_gotno > g->page_gotno)
9513 page_gotno = g->page_gotno;
9515 g->local_gotno += page_gotno;
9516 g->assigned_high_gotno = g->local_gotno - 1;
9518 s->size += g->local_gotno * MIPS_ELF_GOT_SIZE (output_bfd);
9519 s->size += g->global_gotno * MIPS_ELF_GOT_SIZE (output_bfd);
9520 s->size += g->tls_gotno * MIPS_ELF_GOT_SIZE (output_bfd);
9522 /* VxWorks does not support multiple GOTs. It initializes $gp to
9523 __GOTT_BASE__[__GOTT_INDEX__], the value of which is set by the
9525 if (!htab->is_vxworks && s->size > MIPS_ELF_GOT_MAX_SIZE (info))
9527 if (!mips_elf_multi_got (output_bfd, info, s, page_gotno))
9532 /* Record that all bfds use G. This also has the effect of freeing
9533 the per-bfd GOTs, which we no longer need. */
9534 for (ibfd = info->input_bfds; ibfd; ibfd = ibfd->link.next)
9535 if (mips_elf_bfd_got (ibfd, FALSE))
9536 mips_elf_replace_bfd_got (ibfd, g);
9537 mips_elf_replace_bfd_got (output_bfd, g);
9539 /* Set up TLS entries. */
9540 g->tls_assigned_gotno = g->global_gotno + g->local_gotno;
9543 tga.value = MIPS_ELF_GOT_SIZE (output_bfd);
9544 htab_traverse (g->got_entries, mips_elf_initialize_tls_index, &tga);
9547 BFD_ASSERT (g->tls_assigned_gotno
9548 == g->global_gotno + g->local_gotno + g->tls_gotno);
9550 /* Each VxWorks GOT entry needs an explicit relocation. */
9551 if (htab->is_vxworks && bfd_link_pic (info))
9552 g->relocs += g->global_gotno + g->local_gotno - htab->reserved_gotno;
9554 /* Allocate room for the TLS relocations. */
9556 mips_elf_allocate_dynamic_relocations (dynobj, info, g->relocs);
9562 /* Estimate the size of the .MIPS.stubs section. */
9565 mips_elf_estimate_stub_size (bfd *output_bfd, struct bfd_link_info *info)
9567 struct mips_elf_link_hash_table *htab;
9568 bfd_size_type dynsymcount;
9570 htab = mips_elf_hash_table (info);
9571 BFD_ASSERT (htab != NULL);
9573 if (htab->lazy_stub_count == 0)
9576 /* IRIX rld assumes that a function stub isn't at the end of the .text
9577 section, so add a dummy entry to the end. */
9578 htab->lazy_stub_count++;
9580 /* Get a worst-case estimate of the number of dynamic symbols needed.
9581 At this point, dynsymcount does not account for section symbols
9582 and count_section_dynsyms may overestimate the number that will
9584 dynsymcount = (elf_hash_table (info)->dynsymcount
9585 + count_section_dynsyms (output_bfd, info));
9587 /* Determine the size of one stub entry. There's no disadvantage
9588 from using microMIPS code here, so for the sake of pure-microMIPS
9589 binaries we prefer it whenever there's any microMIPS code in
9590 output produced at all. This has a benefit of stubs being
9591 shorter by 4 bytes each too, unless in the insn32 mode. */
9592 if (!MICROMIPS_P (output_bfd))
9593 htab->function_stub_size = (dynsymcount > 0x10000
9594 ? MIPS_FUNCTION_STUB_BIG_SIZE
9595 : MIPS_FUNCTION_STUB_NORMAL_SIZE);
9596 else if (htab->insn32)
9597 htab->function_stub_size = (dynsymcount > 0x10000
9598 ? MICROMIPS_INSN32_FUNCTION_STUB_BIG_SIZE
9599 : MICROMIPS_INSN32_FUNCTION_STUB_NORMAL_SIZE);
9601 htab->function_stub_size = (dynsymcount > 0x10000
9602 ? MICROMIPS_FUNCTION_STUB_BIG_SIZE
9603 : MICROMIPS_FUNCTION_STUB_NORMAL_SIZE);
9605 htab->sstubs->size = htab->lazy_stub_count * htab->function_stub_size;
9608 /* A mips_elf_link_hash_traverse callback for which DATA points to a
9609 mips_htab_traverse_info. If H needs a traditional MIPS lazy-binding
9610 stub, allocate an entry in the stubs section. */
9613 mips_elf_allocate_lazy_stub (struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry *h, void *data)
9615 struct mips_htab_traverse_info *hti = data;
9616 struct mips_elf_link_hash_table *htab;
9617 struct bfd_link_info *info;
9621 output_bfd = hti->output_bfd;
9622 htab = mips_elf_hash_table (info);
9623 BFD_ASSERT (htab != NULL);
9625 if (h->needs_lazy_stub)
9627 bfd_boolean micromips_p = MICROMIPS_P (output_bfd);
9628 unsigned int other = micromips_p ? STO_MICROMIPS : 0;
9629 bfd_vma isa_bit = micromips_p;
9631 BFD_ASSERT (htab->root.dynobj != NULL);
9632 if (h->root.plt.plist == NULL)
9633 h->root.plt.plist = mips_elf_make_plt_record (htab->sstubs->owner);
9634 if (h->root.plt.plist == NULL)
9639 h->root.root.u.def.section = htab->sstubs;
9640 h->root.root.u.def.value = htab->sstubs->size + isa_bit;
9641 h->root.plt.plist->stub_offset = htab->sstubs->size;
9642 h->root.other = other;
9643 htab->sstubs->size += htab->function_stub_size;
9648 /* Allocate offsets in the stubs section to each symbol that needs one.
9649 Set the final size of the .MIPS.stub section. */
9652 mips_elf_lay_out_lazy_stubs (struct bfd_link_info *info)
9654 bfd *output_bfd = info->output_bfd;
9655 bfd_boolean micromips_p = MICROMIPS_P (output_bfd);
9656 unsigned int other = micromips_p ? STO_MICROMIPS : 0;
9657 bfd_vma isa_bit = micromips_p;
9658 struct mips_elf_link_hash_table *htab;
9659 struct mips_htab_traverse_info hti;
9660 struct elf_link_hash_entry *h;
9663 htab = mips_elf_hash_table (info);
9664 BFD_ASSERT (htab != NULL);
9666 if (htab->lazy_stub_count == 0)
9669 htab->sstubs->size = 0;
9671 hti.output_bfd = output_bfd;
9673 mips_elf_link_hash_traverse (htab, mips_elf_allocate_lazy_stub, &hti);
9676 htab->sstubs->size += htab->function_stub_size;
9677 BFD_ASSERT (htab->sstubs->size
9678 == htab->lazy_stub_count * htab->function_stub_size);
9680 dynobj = elf_hash_table (info)->dynobj;
9681 BFD_ASSERT (dynobj != NULL);
9682 h = _bfd_elf_define_linkage_sym (dynobj, info, htab->sstubs, "_MIPS_STUBS_");
9685 h->root.u.def.value = isa_bit;
9692 /* A mips_elf_link_hash_traverse callback for which DATA points to a
9693 bfd_link_info. If H uses the address of a PLT entry as the value
9694 of the symbol, then set the entry in the symbol table now. Prefer
9695 a standard MIPS PLT entry. */
9698 mips_elf_set_plt_sym_value (struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry *h, void *data)
9700 struct bfd_link_info *info = data;
9701 bfd_boolean micromips_p = MICROMIPS_P (info->output_bfd);
9702 struct mips_elf_link_hash_table *htab;
9707 htab = mips_elf_hash_table (info);
9708 BFD_ASSERT (htab != NULL);
9710 if (h->use_plt_entry)
9712 BFD_ASSERT (h->root.plt.plist != NULL);
9713 BFD_ASSERT (h->root.plt.plist->mips_offset != MINUS_ONE
9714 || h->root.plt.plist->comp_offset != MINUS_ONE);
9716 val = htab->plt_header_size;
9717 if (h->root.plt.plist->mips_offset != MINUS_ONE)
9720 val += h->root.plt.plist->mips_offset;
9726 val += htab->plt_mips_offset + h->root.plt.plist->comp_offset;
9727 other = micromips_p ? STO_MICROMIPS : STO_MIPS16;
9730 /* For VxWorks, point at the PLT load stub rather than the lazy
9731 resolution stub; this stub will become the canonical function
9733 if (htab->is_vxworks)
9736 h->root.root.u.def.section = htab->splt;
9737 h->root.root.u.def.value = val;
9738 h->root.other = other;
9744 /* Set the sizes of the dynamic sections. */
9747 _bfd_mips_elf_size_dynamic_sections (bfd *output_bfd,
9748 struct bfd_link_info *info)
9751 asection *s, *sreldyn;
9752 bfd_boolean reltext;
9753 struct mips_elf_link_hash_table *htab;
9755 htab = mips_elf_hash_table (info);
9756 BFD_ASSERT (htab != NULL);
9757 dynobj = elf_hash_table (info)->dynobj;
9758 BFD_ASSERT (dynobj != NULL);
9760 if (elf_hash_table (info)->dynamic_sections_created)
9762 /* Set the contents of the .interp section to the interpreter. */
9763 if (bfd_link_executable (info) && !info->nointerp)
9765 s = bfd_get_linker_section (dynobj, ".interp");
9766 BFD_ASSERT (s != NULL);
9768 = strlen (ELF_DYNAMIC_INTERPRETER (output_bfd)) + 1;
9770 = (bfd_byte *) ELF_DYNAMIC_INTERPRETER (output_bfd);
9773 /* Figure out the size of the PLT header if we know that we
9774 are using it. For the sake of cache alignment always use
9775 a standard header whenever any standard entries are present
9776 even if microMIPS entries are present as well. This also
9777 lets the microMIPS header rely on the value of $v0 only set
9778 by microMIPS entries, for a small size reduction.
9780 Set symbol table entry values for symbols that use the
9781 address of their PLT entry now that we can calculate it.
9783 Also create the _PROCEDURE_LINKAGE_TABLE_ symbol if we
9784 haven't already in _bfd_elf_create_dynamic_sections. */
9785 if (htab->splt && htab->plt_mips_offset + htab->plt_comp_offset != 0)
9787 bfd_boolean micromips_p = (MICROMIPS_P (output_bfd)
9788 && !htab->plt_mips_offset);
9789 unsigned int other = micromips_p ? STO_MICROMIPS : 0;
9790 bfd_vma isa_bit = micromips_p;
9791 struct elf_link_hash_entry *h;
9794 BFD_ASSERT (htab->use_plts_and_copy_relocs);
9795 BFD_ASSERT (htab->sgotplt->size == 0);
9796 BFD_ASSERT (htab->splt->size == 0);
9798 if (htab->is_vxworks && bfd_link_pic (info))
9799 size = 4 * ARRAY_SIZE (mips_vxworks_shared_plt0_entry);
9800 else if (htab->is_vxworks)
9801 size = 4 * ARRAY_SIZE (mips_vxworks_exec_plt0_entry);
9802 else if (ABI_64_P (output_bfd))
9803 size = 4 * ARRAY_SIZE (mips_n64_exec_plt0_entry);
9804 else if (ABI_N32_P (output_bfd))
9805 size = 4 * ARRAY_SIZE (mips_n32_exec_plt0_entry);
9806 else if (!micromips_p)
9807 size = 4 * ARRAY_SIZE (mips_o32_exec_plt0_entry);
9808 else if (htab->insn32)
9809 size = 2 * ARRAY_SIZE (micromips_insn32_o32_exec_plt0_entry);
9811 size = 2 * ARRAY_SIZE (micromips_o32_exec_plt0_entry);
9813 htab->plt_header_is_comp = micromips_p;
9814 htab->plt_header_size = size;
9815 htab->splt->size = (size
9816 + htab->plt_mips_offset
9817 + htab->plt_comp_offset);
9818 htab->sgotplt->size = (htab->plt_got_index
9819 * MIPS_ELF_GOT_SIZE (dynobj));
9821 mips_elf_link_hash_traverse (htab, mips_elf_set_plt_sym_value, info);
9823 if (htab->root.hplt == NULL)
9825 h = _bfd_elf_define_linkage_sym (dynobj, info, htab->splt,
9826 "_PROCEDURE_LINKAGE_TABLE_");
9827 htab->root.hplt = h;
9832 h = htab->root.hplt;
9833 h->root.u.def.value = isa_bit;
9839 /* Allocate space for global sym dynamic relocs. */
9840 elf_link_hash_traverse (&htab->root, allocate_dynrelocs, info);
9842 mips_elf_estimate_stub_size (output_bfd, info);
9844 if (!mips_elf_lay_out_got (output_bfd, info))
9847 mips_elf_lay_out_lazy_stubs (info);
9849 /* The check_relocs and adjust_dynamic_symbol entry points have
9850 determined the sizes of the various dynamic sections. Allocate
9853 for (s = dynobj->sections; s != NULL; s = s->next)
9857 /* It's OK to base decisions on the section name, because none
9858 of the dynobj section names depend upon the input files. */
9859 name = bfd_get_section_name (dynobj, s);
9861 if ((s->flags & SEC_LINKER_CREATED) == 0)
9864 if (CONST_STRNEQ (name, ".rel"))
9868 const char *outname;
9871 /* If this relocation section applies to a read only
9872 section, then we probably need a DT_TEXTREL entry.
9873 If the relocation section is .rel(a).dyn, we always
9874 assert a DT_TEXTREL entry rather than testing whether
9875 there exists a relocation to a read only section or
9877 outname = bfd_get_section_name (output_bfd,
9879 target = bfd_get_section_by_name (output_bfd, outname + 4);
9881 && (target->flags & SEC_READONLY) != 0
9882 && (target->flags & SEC_ALLOC) != 0)
9883 || strcmp (outname, MIPS_ELF_REL_DYN_NAME (info)) == 0)
9886 /* We use the reloc_count field as a counter if we need
9887 to copy relocs into the output file. */
9888 if (strcmp (name, MIPS_ELF_REL_DYN_NAME (info)) != 0)
9891 /* If combreloc is enabled, elf_link_sort_relocs() will
9892 sort relocations, but in a different way than we do,
9893 and before we're done creating relocations. Also, it
9894 will move them around between input sections'
9895 relocation's contents, so our sorting would be
9896 broken, so don't let it run. */
9897 info->combreloc = 0;
9900 else if (bfd_link_executable (info)
9901 && ! mips_elf_hash_table (info)->use_rld_obj_head
9902 && CONST_STRNEQ (name, ".rld_map"))
9904 /* We add a room for __rld_map. It will be filled in by the
9905 rtld to contain a pointer to the _r_debug structure. */
9906 s->size += MIPS_ELF_RLD_MAP_SIZE (output_bfd);
9908 else if (SGI_COMPAT (output_bfd)
9909 && CONST_STRNEQ (name, ".compact_rel"))
9910 s->size += mips_elf_hash_table (info)->compact_rel_size;
9911 else if (s == htab->splt)
9913 /* If the last PLT entry has a branch delay slot, allocate
9914 room for an extra nop to fill the delay slot. This is
9915 for CPUs without load interlocking. */
9916 if (! LOAD_INTERLOCKS_P (output_bfd)
9917 && ! htab->is_vxworks && s->size > 0)
9920 else if (! CONST_STRNEQ (name, ".init")
9922 && s != htab->sgotplt
9923 && s != htab->sstubs
9924 && s != htab->sdynbss)
9926 /* It's not one of our sections, so don't allocate space. */
9932 s->flags |= SEC_EXCLUDE;
9936 if ((s->flags & SEC_HAS_CONTENTS) == 0)
9939 /* Allocate memory for the section contents. */
9940 s->contents = bfd_zalloc (dynobj, s->size);
9941 if (s->contents == NULL)
9943 bfd_set_error (bfd_error_no_memory);
9948 if (elf_hash_table (info)->dynamic_sections_created)
9950 /* Add some entries to the .dynamic section. We fill in the
9951 values later, in _bfd_mips_elf_finish_dynamic_sections, but we
9952 must add the entries now so that we get the correct size for
9953 the .dynamic section. */
9955 /* SGI object has the equivalence of DT_DEBUG in the
9956 DT_MIPS_RLD_MAP entry. This must come first because glibc
9957 only fills in DT_MIPS_RLD_MAP (not DT_DEBUG) and some tools
9958 may only look at the first one they see. */
9959 if (!bfd_link_pic (info)
9960 && !MIPS_ELF_ADD_DYNAMIC_ENTRY (info, DT_MIPS_RLD_MAP, 0))
9963 if (bfd_link_executable (info)
9964 && !MIPS_ELF_ADD_DYNAMIC_ENTRY (info, DT_MIPS_RLD_MAP_REL, 0))
9967 /* The DT_DEBUG entry may be filled in by the dynamic linker and
9968 used by the debugger. */
9969 if (bfd_link_executable (info)
9970 && !SGI_COMPAT (output_bfd)
9971 && !MIPS_ELF_ADD_DYNAMIC_ENTRY (info, DT_DEBUG, 0))
9974 if (reltext && (SGI_COMPAT (output_bfd) || htab->is_vxworks))
9975 info->flags |= DF_TEXTREL;
9977 if ((info->flags & DF_TEXTREL) != 0)
9979 if (! MIPS_ELF_ADD_DYNAMIC_ENTRY (info, DT_TEXTREL, 0))
9982 /* Clear the DF_TEXTREL flag. It will be set again if we
9983 write out an actual text relocation; we may not, because
9984 at this point we do not know whether e.g. any .eh_frame
9985 absolute relocations have been converted to PC-relative. */
9986 info->flags &= ~DF_TEXTREL;
9989 if (! MIPS_ELF_ADD_DYNAMIC_ENTRY (info, DT_PLTGOT, 0))
9992 sreldyn = mips_elf_rel_dyn_section (info, FALSE);
9993 if (htab->is_vxworks)
9995 /* VxWorks uses .rela.dyn instead of .rel.dyn. It does not
9996 use any of the DT_MIPS_* tags. */
9997 if (sreldyn && sreldyn->size > 0)
9999 if (! MIPS_ELF_ADD_DYNAMIC_ENTRY (info, DT_RELA, 0))
10002 if (! MIPS_ELF_ADD_DYNAMIC_ENTRY (info, DT_RELASZ, 0))
10005 if (! MIPS_ELF_ADD_DYNAMIC_ENTRY (info, DT_RELAENT, 0))
10011 if (sreldyn && sreldyn->size > 0)
10013 if (! MIPS_ELF_ADD_DYNAMIC_ENTRY (info, DT_REL, 0))
10016 if (! MIPS_ELF_ADD_DYNAMIC_ENTRY (info, DT_RELSZ, 0))
10019 if (! MIPS_ELF_ADD_DYNAMIC_ENTRY (info, DT_RELENT, 0))
10023 if (! MIPS_ELF_ADD_DYNAMIC_ENTRY (info, DT_MIPS_RLD_VERSION, 0))
10026 if (! MIPS_ELF_ADD_DYNAMIC_ENTRY (info, DT_MIPS_FLAGS, 0))
10029 if (! MIPS_ELF_ADD_DYNAMIC_ENTRY (info, DT_MIPS_BASE_ADDRESS, 0))
10032 if (! MIPS_ELF_ADD_DYNAMIC_ENTRY (info, DT_MIPS_LOCAL_GOTNO, 0))
10035 if (! MIPS_ELF_ADD_DYNAMIC_ENTRY (info, DT_MIPS_SYMTABNO, 0))
10038 if (! MIPS_ELF_ADD_DYNAMIC_ENTRY (info, DT_MIPS_UNREFEXTNO, 0))
10041 if (! MIPS_ELF_ADD_DYNAMIC_ENTRY (info, DT_MIPS_GOTSYM, 0))
10044 if (IRIX_COMPAT (dynobj) == ict_irix5
10045 && ! MIPS_ELF_ADD_DYNAMIC_ENTRY (info, DT_MIPS_HIPAGENO, 0))
10048 if (IRIX_COMPAT (dynobj) == ict_irix6
10049 && (bfd_get_section_by_name
10050 (output_bfd, MIPS_ELF_OPTIONS_SECTION_NAME (dynobj)))
10051 && !MIPS_ELF_ADD_DYNAMIC_ENTRY (info, DT_MIPS_OPTIONS, 0))
10054 if (htab->splt->size > 0)
10056 if (! MIPS_ELF_ADD_DYNAMIC_ENTRY (info, DT_PLTREL, 0))
10059 if (! MIPS_ELF_ADD_DYNAMIC_ENTRY (info, DT_JMPREL, 0))
10062 if (! MIPS_ELF_ADD_DYNAMIC_ENTRY (info, DT_PLTRELSZ, 0))
10065 if (! MIPS_ELF_ADD_DYNAMIC_ENTRY (info, DT_MIPS_PLTGOT, 0))
10068 if (htab->is_vxworks
10069 && !elf_vxworks_add_dynamic_entries (output_bfd, info))
10076 /* REL is a relocation in INPUT_BFD that is being copied to OUTPUT_BFD.
10077 Adjust its R_ADDEND field so that it is correct for the output file.
10078 LOCAL_SYMS and LOCAL_SECTIONS are arrays of INPUT_BFD's local symbols
10079 and sections respectively; both use symbol indexes. */
10082 mips_elf_adjust_addend (bfd *output_bfd, struct bfd_link_info *info,
10083 bfd *input_bfd, Elf_Internal_Sym *local_syms,
10084 asection **local_sections, Elf_Internal_Rela *rel)
10086 unsigned int r_type, r_symndx;
10087 Elf_Internal_Sym *sym;
10090 if (mips_elf_local_relocation_p (input_bfd, rel, local_sections))
10092 r_type = ELF_R_TYPE (output_bfd, rel->r_info);
10093 if (gprel16_reloc_p (r_type)
10094 || r_type == R_MIPS_GPREL32
10095 || literal_reloc_p (r_type))
10097 rel->r_addend += _bfd_get_gp_value (input_bfd);
10098 rel->r_addend -= _bfd_get_gp_value (output_bfd);
10101 r_symndx = ELF_R_SYM (output_bfd, rel->r_info);
10102 sym = local_syms + r_symndx;
10104 /* Adjust REL's addend to account for section merging. */
10105 if (!bfd_link_relocatable (info))
10107 sec = local_sections[r_symndx];
10108 _bfd_elf_rela_local_sym (output_bfd, sym, &sec, rel);
10111 /* This would normally be done by the rela_normal code in elflink.c. */
10112 if (ELF_ST_TYPE (sym->st_info) == STT_SECTION)
10113 rel->r_addend += local_sections[r_symndx]->output_offset;
10117 /* Handle relocations against symbols from removed linkonce sections,
10118 or sections discarded by a linker script. We use this wrapper around
10119 RELOC_AGAINST_DISCARDED_SECTION to handle triplets of compound relocs
10120 on 64-bit ELF targets. In this case for any relocation handled, which
10121 always be the first in a triplet, the remaining two have to be processed
10122 together with the first, even if they are R_MIPS_NONE. It is the symbol
10123 index referred by the first reloc that applies to all the three and the
10124 remaining two never refer to an object symbol. And it is the final
10125 relocation (the last non-null one) that determines the output field of
10126 the whole relocation so retrieve the corresponding howto structure for
10127 the relocatable field to be cleared by RELOC_AGAINST_DISCARDED_SECTION.
10129 Note that RELOC_AGAINST_DISCARDED_SECTION is a macro that uses "continue"
10130 and therefore requires to be pasted in a loop. It also defines a block
10131 and does not protect any of its arguments, hence the extra brackets. */
10134 mips_reloc_against_discarded_section (bfd *output_bfd,
10135 struct bfd_link_info *info,
10136 bfd *input_bfd, asection *input_section,
10137 Elf_Internal_Rela **rel,
10138 const Elf_Internal_Rela **relend,
10139 bfd_boolean rel_reloc,
10140 reloc_howto_type *howto,
10141 bfd_byte *contents)
10143 const struct elf_backend_data *bed = get_elf_backend_data (output_bfd);
10144 int count = bed->s->int_rels_per_ext_rel;
10145 unsigned int r_type;
10148 for (i = count - 1; i > 0; i--)
10150 r_type = ELF_R_TYPE (output_bfd, (*rel)[i].r_info);
10151 if (r_type != R_MIPS_NONE)
10153 howto = MIPS_ELF_RTYPE_TO_HOWTO (input_bfd, r_type, !rel_reloc);
10159 RELOC_AGAINST_DISCARDED_SECTION (info, input_bfd, input_section,
10160 (*rel), count, (*relend),
10161 howto, i, contents);
10166 /* Relocate a MIPS ELF section. */
10169 _bfd_mips_elf_relocate_section (bfd *output_bfd, struct bfd_link_info *info,
10170 bfd *input_bfd, asection *input_section,
10171 bfd_byte *contents, Elf_Internal_Rela *relocs,
10172 Elf_Internal_Sym *local_syms,
10173 asection **local_sections)
10175 Elf_Internal_Rela *rel;
10176 const Elf_Internal_Rela *relend;
10177 bfd_vma addend = 0;
10178 bfd_boolean use_saved_addend_p = FALSE;
10179 const struct elf_backend_data *bed;
10181 bed = get_elf_backend_data (output_bfd);
10182 relend = relocs + input_section->reloc_count * bed->s->int_rels_per_ext_rel;
10183 for (rel = relocs; rel < relend; ++rel)
10187 reloc_howto_type *howto;
10188 bfd_boolean cross_mode_jump_p = FALSE;
10189 /* TRUE if the relocation is a RELA relocation, rather than a
10191 bfd_boolean rela_relocation_p = TRUE;
10192 unsigned int r_type = ELF_R_TYPE (output_bfd, rel->r_info);
10194 unsigned long r_symndx;
10196 Elf_Internal_Shdr *symtab_hdr;
10197 struct elf_link_hash_entry *h;
10198 bfd_boolean rel_reloc;
10200 rel_reloc = (NEWABI_P (input_bfd)
10201 && mips_elf_rel_relocation_p (input_bfd, input_section,
10203 /* Find the relocation howto for this relocation. */
10204 howto = MIPS_ELF_RTYPE_TO_HOWTO (input_bfd, r_type, !rel_reloc);
10206 r_symndx = ELF_R_SYM (input_bfd, rel->r_info);
10207 symtab_hdr = &elf_tdata (input_bfd)->symtab_hdr;
10208 if (mips_elf_local_relocation_p (input_bfd, rel, local_sections))
10210 sec = local_sections[r_symndx];
10215 unsigned long extsymoff;
10218 if (!elf_bad_symtab (input_bfd))
10219 extsymoff = symtab_hdr->sh_info;
10220 h = elf_sym_hashes (input_bfd) [r_symndx - extsymoff];
10221 while (h->root.type == bfd_link_hash_indirect
10222 || h->root.type == bfd_link_hash_warning)
10223 h = (struct elf_link_hash_entry *) h->root.u.i.link;
10226 if (h->root.type == bfd_link_hash_defined
10227 || h->root.type == bfd_link_hash_defweak)
10228 sec = h->root.u.def.section;
10231 if (sec != NULL && discarded_section (sec))
10233 mips_reloc_against_discarded_section (output_bfd, info, input_bfd,
10234 input_section, &rel, &relend,
10235 rel_reloc, howto, contents);
10239 if (r_type == R_MIPS_64 && ! NEWABI_P (input_bfd))
10241 /* Some 32-bit code uses R_MIPS_64. In particular, people use
10242 64-bit code, but make sure all their addresses are in the
10243 lowermost or uppermost 32-bit section of the 64-bit address
10244 space. Thus, when they use an R_MIPS_64 they mean what is
10245 usually meant by R_MIPS_32, with the exception that the
10246 stored value is sign-extended to 64 bits. */
10247 howto = MIPS_ELF_RTYPE_TO_HOWTO (input_bfd, R_MIPS_32, FALSE);
10249 /* On big-endian systems, we need to lie about the position
10251 if (bfd_big_endian (input_bfd))
10252 rel->r_offset += 4;
10255 if (!use_saved_addend_p)
10257 /* If these relocations were originally of the REL variety,
10258 we must pull the addend out of the field that will be
10259 relocated. Otherwise, we simply use the contents of the
10260 RELA relocation. */
10261 if (mips_elf_rel_relocation_p (input_bfd, input_section,
10264 rela_relocation_p = FALSE;
10265 addend = mips_elf_read_rel_addend (input_bfd, rel,
10267 if (hi16_reloc_p (r_type)
10268 || (got16_reloc_p (r_type)
10269 && mips_elf_local_relocation_p (input_bfd, rel,
10272 if (!mips_elf_add_lo16_rel_addend (input_bfd, rel, relend,
10273 contents, &addend))
10276 name = h->root.root.string;
10278 name = bfd_elf_sym_name (input_bfd, symtab_hdr,
10279 local_syms + r_symndx,
10282 (_("%B: Can't find matching LO16 reloc against `%s' for %s at 0x%lx in section `%A'"),
10283 input_bfd, input_section, name, howto->name,
10288 addend <<= howto->rightshift;
10291 addend = rel->r_addend;
10292 mips_elf_adjust_addend (output_bfd, info, input_bfd,
10293 local_syms, local_sections, rel);
10296 if (bfd_link_relocatable (info))
10298 if (r_type == R_MIPS_64 && ! NEWABI_P (output_bfd)
10299 && bfd_big_endian (input_bfd))
10300 rel->r_offset -= 4;
10302 if (!rela_relocation_p && rel->r_addend)
10304 addend += rel->r_addend;
10305 if (hi16_reloc_p (r_type) || got16_reloc_p (r_type))
10306 addend = mips_elf_high (addend);
10307 else if (r_type == R_MIPS_HIGHER)
10308 addend = mips_elf_higher (addend);
10309 else if (r_type == R_MIPS_HIGHEST)
10310 addend = mips_elf_highest (addend);
10312 addend >>= howto->rightshift;
10314 /* We use the source mask, rather than the destination
10315 mask because the place to which we are writing will be
10316 source of the addend in the final link. */
10317 addend &= howto->src_mask;
10319 if (r_type == R_MIPS_64 && ! NEWABI_P (output_bfd))
10320 /* See the comment above about using R_MIPS_64 in the 32-bit
10321 ABI. Here, we need to update the addend. It would be
10322 possible to get away with just using the R_MIPS_32 reloc
10323 but for endianness. */
10329 if (addend & ((bfd_vma) 1 << 31))
10331 sign_bits = ((bfd_vma) 1 << 32) - 1;
10338 /* If we don't know that we have a 64-bit type,
10339 do two separate stores. */
10340 if (bfd_big_endian (input_bfd))
10342 /* Store the sign-bits (which are most significant)
10344 low_bits = sign_bits;
10345 high_bits = addend;
10350 high_bits = sign_bits;
10352 bfd_put_32 (input_bfd, low_bits,
10353 contents + rel->r_offset);
10354 bfd_put_32 (input_bfd, high_bits,
10355 contents + rel->r_offset + 4);
10359 if (! mips_elf_perform_relocation (info, howto, rel, addend,
10360 input_bfd, input_section,
10365 /* Go on to the next relocation. */
10369 /* In the N32 and 64-bit ABIs there may be multiple consecutive
10370 relocations for the same offset. In that case we are
10371 supposed to treat the output of each relocation as the addend
10373 if (rel + 1 < relend
10374 && rel->r_offset == rel[1].r_offset
10375 && ELF_R_TYPE (input_bfd, rel[1].r_info) != R_MIPS_NONE)
10376 use_saved_addend_p = TRUE;
10378 use_saved_addend_p = FALSE;
10380 /* Figure out what value we are supposed to relocate. */
10381 switch (mips_elf_calculate_relocation (output_bfd, input_bfd,
10382 input_section, info, rel,
10383 addend, howto, local_syms,
10384 local_sections, &value,
10385 &name, &cross_mode_jump_p,
10386 use_saved_addend_p))
10388 case bfd_reloc_continue:
10389 /* There's nothing to do. */
10392 case bfd_reloc_undefined:
10393 /* mips_elf_calculate_relocation already called the
10394 undefined_symbol callback. There's no real point in
10395 trying to perform the relocation at this point, so we
10396 just skip ahead to the next relocation. */
10399 case bfd_reloc_notsupported:
10400 msg = _("internal error: unsupported relocation error");
10401 info->callbacks->warning
10402 (info, msg, name, input_bfd, input_section, rel->r_offset);
10405 case bfd_reloc_overflow:
10406 if (use_saved_addend_p)
10407 /* Ignore overflow until we reach the last relocation for
10408 a given location. */
10412 struct mips_elf_link_hash_table *htab;
10414 htab = mips_elf_hash_table (info);
10415 BFD_ASSERT (htab != NULL);
10416 BFD_ASSERT (name != NULL);
10417 if (!htab->small_data_overflow_reported
10418 && (gprel16_reloc_p (howto->type)
10419 || literal_reloc_p (howto->type)))
10421 msg = _("small-data section exceeds 64KB;"
10422 " lower small-data size limit (see option -G)");
10424 htab->small_data_overflow_reported = TRUE;
10425 (*info->callbacks->einfo) ("%P: %s\n", msg);
10427 (*info->callbacks->reloc_overflow)
10428 (info, NULL, name, howto->name, (bfd_vma) 0,
10429 input_bfd, input_section, rel->r_offset);
10436 case bfd_reloc_outofrange:
10438 if (jal_reloc_p (howto->type))
10439 msg = (cross_mode_jump_p
10440 ? _("Cannot convert a jump to JALX "
10441 "for a non-word-aligned address")
10442 : (howto->type == R_MIPS16_26
10443 ? _("Jump to a non-word-aligned address")
10444 : _("Jump to a non-instruction-aligned address")));
10445 else if (b_reloc_p (howto->type))
10446 msg = (cross_mode_jump_p
10447 ? _("Cannot convert a branch to JALX "
10448 "for a non-word-aligned address")
10449 : _("Branch to a non-instruction-aligned address"));
10450 else if (aligned_pcrel_reloc_p (howto->type))
10451 msg = _("PC-relative load from unaligned address");
10454 info->callbacks->einfo
10455 ("%X%H: %s\n", input_bfd, input_section, rel->r_offset, msg);
10458 /* Fall through. */
10465 /* If we've got another relocation for the address, keep going
10466 until we reach the last one. */
10467 if (use_saved_addend_p)
10473 if (r_type == R_MIPS_64 && ! NEWABI_P (output_bfd))
10474 /* See the comment above about using R_MIPS_64 in the 32-bit
10475 ABI. Until now, we've been using the HOWTO for R_MIPS_32;
10476 that calculated the right value. Now, however, we
10477 sign-extend the 32-bit result to 64-bits, and store it as a
10478 64-bit value. We are especially generous here in that we
10479 go to extreme lengths to support this usage on systems with
10480 only a 32-bit VMA. */
10486 if (value & ((bfd_vma) 1 << 31))
10488 sign_bits = ((bfd_vma) 1 << 32) - 1;
10495 /* If we don't know that we have a 64-bit type,
10496 do two separate stores. */
10497 if (bfd_big_endian (input_bfd))
10499 /* Undo what we did above. */
10500 rel->r_offset -= 4;
10501 /* Store the sign-bits (which are most significant)
10503 low_bits = sign_bits;
10509 high_bits = sign_bits;
10511 bfd_put_32 (input_bfd, low_bits,
10512 contents + rel->r_offset);
10513 bfd_put_32 (input_bfd, high_bits,
10514 contents + rel->r_offset + 4);
10518 /* Actually perform the relocation. */
10519 if (! mips_elf_perform_relocation (info, howto, rel, value,
10520 input_bfd, input_section,
10521 contents, cross_mode_jump_p))
10528 /* A function that iterates over each entry in la25_stubs and fills
10529 in the code for each one. DATA points to a mips_htab_traverse_info. */
10532 mips_elf_create_la25_stub (void **slot, void *data)
10534 struct mips_htab_traverse_info *hti;
10535 struct mips_elf_link_hash_table *htab;
10536 struct mips_elf_la25_stub *stub;
10539 bfd_vma offset, target, target_high, target_low;
10541 stub = (struct mips_elf_la25_stub *) *slot;
10542 hti = (struct mips_htab_traverse_info *) data;
10543 htab = mips_elf_hash_table (hti->info);
10544 BFD_ASSERT (htab != NULL);
10546 /* Create the section contents, if we haven't already. */
10547 s = stub->stub_section;
10551 loc = bfd_malloc (s->size);
10560 /* Work out where in the section this stub should go. */
10561 offset = stub->offset;
10563 /* Work out the target address. */
10564 target = mips_elf_get_la25_target (stub, &s);
10565 target += s->output_section->vma + s->output_offset;
10567 target_high = ((target + 0x8000) >> 16) & 0xffff;
10568 target_low = (target & 0xffff);
10570 if (stub->stub_section != htab->strampoline)
10572 /* This is a simple LUI/ADDIU stub. Zero out the beginning
10573 of the section and write the two instructions at the end. */
10574 memset (loc, 0, offset);
10576 if (ELF_ST_IS_MICROMIPS (stub->h->root.other))
10578 bfd_put_micromips_32 (hti->output_bfd,
10579 LA25_LUI_MICROMIPS (target_high),
10581 bfd_put_micromips_32 (hti->output_bfd,
10582 LA25_ADDIU_MICROMIPS (target_low),
10587 bfd_put_32 (hti->output_bfd, LA25_LUI (target_high), loc);
10588 bfd_put_32 (hti->output_bfd, LA25_ADDIU (target_low), loc + 4);
10593 /* This is trampoline. */
10595 if (ELF_ST_IS_MICROMIPS (stub->h->root.other))
10597 bfd_put_micromips_32 (hti->output_bfd,
10598 LA25_LUI_MICROMIPS (target_high), loc);
10599 bfd_put_micromips_32 (hti->output_bfd,
10600 LA25_J_MICROMIPS (target), loc + 4);
10601 bfd_put_micromips_32 (hti->output_bfd,
10602 LA25_ADDIU_MICROMIPS (target_low), loc + 8);
10603 bfd_put_32 (hti->output_bfd, 0, loc + 12);
10607 bfd_put_32 (hti->output_bfd, LA25_LUI (target_high), loc);
10608 bfd_put_32 (hti->output_bfd, LA25_J (target), loc + 4);
10609 bfd_put_32 (hti->output_bfd, LA25_ADDIU (target_low), loc + 8);
10610 bfd_put_32 (hti->output_bfd, 0, loc + 12);
10616 /* If NAME is one of the special IRIX6 symbols defined by the linker,
10617 adjust it appropriately now. */
10620 mips_elf_irix6_finish_dynamic_symbol (bfd *abfd ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED,
10621 const char *name, Elf_Internal_Sym *sym)
10623 /* The linker script takes care of providing names and values for
10624 these, but we must place them into the right sections. */
10625 static const char* const text_section_symbols[] = {
10628 "__dso_displacement",
10630 "__program_header_table",
10634 static const char* const data_section_symbols[] = {
10642 const char* const *p;
10645 for (i = 0; i < 2; ++i)
10646 for (p = (i == 0) ? text_section_symbols : data_section_symbols;
10649 if (strcmp (*p, name) == 0)
10651 /* All of these symbols are given type STT_SECTION by the
10653 sym->st_info = ELF_ST_INFO (STB_GLOBAL, STT_SECTION);
10654 sym->st_other = STO_PROTECTED;
10656 /* The IRIX linker puts these symbols in special sections. */
10658 sym->st_shndx = SHN_MIPS_TEXT;
10660 sym->st_shndx = SHN_MIPS_DATA;
10666 /* Finish up dynamic symbol handling. We set the contents of various
10667 dynamic sections here. */
10670 _bfd_mips_elf_finish_dynamic_symbol (bfd *output_bfd,
10671 struct bfd_link_info *info,
10672 struct elf_link_hash_entry *h,
10673 Elf_Internal_Sym *sym)
10677 struct mips_got_info *g, *gg;
10680 struct mips_elf_link_hash_table *htab;
10681 struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry *hmips;
10683 htab = mips_elf_hash_table (info);
10684 BFD_ASSERT (htab != NULL);
10685 dynobj = elf_hash_table (info)->dynobj;
10686 hmips = (struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry *) h;
10688 BFD_ASSERT (!htab->is_vxworks);
10690 if (h->plt.plist != NULL
10691 && (h->plt.plist->mips_offset != MINUS_ONE
10692 || h->plt.plist->comp_offset != MINUS_ONE))
10694 /* We've decided to create a PLT entry for this symbol. */
10696 bfd_vma header_address, got_address;
10697 bfd_vma got_address_high, got_address_low, load;
10701 got_index = h->plt.plist->gotplt_index;
10703 BFD_ASSERT (htab->use_plts_and_copy_relocs);
10704 BFD_ASSERT (h->dynindx != -1);
10705 BFD_ASSERT (htab->splt != NULL);
10706 BFD_ASSERT (got_index != MINUS_ONE);
10707 BFD_ASSERT (!h->def_regular);
10709 /* Calculate the address of the PLT header. */
10710 isa_bit = htab->plt_header_is_comp;
10711 header_address = (htab->splt->output_section->vma
10712 + htab->splt->output_offset + isa_bit);
10714 /* Calculate the address of the .got.plt entry. */
10715 got_address = (htab->sgotplt->output_section->vma
10716 + htab->sgotplt->output_offset
10717 + got_index * MIPS_ELF_GOT_SIZE (dynobj));
10719 got_address_high = ((got_address + 0x8000) >> 16) & 0xffff;
10720 got_address_low = got_address & 0xffff;
10722 /* Initially point the .got.plt entry at the PLT header. */
10723 loc = (htab->sgotplt->contents + got_index * MIPS_ELF_GOT_SIZE (dynobj));
10724 if (ABI_64_P (output_bfd))
10725 bfd_put_64 (output_bfd, header_address, loc);
10727 bfd_put_32 (output_bfd, header_address, loc);
10729 /* Now handle the PLT itself. First the standard entry (the order
10730 does not matter, we just have to pick one). */
10731 if (h->plt.plist->mips_offset != MINUS_ONE)
10733 const bfd_vma *plt_entry;
10734 bfd_vma plt_offset;
10736 plt_offset = htab->plt_header_size + h->plt.plist->mips_offset;
10738 BFD_ASSERT (plt_offset <= htab->splt->size);
10740 /* Find out where the .plt entry should go. */
10741 loc = htab->splt->contents + plt_offset;
10743 /* Pick the load opcode. */
10744 load = MIPS_ELF_LOAD_WORD (output_bfd);
10746 /* Fill in the PLT entry itself. */
10748 if (MIPSR6_P (output_bfd))
10749 plt_entry = mipsr6_exec_plt_entry;
10751 plt_entry = mips_exec_plt_entry;
10752 bfd_put_32 (output_bfd, plt_entry[0] | got_address_high, loc);
10753 bfd_put_32 (output_bfd, plt_entry[1] | got_address_low | load,
10756 if (! LOAD_INTERLOCKS_P (output_bfd))
10758 bfd_put_32 (output_bfd, plt_entry[2] | got_address_low, loc + 8);
10759 bfd_put_32 (output_bfd, plt_entry[3], loc + 12);
10763 bfd_put_32 (output_bfd, plt_entry[3], loc + 8);
10764 bfd_put_32 (output_bfd, plt_entry[2] | got_address_low,
10769 /* Now the compressed entry. They come after any standard ones. */
10770 if (h->plt.plist->comp_offset != MINUS_ONE)
10772 bfd_vma plt_offset;
10774 plt_offset = (htab->plt_header_size + htab->plt_mips_offset
10775 + h->plt.plist->comp_offset);
10777 BFD_ASSERT (plt_offset <= htab->splt->size);
10779 /* Find out where the .plt entry should go. */
10780 loc = htab->splt->contents + plt_offset;
10782 /* Fill in the PLT entry itself. */
10783 if (!MICROMIPS_P (output_bfd))
10785 const bfd_vma *plt_entry = mips16_o32_exec_plt_entry;
10787 bfd_put_16 (output_bfd, plt_entry[0], loc);
10788 bfd_put_16 (output_bfd, plt_entry[1], loc + 2);
10789 bfd_put_16 (output_bfd, plt_entry[2], loc + 4);
10790 bfd_put_16 (output_bfd, plt_entry[3], loc + 6);
10791 bfd_put_16 (output_bfd, plt_entry[4], loc + 8);
10792 bfd_put_16 (output_bfd, plt_entry[5], loc + 10);
10793 bfd_put_32 (output_bfd, got_address, loc + 12);
10795 else if (htab->insn32)
10797 const bfd_vma *plt_entry = micromips_insn32_o32_exec_plt_entry;
10799 bfd_put_16 (output_bfd, plt_entry[0], loc);
10800 bfd_put_16 (output_bfd, got_address_high, loc + 2);
10801 bfd_put_16 (output_bfd, plt_entry[2], loc + 4);
10802 bfd_put_16 (output_bfd, got_address_low, loc + 6);
10803 bfd_put_16 (output_bfd, plt_entry[4], loc + 8);
10804 bfd_put_16 (output_bfd, plt_entry[5], loc + 10);
10805 bfd_put_16 (output_bfd, plt_entry[6], loc + 12);
10806 bfd_put_16 (output_bfd, got_address_low, loc + 14);
10810 const bfd_vma *plt_entry = micromips_o32_exec_plt_entry;
10811 bfd_signed_vma gotpc_offset;
10812 bfd_vma loc_address;
10814 BFD_ASSERT (got_address % 4 == 0);
10816 loc_address = (htab->splt->output_section->vma
10817 + htab->splt->output_offset + plt_offset);
10818 gotpc_offset = got_address - ((loc_address | 3) ^ 3);
10820 /* ADDIUPC has a span of +/-16MB, check we're in range. */
10821 if (gotpc_offset + 0x1000000 >= 0x2000000)
10824 (_("%B: `%A' offset of %ld from `%A' "
10825 "beyond the range of ADDIUPC"),
10827 htab->sgotplt->output_section,
10828 htab->splt->output_section,
10829 (long) gotpc_offset);
10830 bfd_set_error (bfd_error_no_error);
10833 bfd_put_16 (output_bfd,
10834 plt_entry[0] | ((gotpc_offset >> 18) & 0x7f), loc);
10835 bfd_put_16 (output_bfd, (gotpc_offset >> 2) & 0xffff, loc + 2);
10836 bfd_put_16 (output_bfd, plt_entry[2], loc + 4);
10837 bfd_put_16 (output_bfd, plt_entry[3], loc + 6);
10838 bfd_put_16 (output_bfd, plt_entry[4], loc + 8);
10839 bfd_put_16 (output_bfd, plt_entry[5], loc + 10);
10843 /* Emit an R_MIPS_JUMP_SLOT relocation against the .got.plt entry. */
10844 mips_elf_output_dynamic_relocation (output_bfd, htab->srelplt,
10845 got_index - 2, h->dynindx,
10846 R_MIPS_JUMP_SLOT, got_address);
10848 /* We distinguish between PLT entries and lazy-binding stubs by
10849 giving the former an st_other value of STO_MIPS_PLT. Set the
10850 flag and leave the value if there are any relocations in the
10851 binary where pointer equality matters. */
10852 sym->st_shndx = SHN_UNDEF;
10853 if (h->pointer_equality_needed)
10854 sym->st_other = ELF_ST_SET_MIPS_PLT (sym->st_other);
10862 if (h->plt.plist != NULL && h->plt.plist->stub_offset != MINUS_ONE)
10864 /* We've decided to create a lazy-binding stub. */
10865 bfd_boolean micromips_p = MICROMIPS_P (output_bfd);
10866 unsigned int other = micromips_p ? STO_MICROMIPS : 0;
10867 bfd_vma stub_size = htab->function_stub_size;
10868 bfd_byte stub[MIPS_FUNCTION_STUB_BIG_SIZE];
10869 bfd_vma isa_bit = micromips_p;
10870 bfd_vma stub_big_size;
10873 stub_big_size = MIPS_FUNCTION_STUB_BIG_SIZE;
10874 else if (htab->insn32)
10875 stub_big_size = MICROMIPS_INSN32_FUNCTION_STUB_BIG_SIZE;
10877 stub_big_size = MICROMIPS_FUNCTION_STUB_BIG_SIZE;
10879 /* This symbol has a stub. Set it up. */
10881 BFD_ASSERT (h->dynindx != -1);
10883 BFD_ASSERT (stub_size == stub_big_size || h->dynindx <= 0xffff);
10885 /* Values up to 2^31 - 1 are allowed. Larger values would cause
10886 sign extension at runtime in the stub, resulting in a negative
10888 if (h->dynindx & ~0x7fffffff)
10891 /* Fill the stub. */
10895 bfd_put_micromips_32 (output_bfd, STUB_LW_MICROMIPS (output_bfd),
10900 bfd_put_micromips_32 (output_bfd,
10901 STUB_MOVE32_MICROMIPS, stub + idx);
10906 bfd_put_16 (output_bfd, STUB_MOVE_MICROMIPS, stub + idx);
10909 if (stub_size == stub_big_size)
10911 long dynindx_hi = (h->dynindx >> 16) & 0x7fff;
10913 bfd_put_micromips_32 (output_bfd,
10914 STUB_LUI_MICROMIPS (dynindx_hi),
10920 bfd_put_micromips_32 (output_bfd, STUB_JALR32_MICROMIPS,
10926 bfd_put_16 (output_bfd, STUB_JALR_MICROMIPS, stub + idx);
10930 /* If a large stub is not required and sign extension is not a
10931 problem, then use legacy code in the stub. */
10932 if (stub_size == stub_big_size)
10933 bfd_put_micromips_32 (output_bfd,
10934 STUB_ORI_MICROMIPS (h->dynindx & 0xffff),
10936 else if (h->dynindx & ~0x7fff)
10937 bfd_put_micromips_32 (output_bfd,
10938 STUB_LI16U_MICROMIPS (h->dynindx & 0xffff),
10941 bfd_put_micromips_32 (output_bfd,
10942 STUB_LI16S_MICROMIPS (output_bfd,
10949 bfd_put_32 (output_bfd, STUB_LW (output_bfd), stub + idx);
10951 bfd_put_32 (output_bfd, STUB_MOVE, stub + idx);
10953 if (stub_size == stub_big_size)
10955 bfd_put_32 (output_bfd, STUB_LUI ((h->dynindx >> 16) & 0x7fff),
10959 bfd_put_32 (output_bfd, STUB_JALR, stub + idx);
10962 /* If a large stub is not required and sign extension is not a
10963 problem, then use legacy code in the stub. */
10964 if (stub_size == stub_big_size)
10965 bfd_put_32 (output_bfd, STUB_ORI (h->dynindx & 0xffff),
10967 else if (h->dynindx & ~0x7fff)
10968 bfd_put_32 (output_bfd, STUB_LI16U (h->dynindx & 0xffff),
10971 bfd_put_32 (output_bfd, STUB_LI16S (output_bfd, h->dynindx),
10975 BFD_ASSERT (h->plt.plist->stub_offset <= htab->sstubs->size);
10976 memcpy (htab->sstubs->contents + h->plt.plist->stub_offset,
10979 /* Mark the symbol as undefined. stub_offset != -1 occurs
10980 only for the referenced symbol. */
10981 sym->st_shndx = SHN_UNDEF;
10983 /* The run-time linker uses the st_value field of the symbol
10984 to reset the global offset table entry for this external
10985 to its stub address when unlinking a shared object. */
10986 sym->st_value = (htab->sstubs->output_section->vma
10987 + htab->sstubs->output_offset
10988 + h->plt.plist->stub_offset
10990 sym->st_other = other;
10993 /* If we have a MIPS16 function with a stub, the dynamic symbol must
10994 refer to the stub, since only the stub uses the standard calling
10996 if (h->dynindx != -1 && hmips->fn_stub != NULL)
10998 BFD_ASSERT (hmips->need_fn_stub);
10999 sym->st_value = (hmips->fn_stub->output_section->vma
11000 + hmips->fn_stub->output_offset);
11001 sym->st_size = hmips->fn_stub->size;
11002 sym->st_other = ELF_ST_VISIBILITY (sym->st_other);
11005 BFD_ASSERT (h->dynindx != -1
11006 || h->forced_local);
11009 g = htab->got_info;
11010 BFD_ASSERT (g != NULL);
11012 /* Run through the global symbol table, creating GOT entries for all
11013 the symbols that need them. */
11014 if (hmips->global_got_area != GGA_NONE)
11019 value = sym->st_value;
11020 offset = mips_elf_primary_global_got_index (output_bfd, info, h);
11021 MIPS_ELF_PUT_WORD (output_bfd, value, sgot->contents + offset);
11024 if (hmips->global_got_area != GGA_NONE && g->next)
11026 struct mips_got_entry e, *p;
11032 e.abfd = output_bfd;
11035 e.tls_type = GOT_TLS_NONE;
11037 for (g = g->next; g->next != gg; g = g->next)
11040 && (p = (struct mips_got_entry *) htab_find (g->got_entries,
11043 offset = p->gotidx;
11044 BFD_ASSERT (offset > 0 && offset < htab->sgot->size);
11045 if (bfd_link_pic (info)
11046 || (elf_hash_table (info)->dynamic_sections_created
11048 && p->d.h->root.def_dynamic
11049 && !p->d.h->root.def_regular))
11051 /* Create an R_MIPS_REL32 relocation for this entry. Due to
11052 the various compatibility problems, it's easier to mock
11053 up an R_MIPS_32 or R_MIPS_64 relocation and leave
11054 mips_elf_create_dynamic_relocation to calculate the
11055 appropriate addend. */
11056 Elf_Internal_Rela rel[3];
11058 memset (rel, 0, sizeof (rel));
11059 if (ABI_64_P (output_bfd))
11060 rel[0].r_info = ELF_R_INFO (output_bfd, 0, R_MIPS_64);
11062 rel[0].r_info = ELF_R_INFO (output_bfd, 0, R_MIPS_32);
11063 rel[0].r_offset = rel[1].r_offset = rel[2].r_offset = offset;
11066 if (! (mips_elf_create_dynamic_relocation
11067 (output_bfd, info, rel,
11068 e.d.h, NULL, sym->st_value, &entry, sgot)))
11072 entry = sym->st_value;
11073 MIPS_ELF_PUT_WORD (output_bfd, entry, sgot->contents + offset);
11078 /* Mark _DYNAMIC and _GLOBAL_OFFSET_TABLE_ as absolute. */
11079 name = h->root.root.string;
11080 if (h == elf_hash_table (info)->hdynamic
11081 || h == elf_hash_table (info)->hgot)
11082 sym->st_shndx = SHN_ABS;
11083 else if (strcmp (name, "_DYNAMIC_LINK") == 0
11084 || strcmp (name, "_DYNAMIC_LINKING") == 0)
11086 sym->st_shndx = SHN_ABS;
11087 sym->st_info = ELF_ST_INFO (STB_GLOBAL, STT_SECTION);
11090 else if (strcmp (name, "_gp_disp") == 0 && ! NEWABI_P (output_bfd))
11092 sym->st_shndx = SHN_ABS;
11093 sym->st_info = ELF_ST_INFO (STB_GLOBAL, STT_SECTION);
11094 sym->st_value = elf_gp (output_bfd);
11096 else if (SGI_COMPAT (output_bfd))
11098 if (strcmp (name, mips_elf_dynsym_rtproc_names[0]) == 0
11099 || strcmp (name, mips_elf_dynsym_rtproc_names[1]) == 0)
11101 sym->st_info = ELF_ST_INFO (STB_GLOBAL, STT_SECTION);
11102 sym->st_other = STO_PROTECTED;
11104 sym->st_shndx = SHN_MIPS_DATA;
11106 else if (strcmp (name, mips_elf_dynsym_rtproc_names[2]) == 0)
11108 sym->st_info = ELF_ST_INFO (STB_GLOBAL, STT_SECTION);
11109 sym->st_other = STO_PROTECTED;
11110 sym->st_value = mips_elf_hash_table (info)->procedure_count;
11111 sym->st_shndx = SHN_ABS;
11113 else if (sym->st_shndx != SHN_UNDEF && sym->st_shndx != SHN_ABS)
11115 if (h->type == STT_FUNC)
11116 sym->st_shndx = SHN_MIPS_TEXT;
11117 else if (h->type == STT_OBJECT)
11118 sym->st_shndx = SHN_MIPS_DATA;
11122 /* Emit a copy reloc, if needed. */
11128 BFD_ASSERT (h->dynindx != -1);
11129 BFD_ASSERT (htab->use_plts_and_copy_relocs);
11131 s = mips_elf_rel_dyn_section (info, FALSE);
11132 symval = (h->root.u.def.section->output_section->vma
11133 + h->root.u.def.section->output_offset
11134 + h->root.u.def.value);
11135 mips_elf_output_dynamic_relocation (output_bfd, s, s->reloc_count++,
11136 h->dynindx, R_MIPS_COPY, symval);
11139 /* Handle the IRIX6-specific symbols. */
11140 if (IRIX_COMPAT (output_bfd) == ict_irix6)
11141 mips_elf_irix6_finish_dynamic_symbol (output_bfd, name, sym);
11143 /* Keep dynamic compressed symbols odd. This allows the dynamic linker
11144 to treat compressed symbols like any other. */
11145 if (ELF_ST_IS_MIPS16 (sym->st_other))
11147 BFD_ASSERT (sym->st_value & 1);
11148 sym->st_other -= STO_MIPS16;
11150 else if (ELF_ST_IS_MICROMIPS (sym->st_other))
11152 BFD_ASSERT (sym->st_value & 1);
11153 sym->st_other -= STO_MICROMIPS;
11159 /* Likewise, for VxWorks. */
11162 _bfd_mips_vxworks_finish_dynamic_symbol (bfd *output_bfd,
11163 struct bfd_link_info *info,
11164 struct elf_link_hash_entry *h,
11165 Elf_Internal_Sym *sym)
11169 struct mips_got_info *g;
11170 struct mips_elf_link_hash_table *htab;
11171 struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry *hmips;
11173 htab = mips_elf_hash_table (info);
11174 BFD_ASSERT (htab != NULL);
11175 dynobj = elf_hash_table (info)->dynobj;
11176 hmips = (struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry *) h;
11178 if (h->plt.plist != NULL && h->plt.plist->mips_offset != MINUS_ONE)
11181 bfd_vma plt_address, got_address, got_offset, branch_offset;
11182 Elf_Internal_Rela rel;
11183 static const bfd_vma *plt_entry;
11184 bfd_vma gotplt_index;
11185 bfd_vma plt_offset;
11187 plt_offset = htab->plt_header_size + h->plt.plist->mips_offset;
11188 gotplt_index = h->plt.plist->gotplt_index;
11190 BFD_ASSERT (h->dynindx != -1);
11191 BFD_ASSERT (htab->splt != NULL);
11192 BFD_ASSERT (gotplt_index != MINUS_ONE);
11193 BFD_ASSERT (plt_offset <= htab->splt->size);
11195 /* Calculate the address of the .plt entry. */
11196 plt_address = (htab->splt->output_section->vma
11197 + htab->splt->output_offset
11200 /* Calculate the address of the .got.plt entry. */
11201 got_address = (htab->sgotplt->output_section->vma
11202 + htab->sgotplt->output_offset
11203 + gotplt_index * MIPS_ELF_GOT_SIZE (output_bfd));
11205 /* Calculate the offset of the .got.plt entry from
11206 _GLOBAL_OFFSET_TABLE_. */
11207 got_offset = mips_elf_gotplt_index (info, h);
11209 /* Calculate the offset for the branch at the start of the PLT
11210 entry. The branch jumps to the beginning of .plt. */
11211 branch_offset = -(plt_offset / 4 + 1) & 0xffff;
11213 /* Fill in the initial value of the .got.plt entry. */
11214 bfd_put_32 (output_bfd, plt_address,
11215 (htab->sgotplt->contents
11216 + gotplt_index * MIPS_ELF_GOT_SIZE (output_bfd)));
11218 /* Find out where the .plt entry should go. */
11219 loc = htab->splt->contents + plt_offset;
11221 if (bfd_link_pic (info))
11223 plt_entry = mips_vxworks_shared_plt_entry;
11224 bfd_put_32 (output_bfd, plt_entry[0] | branch_offset, loc);
11225 bfd_put_32 (output_bfd, plt_entry[1] | gotplt_index, loc + 4);
11229 bfd_vma got_address_high, got_address_low;
11231 plt_entry = mips_vxworks_exec_plt_entry;
11232 got_address_high = ((got_address + 0x8000) >> 16) & 0xffff;
11233 got_address_low = got_address & 0xffff;
11235 bfd_put_32 (output_bfd, plt_entry[0] | branch_offset, loc);
11236 bfd_put_32 (output_bfd, plt_entry[1] | gotplt_index, loc + 4);
11237 bfd_put_32 (output_bfd, plt_entry[2] | got_address_high, loc + 8);
11238 bfd_put_32 (output_bfd, plt_entry[3] | got_address_low, loc + 12);
11239 bfd_put_32 (output_bfd, plt_entry[4], loc + 16);
11240 bfd_put_32 (output_bfd, plt_entry[5], loc + 20);
11241 bfd_put_32 (output_bfd, plt_entry[6], loc + 24);
11242 bfd_put_32 (output_bfd, plt_entry[7], loc + 28);
11244 loc = (htab->srelplt2->contents
11245 + (gotplt_index * 3 + 2) * sizeof (Elf32_External_Rela));
11247 /* Emit a relocation for the .got.plt entry. */
11248 rel.r_offset = got_address;
11249 rel.r_info = ELF32_R_INFO (htab->root.hplt->indx, R_MIPS_32);
11250 rel.r_addend = plt_offset;
11251 bfd_elf32_swap_reloca_out (output_bfd, &rel, loc);
11253 /* Emit a relocation for the lui of %hi(<.got.plt slot>). */
11254 loc += sizeof (Elf32_External_Rela);
11255 rel.r_offset = plt_address + 8;
11256 rel.r_info = ELF32_R_INFO (htab->root.hgot->indx, R_MIPS_HI16);
11257 rel.r_addend = got_offset;
11258 bfd_elf32_swap_reloca_out (output_bfd, &rel, loc);
11260 /* Emit a relocation for the addiu of %lo(<.got.plt slot>). */
11261 loc += sizeof (Elf32_External_Rela);
11263 rel.r_info = ELF32_R_INFO (htab->root.hgot->indx, R_MIPS_LO16);
11264 bfd_elf32_swap_reloca_out (output_bfd, &rel, loc);
11267 /* Emit an R_MIPS_JUMP_SLOT relocation against the .got.plt entry. */
11268 loc = (htab->srelplt->contents
11269 + gotplt_index * sizeof (Elf32_External_Rela));
11270 rel.r_offset = got_address;
11271 rel.r_info = ELF32_R_INFO (h->dynindx, R_MIPS_JUMP_SLOT);
11273 bfd_elf32_swap_reloca_out (output_bfd, &rel, loc);
11275 if (!h->def_regular)
11276 sym->st_shndx = SHN_UNDEF;
11279 BFD_ASSERT (h->dynindx != -1 || h->forced_local);
11282 g = htab->got_info;
11283 BFD_ASSERT (g != NULL);
11285 /* See if this symbol has an entry in the GOT. */
11286 if (hmips->global_got_area != GGA_NONE)
11289 Elf_Internal_Rela outrel;
11293 /* Install the symbol value in the GOT. */
11294 offset = mips_elf_primary_global_got_index (output_bfd, info, h);
11295 MIPS_ELF_PUT_WORD (output_bfd, sym->st_value, sgot->contents + offset);
11297 /* Add a dynamic relocation for it. */
11298 s = mips_elf_rel_dyn_section (info, FALSE);
11299 loc = s->contents + (s->reloc_count++ * sizeof (Elf32_External_Rela));
11300 outrel.r_offset = (sgot->output_section->vma
11301 + sgot->output_offset
11303 outrel.r_info = ELF32_R_INFO (h->dynindx, R_MIPS_32);
11304 outrel.r_addend = 0;
11305 bfd_elf32_swap_reloca_out (dynobj, &outrel, loc);
11308 /* Emit a copy reloc, if needed. */
11311 Elf_Internal_Rela rel;
11313 BFD_ASSERT (h->dynindx != -1);
11315 rel.r_offset = (h->root.u.def.section->output_section->vma
11316 + h->root.u.def.section->output_offset
11317 + h->root.u.def.value);
11318 rel.r_info = ELF32_R_INFO (h->dynindx, R_MIPS_COPY);
11320 bfd_elf32_swap_reloca_out (output_bfd, &rel,
11321 htab->srelbss->contents
11322 + (htab->srelbss->reloc_count
11323 * sizeof (Elf32_External_Rela)));
11324 ++htab->srelbss->reloc_count;
11327 /* If this is a mips16/microMIPS symbol, force the value to be even. */
11328 if (ELF_ST_IS_COMPRESSED (sym->st_other))
11329 sym->st_value &= ~1;
11334 /* Write out a plt0 entry to the beginning of .plt. */
11337 mips_finish_exec_plt (bfd *output_bfd, struct bfd_link_info *info)
11340 bfd_vma gotplt_value, gotplt_value_high, gotplt_value_low;
11341 static const bfd_vma *plt_entry;
11342 struct mips_elf_link_hash_table *htab;
11344 htab = mips_elf_hash_table (info);
11345 BFD_ASSERT (htab != NULL);
11347 if (ABI_64_P (output_bfd))
11348 plt_entry = mips_n64_exec_plt0_entry;
11349 else if (ABI_N32_P (output_bfd))
11350 plt_entry = mips_n32_exec_plt0_entry;
11351 else if (!htab->plt_header_is_comp)
11352 plt_entry = mips_o32_exec_plt0_entry;
11353 else if (htab->insn32)
11354 plt_entry = micromips_insn32_o32_exec_plt0_entry;
11356 plt_entry = micromips_o32_exec_plt0_entry;
11358 /* Calculate the value of .got.plt. */
11359 gotplt_value = (htab->sgotplt->output_section->vma
11360 + htab->sgotplt->output_offset);
11361 gotplt_value_high = ((gotplt_value + 0x8000) >> 16) & 0xffff;
11362 gotplt_value_low = gotplt_value & 0xffff;
11364 /* The PLT sequence is not safe for N64 if .got.plt's address can
11365 not be loaded in two instructions. */
11366 BFD_ASSERT ((gotplt_value & ~(bfd_vma) 0x7fffffff) == 0
11367 || ~(gotplt_value | 0x7fffffff) == 0);
11369 /* Install the PLT header. */
11370 loc = htab->splt->contents;
11371 if (plt_entry == micromips_o32_exec_plt0_entry)
11373 bfd_vma gotpc_offset;
11374 bfd_vma loc_address;
11377 BFD_ASSERT (gotplt_value % 4 == 0);
11379 loc_address = (htab->splt->output_section->vma
11380 + htab->splt->output_offset);
11381 gotpc_offset = gotplt_value - ((loc_address | 3) ^ 3);
11383 /* ADDIUPC has a span of +/-16MB, check we're in range. */
11384 if (gotpc_offset + 0x1000000 >= 0x2000000)
11387 (_("%B: `%A' offset of %ld from `%A' beyond the range of ADDIUPC"),
11389 htab->sgotplt->output_section,
11390 htab->splt->output_section,
11391 (long) gotpc_offset);
11392 bfd_set_error (bfd_error_no_error);
11395 bfd_put_16 (output_bfd,
11396 plt_entry[0] | ((gotpc_offset >> 18) & 0x7f), loc);
11397 bfd_put_16 (output_bfd, (gotpc_offset >> 2) & 0xffff, loc + 2);
11398 for (i = 2; i < ARRAY_SIZE (micromips_o32_exec_plt0_entry); i++)
11399 bfd_put_16 (output_bfd, plt_entry[i], loc + (i * 2));
11401 else if (plt_entry == micromips_insn32_o32_exec_plt0_entry)
11405 bfd_put_16 (output_bfd, plt_entry[0], loc);
11406 bfd_put_16 (output_bfd, gotplt_value_high, loc + 2);
11407 bfd_put_16 (output_bfd, plt_entry[2], loc + 4);
11408 bfd_put_16 (output_bfd, gotplt_value_low, loc + 6);
11409 bfd_put_16 (output_bfd, plt_entry[4], loc + 8);
11410 bfd_put_16 (output_bfd, gotplt_value_low, loc + 10);
11411 for (i = 6; i < ARRAY_SIZE (micromips_insn32_o32_exec_plt0_entry); i++)
11412 bfd_put_16 (output_bfd, plt_entry[i], loc + (i * 2));
11416 bfd_put_32 (output_bfd, plt_entry[0] | gotplt_value_high, loc);
11417 bfd_put_32 (output_bfd, plt_entry[1] | gotplt_value_low, loc + 4);
11418 bfd_put_32 (output_bfd, plt_entry[2] | gotplt_value_low, loc + 8);
11419 bfd_put_32 (output_bfd, plt_entry[3], loc + 12);
11420 bfd_put_32 (output_bfd, plt_entry[4], loc + 16);
11421 bfd_put_32 (output_bfd, plt_entry[5], loc + 20);
11422 bfd_put_32 (output_bfd, plt_entry[6], loc + 24);
11423 bfd_put_32 (output_bfd, plt_entry[7], loc + 28);
11429 /* Install the PLT header for a VxWorks executable and finalize the
11430 contents of .rela.plt.unloaded. */
11433 mips_vxworks_finish_exec_plt (bfd *output_bfd, struct bfd_link_info *info)
11435 Elf_Internal_Rela rela;
11437 bfd_vma got_value, got_value_high, got_value_low, plt_address;
11438 static const bfd_vma *plt_entry;
11439 struct mips_elf_link_hash_table *htab;
11441 htab = mips_elf_hash_table (info);
11442 BFD_ASSERT (htab != NULL);
11444 plt_entry = mips_vxworks_exec_plt0_entry;
11446 /* Calculate the value of _GLOBAL_OFFSET_TABLE_. */
11447 got_value = (htab->root.hgot->root.u.def.section->output_section->vma
11448 + htab->root.hgot->root.u.def.section->output_offset
11449 + htab->root.hgot->root.u.def.value);
11451 got_value_high = ((got_value + 0x8000) >> 16) & 0xffff;
11452 got_value_low = got_value & 0xffff;
11454 /* Calculate the address of the PLT header. */
11455 plt_address = htab->splt->output_section->vma + htab->splt->output_offset;
11457 /* Install the PLT header. */
11458 loc = htab->splt->contents;
11459 bfd_put_32 (output_bfd, plt_entry[0] | got_value_high, loc);
11460 bfd_put_32 (output_bfd, plt_entry[1] | got_value_low, loc + 4);
11461 bfd_put_32 (output_bfd, plt_entry[2], loc + 8);
11462 bfd_put_32 (output_bfd, plt_entry[3], loc + 12);
11463 bfd_put_32 (output_bfd, plt_entry[4], loc + 16);
11464 bfd_put_32 (output_bfd, plt_entry[5], loc + 20);
11466 /* Output the relocation for the lui of %hi(_GLOBAL_OFFSET_TABLE_). */
11467 loc = htab->srelplt2->contents;
11468 rela.r_offset = plt_address;
11469 rela.r_info = ELF32_R_INFO (htab->root.hgot->indx, R_MIPS_HI16);
11471 bfd_elf32_swap_reloca_out (output_bfd, &rela, loc);
11472 loc += sizeof (Elf32_External_Rela);
11474 /* Output the relocation for the following addiu of
11475 %lo(_GLOBAL_OFFSET_TABLE_). */
11476 rela.r_offset += 4;
11477 rela.r_info = ELF32_R_INFO (htab->root.hgot->indx, R_MIPS_LO16);
11478 bfd_elf32_swap_reloca_out (output_bfd, &rela, loc);
11479 loc += sizeof (Elf32_External_Rela);
11481 /* Fix up the remaining relocations. They may have the wrong
11482 symbol index for _G_O_T_ or _P_L_T_ depending on the order
11483 in which symbols were output. */
11484 while (loc < htab->srelplt2->contents + htab->srelplt2->size)
11486 Elf_Internal_Rela rel;
11488 bfd_elf32_swap_reloca_in (output_bfd, loc, &rel);
11489 rel.r_info = ELF32_R_INFO (htab->root.hplt->indx, R_MIPS_32);
11490 bfd_elf32_swap_reloca_out (output_bfd, &rel, loc);
11491 loc += sizeof (Elf32_External_Rela);
11493 bfd_elf32_swap_reloca_in (output_bfd, loc, &rel);
11494 rel.r_info = ELF32_R_INFO (htab->root.hgot->indx, R_MIPS_HI16);
11495 bfd_elf32_swap_reloca_out (output_bfd, &rel, loc);
11496 loc += sizeof (Elf32_External_Rela);
11498 bfd_elf32_swap_reloca_in (output_bfd, loc, &rel);
11499 rel.r_info = ELF32_R_INFO (htab->root.hgot->indx, R_MIPS_LO16);
11500 bfd_elf32_swap_reloca_out (output_bfd, &rel, loc);
11501 loc += sizeof (Elf32_External_Rela);
11505 /* Install the PLT header for a VxWorks shared library. */
11508 mips_vxworks_finish_shared_plt (bfd *output_bfd, struct bfd_link_info *info)
11511 struct mips_elf_link_hash_table *htab;
11513 htab = mips_elf_hash_table (info);
11514 BFD_ASSERT (htab != NULL);
11516 /* We just need to copy the entry byte-by-byte. */
11517 for (i = 0; i < ARRAY_SIZE (mips_vxworks_shared_plt0_entry); i++)
11518 bfd_put_32 (output_bfd, mips_vxworks_shared_plt0_entry[i],
11519 htab->splt->contents + i * 4);
11522 /* Finish up the dynamic sections. */
11525 _bfd_mips_elf_finish_dynamic_sections (bfd *output_bfd,
11526 struct bfd_link_info *info)
11531 struct mips_got_info *gg, *g;
11532 struct mips_elf_link_hash_table *htab;
11534 htab = mips_elf_hash_table (info);
11535 BFD_ASSERT (htab != NULL);
11537 dynobj = elf_hash_table (info)->dynobj;
11539 sdyn = bfd_get_linker_section (dynobj, ".dynamic");
11542 gg = htab->got_info;
11544 if (elf_hash_table (info)->dynamic_sections_created)
11547 int dyn_to_skip = 0, dyn_skipped = 0;
11549 BFD_ASSERT (sdyn != NULL);
11550 BFD_ASSERT (gg != NULL);
11552 g = mips_elf_bfd_got (output_bfd, FALSE);
11553 BFD_ASSERT (g != NULL);
11555 for (b = sdyn->contents;
11556 b < sdyn->contents + sdyn->size;
11557 b += MIPS_ELF_DYN_SIZE (dynobj))
11559 Elf_Internal_Dyn dyn;
11563 bfd_boolean swap_out_p;
11565 /* Read in the current dynamic entry. */
11566 (*get_elf_backend_data (dynobj)->s->swap_dyn_in) (dynobj, b, &dyn);
11568 /* Assume that we're going to modify it and write it out. */
11574 dyn.d_un.d_val = MIPS_ELF_REL_SIZE (dynobj);
11578 BFD_ASSERT (htab->is_vxworks);
11579 dyn.d_un.d_val = MIPS_ELF_RELA_SIZE (dynobj);
11583 /* Rewrite DT_STRSZ. */
11585 _bfd_elf_strtab_size (elf_hash_table (info)->dynstr);
11590 dyn.d_un.d_ptr = s->output_section->vma + s->output_offset;
11593 case DT_MIPS_PLTGOT:
11595 dyn.d_un.d_ptr = s->output_section->vma + s->output_offset;
11598 case DT_MIPS_RLD_VERSION:
11599 dyn.d_un.d_val = 1; /* XXX */
11602 case DT_MIPS_FLAGS:
11603 dyn.d_un.d_val = RHF_NOTPOT; /* XXX */
11606 case DT_MIPS_TIME_STAMP:
11610 dyn.d_un.d_val = t;
11614 case DT_MIPS_ICHECKSUM:
11616 swap_out_p = FALSE;
11619 case DT_MIPS_IVERSION:
11621 swap_out_p = FALSE;
11624 case DT_MIPS_BASE_ADDRESS:
11625 s = output_bfd->sections;
11626 BFD_ASSERT (s != NULL);
11627 dyn.d_un.d_ptr = s->vma & ~(bfd_vma) 0xffff;
11630 case DT_MIPS_LOCAL_GOTNO:
11631 dyn.d_un.d_val = g->local_gotno;
11634 case DT_MIPS_UNREFEXTNO:
11635 /* The index into the dynamic symbol table which is the
11636 entry of the first external symbol that is not
11637 referenced within the same object. */
11638 dyn.d_un.d_val = bfd_count_sections (output_bfd) + 1;
11641 case DT_MIPS_GOTSYM:
11642 if (htab->global_gotsym)
11644 dyn.d_un.d_val = htab->global_gotsym->dynindx;
11647 /* In case if we don't have global got symbols we default
11648 to setting DT_MIPS_GOTSYM to the same value as
11649 DT_MIPS_SYMTABNO. */
11650 /* Fall through. */
11652 case DT_MIPS_SYMTABNO:
11654 elemsize = MIPS_ELF_SYM_SIZE (output_bfd);
11655 s = bfd_get_linker_section (dynobj, name);
11658 dyn.d_un.d_val = s->size / elemsize;
11660 dyn.d_un.d_val = 0;
11663 case DT_MIPS_HIPAGENO:
11664 dyn.d_un.d_val = g->local_gotno - htab->reserved_gotno;
11667 case DT_MIPS_RLD_MAP:
11669 struct elf_link_hash_entry *h;
11670 h = mips_elf_hash_table (info)->rld_symbol;
11673 dyn_to_skip = MIPS_ELF_DYN_SIZE (dynobj);
11674 swap_out_p = FALSE;
11677 s = h->root.u.def.section;
11679 /* The MIPS_RLD_MAP tag stores the absolute address of the
11681 dyn.d_un.d_ptr = (s->output_section->vma + s->output_offset
11682 + h->root.u.def.value);
11686 case DT_MIPS_RLD_MAP_REL:
11688 struct elf_link_hash_entry *h;
11689 bfd_vma dt_addr, rld_addr;
11690 h = mips_elf_hash_table (info)->rld_symbol;
11693 dyn_to_skip = MIPS_ELF_DYN_SIZE (dynobj);
11694 swap_out_p = FALSE;
11697 s = h->root.u.def.section;
11699 /* The MIPS_RLD_MAP_REL tag stores the offset to the debug
11700 pointer, relative to the address of the tag. */
11701 dt_addr = (sdyn->output_section->vma + sdyn->output_offset
11702 + (b - sdyn->contents));
11703 rld_addr = (s->output_section->vma + s->output_offset
11704 + h->root.u.def.value);
11705 dyn.d_un.d_ptr = rld_addr - dt_addr;
11709 case DT_MIPS_OPTIONS:
11710 s = (bfd_get_section_by_name
11711 (output_bfd, MIPS_ELF_OPTIONS_SECTION_NAME (output_bfd)));
11712 dyn.d_un.d_ptr = s->vma;
11716 BFD_ASSERT (htab->is_vxworks);
11717 /* The count does not include the JUMP_SLOT relocations. */
11719 dyn.d_un.d_val -= htab->srelplt->size;
11723 BFD_ASSERT (htab->use_plts_and_copy_relocs);
11724 if (htab->is_vxworks)
11725 dyn.d_un.d_val = DT_RELA;
11727 dyn.d_un.d_val = DT_REL;
11731 BFD_ASSERT (htab->use_plts_and_copy_relocs);
11732 dyn.d_un.d_val = htab->srelplt->size;
11736 BFD_ASSERT (htab->use_plts_and_copy_relocs);
11737 dyn.d_un.d_ptr = (htab->srelplt->output_section->vma
11738 + htab->srelplt->output_offset);
11742 /* If we didn't need any text relocations after all, delete
11743 the dynamic tag. */
11744 if (!(info->flags & DF_TEXTREL))
11746 dyn_to_skip = MIPS_ELF_DYN_SIZE (dynobj);
11747 swap_out_p = FALSE;
11752 /* If we didn't need any text relocations after all, clear
11753 DF_TEXTREL from DT_FLAGS. */
11754 if (!(info->flags & DF_TEXTREL))
11755 dyn.d_un.d_val &= ~DF_TEXTREL;
11757 swap_out_p = FALSE;
11761 swap_out_p = FALSE;
11762 if (htab->is_vxworks
11763 && elf_vxworks_finish_dynamic_entry (output_bfd, &dyn))
11768 if (swap_out_p || dyn_skipped)
11769 (*get_elf_backend_data (dynobj)->s->swap_dyn_out)
11770 (dynobj, &dyn, b - dyn_skipped);
11774 dyn_skipped += dyn_to_skip;
11779 /* Wipe out any trailing entries if we shifted down a dynamic tag. */
11780 if (dyn_skipped > 0)
11781 memset (b - dyn_skipped, 0, dyn_skipped);
11784 if (sgot != NULL && sgot->size > 0
11785 && !bfd_is_abs_section (sgot->output_section))
11787 if (htab->is_vxworks)
11789 /* The first entry of the global offset table points to the
11790 ".dynamic" section. The second is initialized by the
11791 loader and contains the shared library identifier.
11792 The third is also initialized by the loader and points
11793 to the lazy resolution stub. */
11794 MIPS_ELF_PUT_WORD (output_bfd,
11795 sdyn->output_offset + sdyn->output_section->vma,
11797 MIPS_ELF_PUT_WORD (output_bfd, 0,
11798 sgot->contents + MIPS_ELF_GOT_SIZE (output_bfd));
11799 MIPS_ELF_PUT_WORD (output_bfd, 0,
11801 + 2 * MIPS_ELF_GOT_SIZE (output_bfd));
11805 /* The first entry of the global offset table will be filled at
11806 runtime. The second entry will be used by some runtime loaders.
11807 This isn't the case of IRIX rld. */
11808 MIPS_ELF_PUT_WORD (output_bfd, (bfd_vma) 0, sgot->contents);
11809 MIPS_ELF_PUT_WORD (output_bfd, MIPS_ELF_GNU_GOT1_MASK (output_bfd),
11810 sgot->contents + MIPS_ELF_GOT_SIZE (output_bfd));
11813 elf_section_data (sgot->output_section)->this_hdr.sh_entsize
11814 = MIPS_ELF_GOT_SIZE (output_bfd);
11817 /* Generate dynamic relocations for the non-primary gots. */
11818 if (gg != NULL && gg->next)
11820 Elf_Internal_Rela rel[3];
11821 bfd_vma addend = 0;
11823 memset (rel, 0, sizeof (rel));
11824 rel[0].r_info = ELF_R_INFO (output_bfd, 0, R_MIPS_REL32);
11826 for (g = gg->next; g->next != gg; g = g->next)
11828 bfd_vma got_index = g->next->local_gotno + g->next->global_gotno
11829 + g->next->tls_gotno;
11831 MIPS_ELF_PUT_WORD (output_bfd, 0, sgot->contents
11832 + got_index++ * MIPS_ELF_GOT_SIZE (output_bfd));
11833 MIPS_ELF_PUT_WORD (output_bfd, MIPS_ELF_GNU_GOT1_MASK (output_bfd),
11835 + got_index++ * MIPS_ELF_GOT_SIZE (output_bfd));
11837 if (! bfd_link_pic (info))
11840 for (; got_index < g->local_gotno; got_index++)
11842 if (got_index >= g->assigned_low_gotno
11843 && got_index <= g->assigned_high_gotno)
11846 rel[0].r_offset = rel[1].r_offset = rel[2].r_offset
11847 = got_index * MIPS_ELF_GOT_SIZE (output_bfd);
11848 if (!(mips_elf_create_dynamic_relocation
11849 (output_bfd, info, rel, NULL,
11850 bfd_abs_section_ptr,
11851 0, &addend, sgot)))
11853 BFD_ASSERT (addend == 0);
11858 /* The generation of dynamic relocations for the non-primary gots
11859 adds more dynamic relocations. We cannot count them until
11862 if (elf_hash_table (info)->dynamic_sections_created)
11865 bfd_boolean swap_out_p;
11867 BFD_ASSERT (sdyn != NULL);
11869 for (b = sdyn->contents;
11870 b < sdyn->contents + sdyn->size;
11871 b += MIPS_ELF_DYN_SIZE (dynobj))
11873 Elf_Internal_Dyn dyn;
11876 /* Read in the current dynamic entry. */
11877 (*get_elf_backend_data (dynobj)->s->swap_dyn_in) (dynobj, b, &dyn);
11879 /* Assume that we're going to modify it and write it out. */
11885 /* Reduce DT_RELSZ to account for any relocations we
11886 decided not to make. This is for the n64 irix rld,
11887 which doesn't seem to apply any relocations if there
11888 are trailing null entries. */
11889 s = mips_elf_rel_dyn_section (info, FALSE);
11890 dyn.d_un.d_val = (s->reloc_count
11891 * (ABI_64_P (output_bfd)
11892 ? sizeof (Elf64_Mips_External_Rel)
11893 : sizeof (Elf32_External_Rel)));
11894 /* Adjust the section size too. Tools like the prelinker
11895 can reasonably expect the values to the same. */
11896 elf_section_data (s->output_section)->this_hdr.sh_size
11901 swap_out_p = FALSE;
11906 (*get_elf_backend_data (dynobj)->s->swap_dyn_out)
11913 Elf32_compact_rel cpt;
11915 if (SGI_COMPAT (output_bfd))
11917 /* Write .compact_rel section out. */
11918 s = bfd_get_linker_section (dynobj, ".compact_rel");
11922 cpt.num = s->reloc_count;
11924 cpt.offset = (s->output_section->filepos
11925 + sizeof (Elf32_External_compact_rel));
11928 bfd_elf32_swap_compact_rel_out (output_bfd, &cpt,
11929 ((Elf32_External_compact_rel *)
11932 /* Clean up a dummy stub function entry in .text. */
11933 if (htab->sstubs != NULL)
11935 file_ptr dummy_offset;
11937 BFD_ASSERT (htab->sstubs->size >= htab->function_stub_size);
11938 dummy_offset = htab->sstubs->size - htab->function_stub_size;
11939 memset (htab->sstubs->contents + dummy_offset, 0,
11940 htab->function_stub_size);
11945 /* The psABI says that the dynamic relocations must be sorted in
11946 increasing order of r_symndx. The VxWorks EABI doesn't require
11947 this, and because the code below handles REL rather than RELA
11948 relocations, using it for VxWorks would be outright harmful. */
11949 if (!htab->is_vxworks)
11951 s = mips_elf_rel_dyn_section (info, FALSE);
11953 && s->size > (bfd_vma)2 * MIPS_ELF_REL_SIZE (output_bfd))
11955 reldyn_sorting_bfd = output_bfd;
11957 if (ABI_64_P (output_bfd))
11958 qsort ((Elf64_External_Rel *) s->contents + 1,
11959 s->reloc_count - 1, sizeof (Elf64_Mips_External_Rel),
11960 sort_dynamic_relocs_64);
11962 qsort ((Elf32_External_Rel *) s->contents + 1,
11963 s->reloc_count - 1, sizeof (Elf32_External_Rel),
11964 sort_dynamic_relocs);
11969 if (htab->splt && htab->splt->size > 0)
11971 if (htab->is_vxworks)
11973 if (bfd_link_pic (info))
11974 mips_vxworks_finish_shared_plt (output_bfd, info);
11976 mips_vxworks_finish_exec_plt (output_bfd, info);
11980 BFD_ASSERT (!bfd_link_pic (info));
11981 if (!mips_finish_exec_plt (output_bfd, info))
11989 /* Set ABFD's EF_MIPS_ARCH and EF_MIPS_MACH flags. */
11992 mips_set_isa_flags (bfd *abfd)
11996 switch (bfd_get_mach (abfd))
11999 case bfd_mach_mips3000:
12000 val = E_MIPS_ARCH_1;
12003 case bfd_mach_mips3900:
12004 val = E_MIPS_ARCH_1 | E_MIPS_MACH_3900;
12007 case bfd_mach_mips6000:
12008 val = E_MIPS_ARCH_2;
12011 case bfd_mach_mips4000:
12012 case bfd_mach_mips4300:
12013 case bfd_mach_mips4400:
12014 case bfd_mach_mips4600:
12015 val = E_MIPS_ARCH_3;
12018 case bfd_mach_mips4010:
12019 val = E_MIPS_ARCH_3 | E_MIPS_MACH_4010;
12022 case bfd_mach_mips4100:
12023 val = E_MIPS_ARCH_3 | E_MIPS_MACH_4100;
12026 case bfd_mach_mips4111:
12027 val = E_MIPS_ARCH_3 | E_MIPS_MACH_4111;
12030 case bfd_mach_mips4120:
12031 val = E_MIPS_ARCH_3 | E_MIPS_MACH_4120;
12034 case bfd_mach_mips4650:
12035 val = E_MIPS_ARCH_3 | E_MIPS_MACH_4650;
12038 case bfd_mach_mips5400:
12039 val = E_MIPS_ARCH_4 | E_MIPS_MACH_5400;
12042 case bfd_mach_mips5500:
12043 val = E_MIPS_ARCH_4 | E_MIPS_MACH_5500;
12046 case bfd_mach_mips5900:
12047 val = E_MIPS_ARCH_3 | E_MIPS_MACH_5900;
12050 case bfd_mach_mips9000:
12051 val = E_MIPS_ARCH_4 | E_MIPS_MACH_9000;
12054 case bfd_mach_mips5000:
12055 case bfd_mach_mips7000:
12056 case bfd_mach_mips8000:
12057 case bfd_mach_mips10000:
12058 case bfd_mach_mips12000:
12059 case bfd_mach_mips14000:
12060 case bfd_mach_mips16000:
12061 val = E_MIPS_ARCH_4;
12064 case bfd_mach_mips5:
12065 val = E_MIPS_ARCH_5;
12068 case bfd_mach_mips_loongson_2e:
12069 val = E_MIPS_ARCH_3 | E_MIPS_MACH_LS2E;
12072 case bfd_mach_mips_loongson_2f:
12073 val = E_MIPS_ARCH_3 | E_MIPS_MACH_LS2F;
12076 case bfd_mach_mips_sb1:
12077 val = E_MIPS_ARCH_64 | E_MIPS_MACH_SB1;
12080 case bfd_mach_mips_loongson_3a:
12081 val = E_MIPS_ARCH_64R2 | E_MIPS_MACH_LS3A;
12084 case bfd_mach_mips_octeon:
12085 case bfd_mach_mips_octeonp:
12086 val = E_MIPS_ARCH_64R2 | E_MIPS_MACH_OCTEON;
12089 case bfd_mach_mips_octeon3:
12090 val = E_MIPS_ARCH_64R2 | E_MIPS_MACH_OCTEON3;
12093 case bfd_mach_mips_xlr:
12094 val = E_MIPS_ARCH_64 | E_MIPS_MACH_XLR;
12097 case bfd_mach_mips_octeon2:
12098 val = E_MIPS_ARCH_64R2 | E_MIPS_MACH_OCTEON2;
12101 case bfd_mach_mipsisa32:
12102 val = E_MIPS_ARCH_32;
12105 case bfd_mach_mipsisa64:
12106 val = E_MIPS_ARCH_64;
12109 case bfd_mach_mipsisa32r2:
12110 case bfd_mach_mipsisa32r3:
12111 case bfd_mach_mipsisa32r5:
12112 val = E_MIPS_ARCH_32R2;
12115 case bfd_mach_mipsisa64r2:
12116 case bfd_mach_mipsisa64r3:
12117 case bfd_mach_mipsisa64r5:
12118 val = E_MIPS_ARCH_64R2;
12121 case bfd_mach_mipsisa32r6:
12122 val = E_MIPS_ARCH_32R6;
12125 case bfd_mach_mipsisa64r6:
12126 val = E_MIPS_ARCH_64R6;
12129 elf_elfheader (abfd)->e_flags &= ~(EF_MIPS_ARCH | EF_MIPS_MACH);
12130 elf_elfheader (abfd)->e_flags |= val;
12135 /* Whether to sort relocs output by ld -r or ld --emit-relocs, by r_offset.
12136 Don't do so for code sections. We want to keep ordering of HI16/LO16
12137 as is. On the other hand, elf-eh-frame.c processing requires .eh_frame
12138 relocs to be sorted. */
12141 _bfd_mips_elf_sort_relocs_p (asection *sec)
12143 return (sec->flags & SEC_CODE) == 0;
12147 /* The final processing done just before writing out a MIPS ELF object
12148 file. This gets the MIPS architecture right based on the machine
12149 number. This is used by both the 32-bit and the 64-bit ABI. */
12152 _bfd_mips_elf_final_write_processing (bfd *abfd,
12153 bfd_boolean linker ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED)
12156 Elf_Internal_Shdr **hdrpp;
12160 /* Keep the existing EF_MIPS_MACH and EF_MIPS_ARCH flags if the former
12161 is nonzero. This is for compatibility with old objects, which used
12162 a combination of a 32-bit EF_MIPS_ARCH and a 64-bit EF_MIPS_MACH. */
12163 if ((elf_elfheader (abfd)->e_flags & EF_MIPS_MACH) == 0)
12164 mips_set_isa_flags (abfd);
12166 /* Set the sh_info field for .gptab sections and other appropriate
12167 info for each special section. */
12168 for (i = 1, hdrpp = elf_elfsections (abfd) + 1;
12169 i < elf_numsections (abfd);
12172 switch ((*hdrpp)->sh_type)
12174 case SHT_MIPS_MSYM:
12175 case SHT_MIPS_LIBLIST:
12176 sec = bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd, ".dynstr");
12178 (*hdrpp)->sh_link = elf_section_data (sec)->this_idx;
12181 case SHT_MIPS_GPTAB:
12182 BFD_ASSERT ((*hdrpp)->bfd_section != NULL);
12183 name = bfd_get_section_name (abfd, (*hdrpp)->bfd_section);
12184 BFD_ASSERT (name != NULL
12185 && CONST_STRNEQ (name, ".gptab."));
12186 sec = bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd, name + sizeof ".gptab" - 1);
12187 BFD_ASSERT (sec != NULL);
12188 (*hdrpp)->sh_info = elf_section_data (sec)->this_idx;
12191 case SHT_MIPS_CONTENT:
12192 BFD_ASSERT ((*hdrpp)->bfd_section != NULL);
12193 name = bfd_get_section_name (abfd, (*hdrpp)->bfd_section);
12194 BFD_ASSERT (name != NULL
12195 && CONST_STRNEQ (name, ".MIPS.content"));
12196 sec = bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd,
12197 name + sizeof ".MIPS.content" - 1);
12198 BFD_ASSERT (sec != NULL);
12199 (*hdrpp)->sh_link = elf_section_data (sec)->this_idx;
12202 case SHT_MIPS_SYMBOL_LIB:
12203 sec = bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd, ".dynsym");
12205 (*hdrpp)->sh_link = elf_section_data (sec)->this_idx;
12206 sec = bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd, ".liblist");
12208 (*hdrpp)->sh_info = elf_section_data (sec)->this_idx;
12211 case SHT_MIPS_EVENTS:
12212 BFD_ASSERT ((*hdrpp)->bfd_section != NULL);
12213 name = bfd_get_section_name (abfd, (*hdrpp)->bfd_section);
12214 BFD_ASSERT (name != NULL);
12215 if (CONST_STRNEQ (name, ".MIPS.events"))
12216 sec = bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd,
12217 name + sizeof ".MIPS.events" - 1);
12220 BFD_ASSERT (CONST_STRNEQ (name, ".MIPS.post_rel"));
12221 sec = bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd,
12223 + sizeof ".MIPS.post_rel" - 1));
12225 BFD_ASSERT (sec != NULL);
12226 (*hdrpp)->sh_link = elf_section_data (sec)->this_idx;
12233 /* When creating an IRIX5 executable, we need REGINFO and RTPROC
12237 _bfd_mips_elf_additional_program_headers (bfd *abfd,
12238 struct bfd_link_info *info ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED)
12243 /* See if we need a PT_MIPS_REGINFO segment. */
12244 s = bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd, ".reginfo");
12245 if (s && (s->flags & SEC_LOAD))
12248 /* See if we need a PT_MIPS_ABIFLAGS segment. */
12249 if (bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd, ".MIPS.abiflags"))
12252 /* See if we need a PT_MIPS_OPTIONS segment. */
12253 if (IRIX_COMPAT (abfd) == ict_irix6
12254 && bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd,
12255 MIPS_ELF_OPTIONS_SECTION_NAME (abfd)))
12258 /* See if we need a PT_MIPS_RTPROC segment. */
12259 if (IRIX_COMPAT (abfd) == ict_irix5
12260 && bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd, ".dynamic")
12261 && bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd, ".mdebug"))
12264 /* Allocate a PT_NULL header in dynamic objects. See
12265 _bfd_mips_elf_modify_segment_map for details. */
12266 if (!SGI_COMPAT (abfd)
12267 && bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd, ".dynamic"))
12273 /* Modify the segment map for an IRIX5 executable. */
12276 _bfd_mips_elf_modify_segment_map (bfd *abfd,
12277 struct bfd_link_info *info)
12280 struct elf_segment_map *m, **pm;
12283 /* If there is a .reginfo section, we need a PT_MIPS_REGINFO
12285 s = bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd, ".reginfo");
12286 if (s != NULL && (s->flags & SEC_LOAD) != 0)
12288 for (m = elf_seg_map (abfd); m != NULL; m = m->next)
12289 if (m->p_type == PT_MIPS_REGINFO)
12294 m = bfd_zalloc (abfd, amt);
12298 m->p_type = PT_MIPS_REGINFO;
12300 m->sections[0] = s;
12302 /* We want to put it after the PHDR and INTERP segments. */
12303 pm = &elf_seg_map (abfd);
12305 && ((*pm)->p_type == PT_PHDR
12306 || (*pm)->p_type == PT_INTERP))
12314 /* If there is a .MIPS.abiflags section, we need a PT_MIPS_ABIFLAGS
12316 s = bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd, ".MIPS.abiflags");
12317 if (s != NULL && (s->flags & SEC_LOAD) != 0)
12319 for (m = elf_seg_map (abfd); m != NULL; m = m->next)
12320 if (m->p_type == PT_MIPS_ABIFLAGS)
12325 m = bfd_zalloc (abfd, amt);
12329 m->p_type = PT_MIPS_ABIFLAGS;
12331 m->sections[0] = s;
12333 /* We want to put it after the PHDR and INTERP segments. */
12334 pm = &elf_seg_map (abfd);
12336 && ((*pm)->p_type == PT_PHDR
12337 || (*pm)->p_type == PT_INTERP))
12345 /* For IRIX 6, we don't have .mdebug sections, nor does anything but
12346 .dynamic end up in PT_DYNAMIC. However, we do have to insert a
12347 PT_MIPS_OPTIONS segment immediately following the program header
12349 if (NEWABI_P (abfd)
12350 /* On non-IRIX6 new abi, we'll have already created a segment
12351 for this section, so don't create another. I'm not sure this
12352 is not also the case for IRIX 6, but I can't test it right
12354 && IRIX_COMPAT (abfd) == ict_irix6)
12356 for (s = abfd->sections; s; s = s->next)
12357 if (elf_section_data (s)->this_hdr.sh_type == SHT_MIPS_OPTIONS)
12362 struct elf_segment_map *options_segment;
12364 pm = &elf_seg_map (abfd);
12366 && ((*pm)->p_type == PT_PHDR
12367 || (*pm)->p_type == PT_INTERP))
12370 if (*pm == NULL || (*pm)->p_type != PT_MIPS_OPTIONS)
12372 amt = sizeof (struct elf_segment_map);
12373 options_segment = bfd_zalloc (abfd, amt);
12374 options_segment->next = *pm;
12375 options_segment->p_type = PT_MIPS_OPTIONS;
12376 options_segment->p_flags = PF_R;
12377 options_segment->p_flags_valid = TRUE;
12378 options_segment->count = 1;
12379 options_segment->sections[0] = s;
12380 *pm = options_segment;
12386 if (IRIX_COMPAT (abfd) == ict_irix5)
12388 /* If there are .dynamic and .mdebug sections, we make a room
12389 for the RTPROC header. FIXME: Rewrite without section names. */
12390 if (bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd, ".interp") == NULL
12391 && bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd, ".dynamic") != NULL
12392 && bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd, ".mdebug") != NULL)
12394 for (m = elf_seg_map (abfd); m != NULL; m = m->next)
12395 if (m->p_type == PT_MIPS_RTPROC)
12400 m = bfd_zalloc (abfd, amt);
12404 m->p_type = PT_MIPS_RTPROC;
12406 s = bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd, ".rtproc");
12411 m->p_flags_valid = 1;
12416 m->sections[0] = s;
12419 /* We want to put it after the DYNAMIC segment. */
12420 pm = &elf_seg_map (abfd);
12421 while (*pm != NULL && (*pm)->p_type != PT_DYNAMIC)
12431 /* On IRIX5, the PT_DYNAMIC segment includes the .dynamic,
12432 .dynstr, .dynsym, and .hash sections, and everything in
12434 for (pm = &elf_seg_map (abfd); *pm != NULL;
12436 if ((*pm)->p_type == PT_DYNAMIC)
12439 /* GNU/Linux binaries do not need the extended PT_DYNAMIC section.
12440 glibc's dynamic linker has traditionally derived the number of
12441 tags from the p_filesz field, and sometimes allocates stack
12442 arrays of that size. An overly-big PT_DYNAMIC segment can
12443 be actively harmful in such cases. Making PT_DYNAMIC contain
12444 other sections can also make life hard for the prelinker,
12445 which might move one of the other sections to a different
12446 PT_LOAD segment. */
12447 if (SGI_COMPAT (abfd)
12450 && strcmp (m->sections[0]->name, ".dynamic") == 0)
12452 static const char *sec_names[] =
12454 ".dynamic", ".dynstr", ".dynsym", ".hash"
12458 struct elf_segment_map *n;
12460 low = ~(bfd_vma) 0;
12462 for (i = 0; i < sizeof sec_names / sizeof sec_names[0]; i++)
12464 s = bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd, sec_names[i]);
12465 if (s != NULL && (s->flags & SEC_LOAD) != 0)
12472 if (high < s->vma + sz)
12473 high = s->vma + sz;
12478 for (s = abfd->sections; s != NULL; s = s->next)
12479 if ((s->flags & SEC_LOAD) != 0
12481 && s->vma + s->size <= high)
12484 amt = sizeof *n + (bfd_size_type) (c - 1) * sizeof (asection *);
12485 n = bfd_zalloc (abfd, amt);
12492 for (s = abfd->sections; s != NULL; s = s->next)
12494 if ((s->flags & SEC_LOAD) != 0
12496 && s->vma + s->size <= high)
12498 n->sections[i] = s;
12507 /* Allocate a spare program header in dynamic objects so that tools
12508 like the prelinker can add an extra PT_LOAD entry.
12510 If the prelinker needs to make room for a new PT_LOAD entry, its
12511 standard procedure is to move the first (read-only) sections into
12512 the new (writable) segment. However, the MIPS ABI requires
12513 .dynamic to be in a read-only segment, and the section will often
12514 start within sizeof (ElfNN_Phdr) bytes of the last program header.
12516 Although the prelinker could in principle move .dynamic to a
12517 writable segment, it seems better to allocate a spare program
12518 header instead, and avoid the need to move any sections.
12519 There is a long tradition of allocating spare dynamic tags,
12520 so allocating a spare program header seems like a natural
12523 If INFO is NULL, we may be copying an already prelinked binary
12524 with objcopy or strip, so do not add this header. */
12526 && !SGI_COMPAT (abfd)
12527 && bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd, ".dynamic"))
12529 for (pm = &elf_seg_map (abfd); *pm != NULL; pm = &(*pm)->next)
12530 if ((*pm)->p_type == PT_NULL)
12534 m = bfd_zalloc (abfd, sizeof (*m));
12538 m->p_type = PT_NULL;
12546 /* Return the section that should be marked against GC for a given
12550 _bfd_mips_elf_gc_mark_hook (asection *sec,
12551 struct bfd_link_info *info,
12552 Elf_Internal_Rela *rel,
12553 struct elf_link_hash_entry *h,
12554 Elf_Internal_Sym *sym)
12556 /* ??? Do mips16 stub sections need to be handled special? */
12559 switch (ELF_R_TYPE (sec->owner, rel->r_info))
12561 case R_MIPS_GNU_VTINHERIT:
12562 case R_MIPS_GNU_VTENTRY:
12566 return _bfd_elf_gc_mark_hook (sec, info, rel, h, sym);
12569 /* Update the got entry reference counts for the section being removed. */
12572 _bfd_mips_elf_gc_sweep_hook (bfd *abfd ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED,
12573 struct bfd_link_info *info ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED,
12574 asection *sec ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED,
12575 const Elf_Internal_Rela *relocs ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED)
12578 Elf_Internal_Shdr *symtab_hdr;
12579 struct elf_link_hash_entry **sym_hashes;
12580 bfd_signed_vma *local_got_refcounts;
12581 const Elf_Internal_Rela *rel, *relend;
12582 unsigned long r_symndx;
12583 struct elf_link_hash_entry *h;
12585 if (bfd_link_relocatable (info))
12588 symtab_hdr = &elf_tdata (abfd)->symtab_hdr;
12589 sym_hashes = elf_sym_hashes (abfd);
12590 local_got_refcounts = elf_local_got_refcounts (abfd);
12592 relend = relocs + sec->reloc_count;
12593 for (rel = relocs; rel < relend; rel++)
12594 switch (ELF_R_TYPE (abfd, rel->r_info))
12596 case R_MIPS16_GOT16:
12597 case R_MIPS16_CALL16:
12599 case R_MIPS_CALL16:
12600 case R_MIPS_CALL_HI16:
12601 case R_MIPS_CALL_LO16:
12602 case R_MIPS_GOT_HI16:
12603 case R_MIPS_GOT_LO16:
12604 case R_MIPS_GOT_DISP:
12605 case R_MIPS_GOT_PAGE:
12606 case R_MIPS_GOT_OFST:
12607 case R_MICROMIPS_GOT16:
12608 case R_MICROMIPS_CALL16:
12609 case R_MICROMIPS_CALL_HI16:
12610 case R_MICROMIPS_CALL_LO16:
12611 case R_MICROMIPS_GOT_HI16:
12612 case R_MICROMIPS_GOT_LO16:
12613 case R_MICROMIPS_GOT_DISP:
12614 case R_MICROMIPS_GOT_PAGE:
12615 case R_MICROMIPS_GOT_OFST:
12616 /* ??? It would seem that the existing MIPS code does no sort
12617 of reference counting or whatnot on its GOT and PLT entries,
12618 so it is not possible to garbage collect them at this time. */
12629 /* Prevent .MIPS.abiflags from being discarded with --gc-sections. */
12632 _bfd_mips_elf_gc_mark_extra_sections (struct bfd_link_info *info,
12633 elf_gc_mark_hook_fn gc_mark_hook)
12637 _bfd_elf_gc_mark_extra_sections (info, gc_mark_hook);
12639 for (sub = info->input_bfds; sub != NULL; sub = sub->link.next)
12643 if (! is_mips_elf (sub))
12646 for (o = sub->sections; o != NULL; o = o->next)
12648 && MIPS_ELF_ABIFLAGS_SECTION_NAME_P
12649 (bfd_get_section_name (sub, o)))
12651 if (!_bfd_elf_gc_mark (info, o, gc_mark_hook))
12659 /* Copy data from a MIPS ELF indirect symbol to its direct symbol,
12660 hiding the old indirect symbol. Process additional relocation
12661 information. Also called for weakdefs, in which case we just let
12662 _bfd_elf_link_hash_copy_indirect copy the flags for us. */
12665 _bfd_mips_elf_copy_indirect_symbol (struct bfd_link_info *info,
12666 struct elf_link_hash_entry *dir,
12667 struct elf_link_hash_entry *ind)
12669 struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry *dirmips, *indmips;
12671 _bfd_elf_link_hash_copy_indirect (info, dir, ind);
12673 dirmips = (struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry *) dir;
12674 indmips = (struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry *) ind;
12675 /* Any absolute non-dynamic relocations against an indirect or weak
12676 definition will be against the target symbol. */
12677 if (indmips->has_static_relocs)
12678 dirmips->has_static_relocs = TRUE;
12680 if (ind->root.type != bfd_link_hash_indirect)
12683 dirmips->possibly_dynamic_relocs += indmips->possibly_dynamic_relocs;
12684 if (indmips->readonly_reloc)
12685 dirmips->readonly_reloc = TRUE;
12686 if (indmips->no_fn_stub)
12687 dirmips->no_fn_stub = TRUE;
12688 if (indmips->fn_stub)
12690 dirmips->fn_stub = indmips->fn_stub;
12691 indmips->fn_stub = NULL;
12693 if (indmips->need_fn_stub)
12695 dirmips->need_fn_stub = TRUE;
12696 indmips->need_fn_stub = FALSE;
12698 if (indmips->call_stub)
12700 dirmips->call_stub = indmips->call_stub;
12701 indmips->call_stub = NULL;
12703 if (indmips->call_fp_stub)
12705 dirmips->call_fp_stub = indmips->call_fp_stub;
12706 indmips->call_fp_stub = NULL;
12708 if (indmips->global_got_area < dirmips->global_got_area)
12709 dirmips->global_got_area = indmips->global_got_area;
12710 if (indmips->global_got_area < GGA_NONE)
12711 indmips->global_got_area = GGA_NONE;
12712 if (indmips->has_nonpic_branches)
12713 dirmips->has_nonpic_branches = TRUE;
12716 #define PDR_SIZE 32
12719 _bfd_mips_elf_discard_info (bfd *abfd, struct elf_reloc_cookie *cookie,
12720 struct bfd_link_info *info)
12723 bfd_boolean ret = FALSE;
12724 unsigned char *tdata;
12727 o = bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd, ".pdr");
12732 if (o->size % PDR_SIZE != 0)
12734 if (o->output_section != NULL
12735 && bfd_is_abs_section (o->output_section))
12738 tdata = bfd_zmalloc (o->size / PDR_SIZE);
12742 cookie->rels = _bfd_elf_link_read_relocs (abfd, o, NULL, NULL,
12743 info->keep_memory);
12750 cookie->rel = cookie->rels;
12751 cookie->relend = cookie->rels + o->reloc_count;
12753 for (i = 0, skip = 0; i < o->size / PDR_SIZE; i ++)
12755 if (bfd_elf_reloc_symbol_deleted_p (i * PDR_SIZE, cookie))
12764 mips_elf_section_data (o)->u.tdata = tdata;
12765 if (o->rawsize == 0)
12766 o->rawsize = o->size;
12767 o->size -= skip * PDR_SIZE;
12773 if (! info->keep_memory)
12774 free (cookie->rels);
12780 _bfd_mips_elf_ignore_discarded_relocs (asection *sec)
12782 if (strcmp (sec->name, ".pdr") == 0)
12788 _bfd_mips_elf_write_section (bfd *output_bfd,
12789 struct bfd_link_info *link_info ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED,
12790 asection *sec, bfd_byte *contents)
12792 bfd_byte *to, *from, *end;
12795 if (strcmp (sec->name, ".pdr") != 0)
12798 if (mips_elf_section_data (sec)->u.tdata == NULL)
12802 end = contents + sec->size;
12803 for (from = contents, i = 0;
12805 from += PDR_SIZE, i++)
12807 if ((mips_elf_section_data (sec)->u.tdata)[i] == 1)
12810 memcpy (to, from, PDR_SIZE);
12813 bfd_set_section_contents (output_bfd, sec->output_section, contents,
12814 sec->output_offset, sec->size);
12818 /* microMIPS code retains local labels for linker relaxation. Omit them
12819 from output by default for clarity. */
12822 _bfd_mips_elf_is_target_special_symbol (bfd *abfd, asymbol *sym)
12824 return _bfd_elf_is_local_label_name (abfd, sym->name);
12827 /* MIPS ELF uses a special find_nearest_line routine in order the
12828 handle the ECOFF debugging information. */
12830 struct mips_elf_find_line
12832 struct ecoff_debug_info d;
12833 struct ecoff_find_line i;
12837 _bfd_mips_elf_find_nearest_line (bfd *abfd, asymbol **symbols,
12838 asection *section, bfd_vma offset,
12839 const char **filename_ptr,
12840 const char **functionname_ptr,
12841 unsigned int *line_ptr,
12842 unsigned int *discriminator_ptr)
12846 if (_bfd_dwarf2_find_nearest_line (abfd, symbols, NULL, section, offset,
12847 filename_ptr, functionname_ptr,
12848 line_ptr, discriminator_ptr,
12849 dwarf_debug_sections,
12850 ABI_64_P (abfd) ? 8 : 0,
12851 &elf_tdata (abfd)->dwarf2_find_line_info))
12854 if (_bfd_dwarf1_find_nearest_line (abfd, symbols, section, offset,
12855 filename_ptr, functionname_ptr,
12859 msec = bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd, ".mdebug");
12862 flagword origflags;
12863 struct mips_elf_find_line *fi;
12864 const struct ecoff_debug_swap * const swap =
12865 get_elf_backend_data (abfd)->elf_backend_ecoff_debug_swap;
12867 /* If we are called during a link, mips_elf_final_link may have
12868 cleared the SEC_HAS_CONTENTS field. We force it back on here
12869 if appropriate (which it normally will be). */
12870 origflags = msec->flags;
12871 if (elf_section_data (msec)->this_hdr.sh_type != SHT_NOBITS)
12872 msec->flags |= SEC_HAS_CONTENTS;
12874 fi = mips_elf_tdata (abfd)->find_line_info;
12877 bfd_size_type external_fdr_size;
12880 struct fdr *fdr_ptr;
12881 bfd_size_type amt = sizeof (struct mips_elf_find_line);
12883 fi = bfd_zalloc (abfd, amt);
12886 msec->flags = origflags;
12890 if (! _bfd_mips_elf_read_ecoff_info (abfd, msec, &fi->d))
12892 msec->flags = origflags;
12896 /* Swap in the FDR information. */
12897 amt = fi->d.symbolic_header.ifdMax * sizeof (struct fdr);
12898 fi->d.fdr = bfd_alloc (abfd, amt);
12899 if (fi->d.fdr == NULL)
12901 msec->flags = origflags;
12904 external_fdr_size = swap->external_fdr_size;
12905 fdr_ptr = fi->d.fdr;
12906 fraw_src = (char *) fi->d.external_fdr;
12907 fraw_end = (fraw_src
12908 + fi->d.symbolic_header.ifdMax * external_fdr_size);
12909 for (; fraw_src < fraw_end; fraw_src += external_fdr_size, fdr_ptr++)
12910 (*swap->swap_fdr_in) (abfd, fraw_src, fdr_ptr);
12912 mips_elf_tdata (abfd)->find_line_info = fi;
12914 /* Note that we don't bother to ever free this information.
12915 find_nearest_line is either called all the time, as in
12916 objdump -l, so the information should be saved, or it is
12917 rarely called, as in ld error messages, so the memory
12918 wasted is unimportant. Still, it would probably be a
12919 good idea for free_cached_info to throw it away. */
12922 if (_bfd_ecoff_locate_line (abfd, section, offset, &fi->d, swap,
12923 &fi->i, filename_ptr, functionname_ptr,
12926 msec->flags = origflags;
12930 msec->flags = origflags;
12933 /* Fall back on the generic ELF find_nearest_line routine. */
12935 return _bfd_elf_find_nearest_line (abfd, symbols, section, offset,
12936 filename_ptr, functionname_ptr,
12937 line_ptr, discriminator_ptr);
12941 _bfd_mips_elf_find_inliner_info (bfd *abfd,
12942 const char **filename_ptr,
12943 const char **functionname_ptr,
12944 unsigned int *line_ptr)
12947 found = _bfd_dwarf2_find_inliner_info (abfd, filename_ptr,
12948 functionname_ptr, line_ptr,
12949 & elf_tdata (abfd)->dwarf2_find_line_info);
12954 /* When are writing out the .options or .MIPS.options section,
12955 remember the bytes we are writing out, so that we can install the
12956 GP value in the section_processing routine. */
12959 _bfd_mips_elf_set_section_contents (bfd *abfd, sec_ptr section,
12960 const void *location,
12961 file_ptr offset, bfd_size_type count)
12963 if (MIPS_ELF_OPTIONS_SECTION_NAME_P (section->name))
12967 if (elf_section_data (section) == NULL)
12969 bfd_size_type amt = sizeof (struct bfd_elf_section_data);
12970 section->used_by_bfd = bfd_zalloc (abfd, amt);
12971 if (elf_section_data (section) == NULL)
12974 c = mips_elf_section_data (section)->u.tdata;
12977 c = bfd_zalloc (abfd, section->size);
12980 mips_elf_section_data (section)->u.tdata = c;
12983 memcpy (c + offset, location, count);
12986 return _bfd_elf_set_section_contents (abfd, section, location, offset,
12990 /* This is almost identical to bfd_generic_get_... except that some
12991 MIPS relocations need to be handled specially. Sigh. */
12994 _bfd_elf_mips_get_relocated_section_contents
12996 struct bfd_link_info *link_info,
12997 struct bfd_link_order *link_order,
12999 bfd_boolean relocatable,
13002 /* Get enough memory to hold the stuff */
13003 bfd *input_bfd = link_order->u.indirect.section->owner;
13004 asection *input_section = link_order->u.indirect.section;
13007 long reloc_size = bfd_get_reloc_upper_bound (input_bfd, input_section);
13008 arelent **reloc_vector = NULL;
13011 if (reloc_size < 0)
13014 reloc_vector = bfd_malloc (reloc_size);
13015 if (reloc_vector == NULL && reloc_size != 0)
13018 /* read in the section */
13019 sz = input_section->rawsize ? input_section->rawsize : input_section->size;
13020 if (!bfd_get_section_contents (input_bfd, input_section, data, 0, sz))
13023 reloc_count = bfd_canonicalize_reloc (input_bfd,
13027 if (reloc_count < 0)
13030 if (reloc_count > 0)
13035 bfd_vma gp = 0x12345678; /* initialize just to shut gcc up */
13038 struct bfd_hash_entry *h;
13039 struct bfd_link_hash_entry *lh;
13040 /* Skip all this stuff if we aren't mixing formats. */
13041 if (abfd && input_bfd
13042 && abfd->xvec == input_bfd->xvec)
13046 h = bfd_hash_lookup (&link_info->hash->table, "_gp", FALSE, FALSE);
13047 lh = (struct bfd_link_hash_entry *) h;
13054 case bfd_link_hash_undefined:
13055 case bfd_link_hash_undefweak:
13056 case bfd_link_hash_common:
13059 case bfd_link_hash_defined:
13060 case bfd_link_hash_defweak:
13062 gp = lh->u.def.value;
13064 case bfd_link_hash_indirect:
13065 case bfd_link_hash_warning:
13067 /* @@FIXME ignoring warning for now */
13069 case bfd_link_hash_new:
13078 for (parent = reloc_vector; *parent != NULL; parent++)
13080 char *error_message = NULL;
13081 bfd_reloc_status_type r;
13083 /* Specific to MIPS: Deal with relocation types that require
13084 knowing the gp of the output bfd. */
13085 asymbol *sym = *(*parent)->sym_ptr_ptr;
13087 /* If we've managed to find the gp and have a special
13088 function for the relocation then go ahead, else default
13089 to the generic handling. */
13091 && (*parent)->howto->special_function
13092 == _bfd_mips_elf32_gprel16_reloc)
13093 r = _bfd_mips_elf_gprel16_with_gp (input_bfd, sym, *parent,
13094 input_section, relocatable,
13097 r = bfd_perform_relocation (input_bfd, *parent, data,
13099 relocatable ? abfd : NULL,
13104 asection *os = input_section->output_section;
13106 /* A partial link, so keep the relocs */
13107 os->orelocation[os->reloc_count] = *parent;
13111 if (r != bfd_reloc_ok)
13115 case bfd_reloc_undefined:
13116 (*link_info->callbacks->undefined_symbol)
13117 (link_info, bfd_asymbol_name (*(*parent)->sym_ptr_ptr),
13118 input_bfd, input_section, (*parent)->address, TRUE);
13120 case bfd_reloc_dangerous:
13121 BFD_ASSERT (error_message != NULL);
13122 (*link_info->callbacks->reloc_dangerous)
13123 (link_info, error_message,
13124 input_bfd, input_section, (*parent)->address);
13126 case bfd_reloc_overflow:
13127 (*link_info->callbacks->reloc_overflow)
13129 bfd_asymbol_name (*(*parent)->sym_ptr_ptr),
13130 (*parent)->howto->name, (*parent)->addend,
13131 input_bfd, input_section, (*parent)->address);
13133 case bfd_reloc_outofrange:
13142 if (reloc_vector != NULL)
13143 free (reloc_vector);
13147 if (reloc_vector != NULL)
13148 free (reloc_vector);
13153 mips_elf_relax_delete_bytes (bfd *abfd,
13154 asection *sec, bfd_vma addr, int count)
13156 Elf_Internal_Shdr *symtab_hdr;
13157 unsigned int sec_shndx;
13158 bfd_byte *contents;
13159 Elf_Internal_Rela *irel, *irelend;
13160 Elf_Internal_Sym *isym;
13161 Elf_Internal_Sym *isymend;
13162 struct elf_link_hash_entry **sym_hashes;
13163 struct elf_link_hash_entry **end_hashes;
13164 struct elf_link_hash_entry **start_hashes;
13165 unsigned int symcount;
13167 sec_shndx = _bfd_elf_section_from_bfd_section (abfd, sec);
13168 contents = elf_section_data (sec)->this_hdr.contents;
13170 irel = elf_section_data (sec)->relocs;
13171 irelend = irel + sec->reloc_count;
13173 /* Actually delete the bytes. */
13174 memmove (contents + addr, contents + addr + count,
13175 (size_t) (sec->size - addr - count));
13176 sec->size -= count;
13178 /* Adjust all the relocs. */
13179 for (irel = elf_section_data (sec)->relocs; irel < irelend; irel++)
13181 /* Get the new reloc address. */
13182 if (irel->r_offset > addr)
13183 irel->r_offset -= count;
13186 BFD_ASSERT (addr % 2 == 0);
13187 BFD_ASSERT (count % 2 == 0);
13189 /* Adjust the local symbols defined in this section. */
13190 symtab_hdr = &elf_tdata (abfd)->symtab_hdr;
13191 isym = (Elf_Internal_Sym *) symtab_hdr->contents;
13192 for (isymend = isym + symtab_hdr->sh_info; isym < isymend; isym++)
13193 if (isym->st_shndx == sec_shndx && isym->st_value > addr)
13194 isym->st_value -= count;
13196 /* Now adjust the global symbols defined in this section. */
13197 symcount = (symtab_hdr->sh_size / sizeof (Elf32_External_Sym)
13198 - symtab_hdr->sh_info);
13199 sym_hashes = start_hashes = elf_sym_hashes (abfd);
13200 end_hashes = sym_hashes + symcount;
13202 for (; sym_hashes < end_hashes; sym_hashes++)
13204 struct elf_link_hash_entry *sym_hash = *sym_hashes;
13206 if ((sym_hash->root.type == bfd_link_hash_defined
13207 || sym_hash->root.type == bfd_link_hash_defweak)
13208 && sym_hash->root.u.def.section == sec)
13210 bfd_vma value = sym_hash->root.u.def.value;
13212 if (ELF_ST_IS_MICROMIPS (sym_hash->other))
13213 value &= MINUS_TWO;
13215 sym_hash->root.u.def.value -= count;
13223 /* Opcodes needed for microMIPS relaxation as found in
13224 opcodes/micromips-opc.c. */
13226 struct opcode_descriptor {
13227 unsigned long match;
13228 unsigned long mask;
13231 /* The $ra register aka $31. */
13235 /* 32-bit instruction format register fields. */
13237 #define OP32_SREG(opcode) (((opcode) >> 16) & 0x1f)
13238 #define OP32_TREG(opcode) (((opcode) >> 21) & 0x1f)
13240 /* Check if a 5-bit register index can be abbreviated to 3 bits. */
13242 #define OP16_VALID_REG(r) \
13243 ((2 <= (r) && (r) <= 7) || (16 <= (r) && (r) <= 17))
13246 /* 32-bit and 16-bit branches. */
13248 static const struct opcode_descriptor b_insns_32[] = {
13249 { /* "b", "p", */ 0x40400000, 0xffff0000 }, /* bgez 0 */
13250 { /* "b", "p", */ 0x94000000, 0xffff0000 }, /* beq 0, 0 */
13251 { 0, 0 } /* End marker for find_match(). */
13254 static const struct opcode_descriptor bc_insn_32 =
13255 { /* "bc(1|2)(ft)", "N,p", */ 0x42800000, 0xfec30000 };
13257 static const struct opcode_descriptor bz_insn_32 =
13258 { /* "b(g|l)(e|t)z", "s,p", */ 0x40000000, 0xff200000 };
13260 static const struct opcode_descriptor bzal_insn_32 =
13261 { /* "b(ge|lt)zal", "s,p", */ 0x40200000, 0xffa00000 };
13263 static const struct opcode_descriptor beq_insn_32 =
13264 { /* "b(eq|ne)", "s,t,p", */ 0x94000000, 0xdc000000 };
13266 static const struct opcode_descriptor b_insn_16 =
13267 { /* "b", "mD", */ 0xcc00, 0xfc00 };
13269 static const struct opcode_descriptor bz_insn_16 =
13270 { /* "b(eq|ne)z", "md,mE", */ 0x8c00, 0xdc00 };
13273 /* 32-bit and 16-bit branch EQ and NE zero. */
13275 /* NOTE: All opcode tables have BEQ/BNE in the same order: first the
13276 eq and second the ne. This convention is used when replacing a
13277 32-bit BEQ/BNE with the 16-bit version. */
13279 #define BZC32_REG_FIELD(r) (((r) & 0x1f) << 16)
13281 static const struct opcode_descriptor bz_rs_insns_32[] = {
13282 { /* "beqz", "s,p", */ 0x94000000, 0xffe00000 },
13283 { /* "bnez", "s,p", */ 0xb4000000, 0xffe00000 },
13284 { 0, 0 } /* End marker for find_match(). */
13287 static const struct opcode_descriptor bz_rt_insns_32[] = {
13288 { /* "beqz", "t,p", */ 0x94000000, 0xfc01f000 },
13289 { /* "bnez", "t,p", */ 0xb4000000, 0xfc01f000 },
13290 { 0, 0 } /* End marker for find_match(). */
13293 static const struct opcode_descriptor bzc_insns_32[] = {
13294 { /* "beqzc", "s,p", */ 0x40e00000, 0xffe00000 },
13295 { /* "bnezc", "s,p", */ 0x40a00000, 0xffe00000 },
13296 { 0, 0 } /* End marker for find_match(). */
13299 static const struct opcode_descriptor bz_insns_16[] = {
13300 { /* "beqz", "md,mE", */ 0x8c00, 0xfc00 },
13301 { /* "bnez", "md,mE", */ 0xac00, 0xfc00 },
13302 { 0, 0 } /* End marker for find_match(). */
13305 /* Switch between a 5-bit register index and its 3-bit shorthand. */
13307 #define BZ16_REG(opcode) ((((((opcode) >> 7) & 7) + 0x1e) & 0xf) + 2)
13308 #define BZ16_REG_FIELD(r) (((r) & 7) << 7)
13311 /* 32-bit instructions with a delay slot. */
13313 static const struct opcode_descriptor jal_insn_32_bd16 =
13314 { /* "jals", "a", */ 0x74000000, 0xfc000000 };
13316 static const struct opcode_descriptor jal_insn_32_bd32 =
13317 { /* "jal", "a", */ 0xf4000000, 0xfc000000 };
13319 static const struct opcode_descriptor jal_x_insn_32_bd32 =
13320 { /* "jal[x]", "a", */ 0xf0000000, 0xf8000000 };
13322 static const struct opcode_descriptor j_insn_32 =
13323 { /* "j", "a", */ 0xd4000000, 0xfc000000 };
13325 static const struct opcode_descriptor jalr_insn_32 =
13326 { /* "jalr[.hb]", "t,s", */ 0x00000f3c, 0xfc00efff };
13328 /* This table can be compacted, because no opcode replacement is made. */
13330 static const struct opcode_descriptor ds_insns_32_bd16[] = {
13331 { /* "jals", "a", */ 0x74000000, 0xfc000000 },
13333 { /* "jalrs[.hb]", "t,s", */ 0x00004f3c, 0xfc00efff },
13334 { /* "b(ge|lt)zals", "s,p", */ 0x42200000, 0xffa00000 },
13336 { /* "b(g|l)(e|t)z", "s,p", */ 0x40000000, 0xff200000 },
13337 { /* "b(eq|ne)", "s,t,p", */ 0x94000000, 0xdc000000 },
13338 { /* "j", "a", */ 0xd4000000, 0xfc000000 },
13339 { 0, 0 } /* End marker for find_match(). */
13342 /* This table can be compacted, because no opcode replacement is made. */
13344 static const struct opcode_descriptor ds_insns_32_bd32[] = {
13345 { /* "jal[x]", "a", */ 0xf0000000, 0xf8000000 },
13347 { /* "jalr[.hb]", "t,s", */ 0x00000f3c, 0xfc00efff },
13348 { /* "b(ge|lt)zal", "s,p", */ 0x40200000, 0xffa00000 },
13349 { 0, 0 } /* End marker for find_match(). */
13353 /* 16-bit instructions with a delay slot. */
13355 static const struct opcode_descriptor jalr_insn_16_bd16 =
13356 { /* "jalrs", "my,mj", */ 0x45e0, 0xffe0 };
13358 static const struct opcode_descriptor jalr_insn_16_bd32 =
13359 { /* "jalr", "my,mj", */ 0x45c0, 0xffe0 };
13361 static const struct opcode_descriptor jr_insn_16 =
13362 { /* "jr", "mj", */ 0x4580, 0xffe0 };
13364 #define JR16_REG(opcode) ((opcode) & 0x1f)
13366 /* This table can be compacted, because no opcode replacement is made. */
13368 static const struct opcode_descriptor ds_insns_16_bd16[] = {
13369 { /* "jalrs", "my,mj", */ 0x45e0, 0xffe0 },
13371 { /* "b", "mD", */ 0xcc00, 0xfc00 },
13372 { /* "b(eq|ne)z", "md,mE", */ 0x8c00, 0xdc00 },
13373 { /* "jr", "mj", */ 0x4580, 0xffe0 },
13374 { 0, 0 } /* End marker for find_match(). */
13378 /* LUI instruction. */
13380 static const struct opcode_descriptor lui_insn =
13381 { /* "lui", "s,u", */ 0x41a00000, 0xffe00000 };
13384 /* ADDIU instruction. */
13386 static const struct opcode_descriptor addiu_insn =
13387 { /* "addiu", "t,r,j", */ 0x30000000, 0xfc000000 };
13389 static const struct opcode_descriptor addiupc_insn =
13390 { /* "addiu", "mb,$pc,mQ", */ 0x78000000, 0xfc000000 };
13392 #define ADDIUPC_REG_FIELD(r) \
13393 (((2 <= (r) && (r) <= 7) ? (r) : ((r) - 16)) << 23)
13396 /* Relaxable instructions in a JAL delay slot: MOVE. */
13398 /* The 16-bit move has rd in 9:5 and rs in 4:0. The 32-bit moves
13399 (ADDU, OR) have rd in 15:11 and rs in 10:16. */
13400 #define MOVE32_RD(opcode) (((opcode) >> 11) & 0x1f)
13401 #define MOVE32_RS(opcode) (((opcode) >> 16) & 0x1f)
13403 #define MOVE16_RD_FIELD(r) (((r) & 0x1f) << 5)
13404 #define MOVE16_RS_FIELD(r) (((r) & 0x1f) )
13406 static const struct opcode_descriptor move_insns_32[] = {
13407 { /* "move", "d,s", */ 0x00000290, 0xffe007ff }, /* or d,s,$0 */
13408 { /* "move", "d,s", */ 0x00000150, 0xffe007ff }, /* addu d,s,$0 */
13409 { 0, 0 } /* End marker for find_match(). */
13412 static const struct opcode_descriptor move_insn_16 =
13413 { /* "move", "mp,mj", */ 0x0c00, 0xfc00 };
13416 /* NOP instructions. */
13418 static const struct opcode_descriptor nop_insn_32 =
13419 { /* "nop", "", */ 0x00000000, 0xffffffff };
13421 static const struct opcode_descriptor nop_insn_16 =
13422 { /* "nop", "", */ 0x0c00, 0xffff };
13425 /* Instruction match support. */
13427 #define MATCH(opcode, insn) ((opcode & insn.mask) == insn.match)
13430 find_match (unsigned long opcode, const struct opcode_descriptor insn[])
13432 unsigned long indx;
13434 for (indx = 0; insn[indx].mask != 0; indx++)
13435 if (MATCH (opcode, insn[indx]))
13442 /* Branch and delay slot decoding support. */
13444 /* If PTR points to what *might* be a 16-bit branch or jump, then
13445 return the minimum length of its delay slot, otherwise return 0.
13446 Non-zero results are not definitive as we might be checking against
13447 the second half of another instruction. */
13450 check_br16_dslot (bfd *abfd, bfd_byte *ptr)
13452 unsigned long opcode;
13455 opcode = bfd_get_16 (abfd, ptr);
13456 if (MATCH (opcode, jalr_insn_16_bd32) != 0)
13457 /* 16-bit branch/jump with a 32-bit delay slot. */
13459 else if (MATCH (opcode, jalr_insn_16_bd16) != 0
13460 || find_match (opcode, ds_insns_16_bd16) >= 0)
13461 /* 16-bit branch/jump with a 16-bit delay slot. */
13464 /* No delay slot. */
13470 /* If PTR points to what *might* be a 32-bit branch or jump, then
13471 return the minimum length of its delay slot, otherwise return 0.
13472 Non-zero results are not definitive as we might be checking against
13473 the second half of another instruction. */
13476 check_br32_dslot (bfd *abfd, bfd_byte *ptr)
13478 unsigned long opcode;
13481 opcode = bfd_get_micromips_32 (abfd, ptr);
13482 if (find_match (opcode, ds_insns_32_bd32) >= 0)
13483 /* 32-bit branch/jump with a 32-bit delay slot. */
13485 else if (find_match (opcode, ds_insns_32_bd16) >= 0)
13486 /* 32-bit branch/jump with a 16-bit delay slot. */
13489 /* No delay slot. */
13495 /* If PTR points to a 16-bit branch or jump with a 32-bit delay slot
13496 that doesn't fiddle with REG, then return TRUE, otherwise FALSE. */
13499 check_br16 (bfd *abfd, bfd_byte *ptr, unsigned long reg)
13501 unsigned long opcode;
13503 opcode = bfd_get_16 (abfd, ptr);
13504 if (MATCH (opcode, b_insn_16)
13506 || (MATCH (opcode, jr_insn_16) && reg != JR16_REG (opcode))
13508 || (MATCH (opcode, bz_insn_16) && reg != BZ16_REG (opcode))
13509 /* BEQZ16, BNEZ16 */
13510 || (MATCH (opcode, jalr_insn_16_bd32)
13512 && reg != JR16_REG (opcode) && reg != RA))
13518 /* If PTR points to a 32-bit branch or jump that doesn't fiddle with REG,
13519 then return TRUE, otherwise FALSE. */
13522 check_br32 (bfd *abfd, bfd_byte *ptr, unsigned long reg)
13524 unsigned long opcode;
13526 opcode = bfd_get_micromips_32 (abfd, ptr);
13527 if (MATCH (opcode, j_insn_32)
13529 || MATCH (opcode, bc_insn_32)
13530 /* BC1F, BC1T, BC2F, BC2T */
13531 || (MATCH (opcode, jal_x_insn_32_bd32) && reg != RA)
13533 || (MATCH (opcode, bz_insn_32) && reg != OP32_SREG (opcode))
13534 /* BGEZ, BGTZ, BLEZ, BLTZ */
13535 || (MATCH (opcode, bzal_insn_32)
13536 /* BGEZAL, BLTZAL */
13537 && reg != OP32_SREG (opcode) && reg != RA)
13538 || ((MATCH (opcode, jalr_insn_32) || MATCH (opcode, beq_insn_32))
13539 /* JALR, JALR.HB, BEQ, BNE */
13540 && reg != OP32_SREG (opcode) && reg != OP32_TREG (opcode)))
13546 /* If the instruction encoding at PTR and relocations [INTERNAL_RELOCS,
13547 IRELEND) at OFFSET indicate that there must be a compact branch there,
13548 then return TRUE, otherwise FALSE. */
13551 check_relocated_bzc (bfd *abfd, const bfd_byte *ptr, bfd_vma offset,
13552 const Elf_Internal_Rela *internal_relocs,
13553 const Elf_Internal_Rela *irelend)
13555 const Elf_Internal_Rela *irel;
13556 unsigned long opcode;
13558 opcode = bfd_get_micromips_32 (abfd, ptr);
13559 if (find_match (opcode, bzc_insns_32) < 0)
13562 for (irel = internal_relocs; irel < irelend; irel++)
13563 if (irel->r_offset == offset
13564 && ELF32_R_TYPE (irel->r_info) == R_MICROMIPS_PC16_S1)
13570 /* Bitsize checking. */
13571 #define IS_BITSIZE(val, N) \
13572 (((((val) & ((1ULL << (N)) - 1)) ^ (1ULL << ((N) - 1))) \
13573 - (1ULL << ((N) - 1))) == (val))
13577 _bfd_mips_elf_relax_section (bfd *abfd, asection *sec,
13578 struct bfd_link_info *link_info,
13579 bfd_boolean *again)
13581 bfd_boolean insn32 = mips_elf_hash_table (link_info)->insn32;
13582 Elf_Internal_Shdr *symtab_hdr;
13583 Elf_Internal_Rela *internal_relocs;
13584 Elf_Internal_Rela *irel, *irelend;
13585 bfd_byte *contents = NULL;
13586 Elf_Internal_Sym *isymbuf = NULL;
13588 /* Assume nothing changes. */
13591 /* We don't have to do anything for a relocatable link, if
13592 this section does not have relocs, or if this is not a
13595 if (bfd_link_relocatable (link_info)
13596 || (sec->flags & SEC_RELOC) == 0
13597 || sec->reloc_count == 0
13598 || (sec->flags & SEC_CODE) == 0)
13601 symtab_hdr = &elf_tdata (abfd)->symtab_hdr;
13603 /* Get a copy of the native relocations. */
13604 internal_relocs = (_bfd_elf_link_read_relocs
13605 (abfd, sec, NULL, (Elf_Internal_Rela *) NULL,
13606 link_info->keep_memory));
13607 if (internal_relocs == NULL)
13610 /* Walk through them looking for relaxing opportunities. */
13611 irelend = internal_relocs + sec->reloc_count;
13612 for (irel = internal_relocs; irel < irelend; irel++)
13614 unsigned long r_symndx = ELF32_R_SYM (irel->r_info);
13615 unsigned int r_type = ELF32_R_TYPE (irel->r_info);
13616 bfd_boolean target_is_micromips_code_p;
13617 unsigned long opcode;
13623 /* The number of bytes to delete for relaxation and from where
13624 to delete these bytes starting at irel->r_offset. */
13628 /* If this isn't something that can be relaxed, then ignore
13630 if (r_type != R_MICROMIPS_HI16
13631 && r_type != R_MICROMIPS_PC16_S1
13632 && r_type != R_MICROMIPS_26_S1)
13635 /* Get the section contents if we haven't done so already. */
13636 if (contents == NULL)
13638 /* Get cached copy if it exists. */
13639 if (elf_section_data (sec)->this_hdr.contents != NULL)
13640 contents = elf_section_data (sec)->this_hdr.contents;
13641 /* Go get them off disk. */
13642 else if (!bfd_malloc_and_get_section (abfd, sec, &contents))
13645 ptr = contents + irel->r_offset;
13647 /* Read this BFD's local symbols if we haven't done so already. */
13648 if (isymbuf == NULL && symtab_hdr->sh_info != 0)
13650 isymbuf = (Elf_Internal_Sym *) symtab_hdr->contents;
13651 if (isymbuf == NULL)
13652 isymbuf = bfd_elf_get_elf_syms (abfd, symtab_hdr,
13653 symtab_hdr->sh_info, 0,
13655 if (isymbuf == NULL)
13659 /* Get the value of the symbol referred to by the reloc. */
13660 if (r_symndx < symtab_hdr->sh_info)
13662 /* A local symbol. */
13663 Elf_Internal_Sym *isym;
13666 isym = isymbuf + r_symndx;
13667 if (isym->st_shndx == SHN_UNDEF)
13668 sym_sec = bfd_und_section_ptr;
13669 else if (isym->st_shndx == SHN_ABS)
13670 sym_sec = bfd_abs_section_ptr;
13671 else if (isym->st_shndx == SHN_COMMON)
13672 sym_sec = bfd_com_section_ptr;
13674 sym_sec = bfd_section_from_elf_index (abfd, isym->st_shndx);
13675 symval = (isym->st_value
13676 + sym_sec->output_section->vma
13677 + sym_sec->output_offset);
13678 target_is_micromips_code_p = ELF_ST_IS_MICROMIPS (isym->st_other);
13682 unsigned long indx;
13683 struct elf_link_hash_entry *h;
13685 /* An external symbol. */
13686 indx = r_symndx - symtab_hdr->sh_info;
13687 h = elf_sym_hashes (abfd)[indx];
13688 BFD_ASSERT (h != NULL);
13690 if (h->root.type != bfd_link_hash_defined
13691 && h->root.type != bfd_link_hash_defweak)
13692 /* This appears to be a reference to an undefined
13693 symbol. Just ignore it -- it will be caught by the
13694 regular reloc processing. */
13697 symval = (h->root.u.def.value
13698 + h->root.u.def.section->output_section->vma
13699 + h->root.u.def.section->output_offset);
13700 target_is_micromips_code_p = (!h->needs_plt
13701 && ELF_ST_IS_MICROMIPS (h->other));
13705 /* For simplicity of coding, we are going to modify the
13706 section contents, the section relocs, and the BFD symbol
13707 table. We must tell the rest of the code not to free up this
13708 information. It would be possible to instead create a table
13709 of changes which have to be made, as is done in coff-mips.c;
13710 that would be more work, but would require less memory when
13711 the linker is run. */
13713 /* Only 32-bit instructions relaxed. */
13714 if (irel->r_offset + 4 > sec->size)
13717 opcode = bfd_get_micromips_32 (abfd, ptr);
13719 /* This is the pc-relative distance from the instruction the
13720 relocation is applied to, to the symbol referred. */
13722 - (sec->output_section->vma + sec->output_offset)
13725 /* R_MICROMIPS_HI16 / LUI relaxation to nil, performing relaxation
13726 of corresponding R_MICROMIPS_LO16 to R_MICROMIPS_HI0_LO16 or
13727 R_MICROMIPS_PC23_S2. The R_MICROMIPS_PC23_S2 condition is
13729 (symval % 4 == 0 && IS_BITSIZE (pcrval, 25))
13731 where pcrval has first to be adjusted to apply against the LO16
13732 location (we make the adjustment later on, when we have figured
13733 out the offset). */
13734 if (r_type == R_MICROMIPS_HI16 && MATCH (opcode, lui_insn))
13736 bfd_boolean bzc = FALSE;
13737 unsigned long nextopc;
13741 /* Give up if the previous reloc was a HI16 against this symbol
13743 if (irel > internal_relocs
13744 && ELF32_R_TYPE (irel[-1].r_info) == R_MICROMIPS_HI16
13745 && ELF32_R_SYM (irel[-1].r_info) == r_symndx)
13748 /* Or if the next reloc is not a LO16 against this symbol. */
13749 if (irel + 1 >= irelend
13750 || ELF32_R_TYPE (irel[1].r_info) != R_MICROMIPS_LO16
13751 || ELF32_R_SYM (irel[1].r_info) != r_symndx)
13754 /* Or if the second next reloc is a LO16 against this symbol too. */
13755 if (irel + 2 >= irelend
13756 && ELF32_R_TYPE (irel[2].r_info) == R_MICROMIPS_LO16
13757 && ELF32_R_SYM (irel[2].r_info) == r_symndx)
13760 /* See if the LUI instruction *might* be in a branch delay slot.
13761 We check whether what looks like a 16-bit branch or jump is
13762 actually an immediate argument to a compact branch, and let
13763 it through if so. */
13764 if (irel->r_offset >= 2
13765 && check_br16_dslot (abfd, ptr - 2)
13766 && !(irel->r_offset >= 4
13767 && (bzc = check_relocated_bzc (abfd,
13768 ptr - 4, irel->r_offset - 4,
13769 internal_relocs, irelend))))
13771 if (irel->r_offset >= 4
13773 && check_br32_dslot (abfd, ptr - 4))
13776 reg = OP32_SREG (opcode);
13778 /* We only relax adjacent instructions or ones separated with
13779 a branch or jump that has a delay slot. The branch or jump
13780 must not fiddle with the register used to hold the address.
13781 Subtract 4 for the LUI itself. */
13782 offset = irel[1].r_offset - irel[0].r_offset;
13783 switch (offset - 4)
13788 if (check_br16 (abfd, ptr + 4, reg))
13792 if (check_br32 (abfd, ptr + 4, reg))
13799 nextopc = bfd_get_micromips_32 (abfd, contents + irel[1].r_offset);
13801 /* Give up unless the same register is used with both
13803 if (OP32_SREG (nextopc) != reg)
13806 /* Now adjust pcrval, subtracting the offset to the LO16 reloc
13807 and rounding up to take masking of the two LSBs into account. */
13808 pcrval = ((pcrval - offset + 3) | 3) ^ 3;
13810 /* R_MICROMIPS_LO16 relaxation to R_MICROMIPS_HI0_LO16. */
13811 if (IS_BITSIZE (symval, 16))
13813 /* Fix the relocation's type. */
13814 irel[1].r_info = ELF32_R_INFO (r_symndx, R_MICROMIPS_HI0_LO16);
13816 /* Instructions using R_MICROMIPS_LO16 have the base or
13817 source register in bits 20:16. This register becomes $0
13818 (zero) as the result of the R_MICROMIPS_HI16 being 0. */
13819 nextopc &= ~0x001f0000;
13820 bfd_put_16 (abfd, (nextopc >> 16) & 0xffff,
13821 contents + irel[1].r_offset);
13824 /* R_MICROMIPS_LO16 / ADDIU relaxation to R_MICROMIPS_PC23_S2.
13825 We add 4 to take LUI deletion into account while checking
13826 the PC-relative distance. */
13827 else if (symval % 4 == 0
13828 && IS_BITSIZE (pcrval + 4, 25)
13829 && MATCH (nextopc, addiu_insn)
13830 && OP32_TREG (nextopc) == OP32_SREG (nextopc)
13831 && OP16_VALID_REG (OP32_TREG (nextopc)))
13833 /* Fix the relocation's type. */
13834 irel[1].r_info = ELF32_R_INFO (r_symndx, R_MICROMIPS_PC23_S2);
13836 /* Replace ADDIU with the ADDIUPC version. */
13837 nextopc = (addiupc_insn.match
13838 | ADDIUPC_REG_FIELD (OP32_TREG (nextopc)));
13840 bfd_put_micromips_32 (abfd, nextopc,
13841 contents + irel[1].r_offset);
13844 /* Can't do anything, give up, sigh... */
13848 /* Fix the relocation's type. */
13849 irel->r_info = ELF32_R_INFO (r_symndx, R_MIPS_NONE);
13851 /* Delete the LUI instruction: 4 bytes at irel->r_offset. */
13856 /* Compact branch relaxation -- due to the multitude of macros
13857 employed by the compiler/assembler, compact branches are not
13858 always generated. Obviously, this can/will be fixed elsewhere,
13859 but there is no drawback in double checking it here. */
13860 else if (r_type == R_MICROMIPS_PC16_S1
13861 && irel->r_offset + 5 < sec->size
13862 && ((fndopc = find_match (opcode, bz_rs_insns_32)) >= 0
13863 || (fndopc = find_match (opcode, bz_rt_insns_32)) >= 0)
13865 && (delcnt = MATCH (bfd_get_16 (abfd, ptr + 4),
13866 nop_insn_16) ? 2 : 0))
13867 || (irel->r_offset + 7 < sec->size
13868 && (delcnt = MATCH (bfd_get_micromips_32 (abfd,
13870 nop_insn_32) ? 4 : 0))))
13874 reg = OP32_SREG (opcode) ? OP32_SREG (opcode) : OP32_TREG (opcode);
13876 /* Replace BEQZ/BNEZ with the compact version. */
13877 opcode = (bzc_insns_32[fndopc].match
13878 | BZC32_REG_FIELD (reg)
13879 | (opcode & 0xffff)); /* Addend value. */
13881 bfd_put_micromips_32 (abfd, opcode, ptr);
13883 /* Delete the delay slot NOP: two or four bytes from
13884 irel->offset + 4; delcnt has already been set above. */
13888 /* R_MICROMIPS_PC16_S1 relaxation to R_MICROMIPS_PC10_S1. We need
13889 to check the distance from the next instruction, so subtract 2. */
13891 && r_type == R_MICROMIPS_PC16_S1
13892 && IS_BITSIZE (pcrval - 2, 11)
13893 && find_match (opcode, b_insns_32) >= 0)
13895 /* Fix the relocation's type. */
13896 irel->r_info = ELF32_R_INFO (r_symndx, R_MICROMIPS_PC10_S1);
13898 /* Replace the 32-bit opcode with a 16-bit opcode. */
13901 | (opcode & 0x3ff)), /* Addend value. */
13904 /* Delete 2 bytes from irel->r_offset + 2. */
13909 /* R_MICROMIPS_PC16_S1 relaxation to R_MICROMIPS_PC7_S1. We need
13910 to check the distance from the next instruction, so subtract 2. */
13912 && r_type == R_MICROMIPS_PC16_S1
13913 && IS_BITSIZE (pcrval - 2, 8)
13914 && (((fndopc = find_match (opcode, bz_rs_insns_32)) >= 0
13915 && OP16_VALID_REG (OP32_SREG (opcode)))
13916 || ((fndopc = find_match (opcode, bz_rt_insns_32)) >= 0
13917 && OP16_VALID_REG (OP32_TREG (opcode)))))
13921 reg = OP32_SREG (opcode) ? OP32_SREG (opcode) : OP32_TREG (opcode);
13923 /* Fix the relocation's type. */
13924 irel->r_info = ELF32_R_INFO (r_symndx, R_MICROMIPS_PC7_S1);
13926 /* Replace the 32-bit opcode with a 16-bit opcode. */
13928 (bz_insns_16[fndopc].match
13929 | BZ16_REG_FIELD (reg)
13930 | (opcode & 0x7f)), /* Addend value. */
13933 /* Delete 2 bytes from irel->r_offset + 2. */
13938 /* R_MICROMIPS_26_S1 -- JAL to JALS relaxation for microMIPS targets. */
13940 && r_type == R_MICROMIPS_26_S1
13941 && target_is_micromips_code_p
13942 && irel->r_offset + 7 < sec->size
13943 && MATCH (opcode, jal_insn_32_bd32))
13945 unsigned long n32opc;
13946 bfd_boolean relaxed = FALSE;
13948 n32opc = bfd_get_micromips_32 (abfd, ptr + 4);
13950 if (MATCH (n32opc, nop_insn_32))
13952 /* Replace delay slot 32-bit NOP with a 16-bit NOP. */
13953 bfd_put_16 (abfd, nop_insn_16.match, ptr + 4);
13957 else if (find_match (n32opc, move_insns_32) >= 0)
13959 /* Replace delay slot 32-bit MOVE with 16-bit MOVE. */
13961 (move_insn_16.match
13962 | MOVE16_RD_FIELD (MOVE32_RD (n32opc))
13963 | MOVE16_RS_FIELD (MOVE32_RS (n32opc))),
13968 /* Other 32-bit instructions relaxable to 16-bit
13969 instructions will be handled here later. */
13973 /* JAL with 32-bit delay slot that is changed to a JALS
13974 with 16-bit delay slot. */
13975 bfd_put_micromips_32 (abfd, jal_insn_32_bd16.match, ptr);
13977 /* Delete 2 bytes from irel->r_offset + 6. */
13985 /* Note that we've changed the relocs, section contents, etc. */
13986 elf_section_data (sec)->relocs = internal_relocs;
13987 elf_section_data (sec)->this_hdr.contents = contents;
13988 symtab_hdr->contents = (unsigned char *) isymbuf;
13990 /* Delete bytes depending on the delcnt and deloff. */
13991 if (!mips_elf_relax_delete_bytes (abfd, sec,
13992 irel->r_offset + deloff, delcnt))
13995 /* That will change things, so we should relax again.
13996 Note that this is not required, and it may be slow. */
14001 if (isymbuf != NULL
14002 && symtab_hdr->contents != (unsigned char *) isymbuf)
14004 if (! link_info->keep_memory)
14008 /* Cache the symbols for elf_link_input_bfd. */
14009 symtab_hdr->contents = (unsigned char *) isymbuf;
14013 if (contents != NULL
14014 && elf_section_data (sec)->this_hdr.contents != contents)
14016 if (! link_info->keep_memory)
14020 /* Cache the section contents for elf_link_input_bfd. */
14021 elf_section_data (sec)->this_hdr.contents = contents;
14025 if (internal_relocs != NULL
14026 && elf_section_data (sec)->relocs != internal_relocs)
14027 free (internal_relocs);
14032 if (isymbuf != NULL
14033 && symtab_hdr->contents != (unsigned char *) isymbuf)
14035 if (contents != NULL
14036 && elf_section_data (sec)->this_hdr.contents != contents)
14038 if (internal_relocs != NULL
14039 && elf_section_data (sec)->relocs != internal_relocs)
14040 free (internal_relocs);
14045 /* Create a MIPS ELF linker hash table. */
14047 struct bfd_link_hash_table *
14048 _bfd_mips_elf_link_hash_table_create (bfd *abfd)
14050 struct mips_elf_link_hash_table *ret;
14051 bfd_size_type amt = sizeof (struct mips_elf_link_hash_table);
14053 ret = bfd_zmalloc (amt);
14057 if (!_bfd_elf_link_hash_table_init (&ret->root, abfd,
14058 mips_elf_link_hash_newfunc,
14059 sizeof (struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry),
14065 ret->root.init_plt_refcount.plist = NULL;
14066 ret->root.init_plt_offset.plist = NULL;
14068 return &ret->root.root;
14071 /* Likewise, but indicate that the target is VxWorks. */
14073 struct bfd_link_hash_table *
14074 _bfd_mips_vxworks_link_hash_table_create (bfd *abfd)
14076 struct bfd_link_hash_table *ret;
14078 ret = _bfd_mips_elf_link_hash_table_create (abfd);
14081 struct mips_elf_link_hash_table *htab;
14083 htab = (struct mips_elf_link_hash_table *) ret;
14084 htab->use_plts_and_copy_relocs = TRUE;
14085 htab->is_vxworks = TRUE;
14090 /* A function that the linker calls if we are allowed to use PLTs
14091 and copy relocs. */
14094 _bfd_mips_elf_use_plts_and_copy_relocs (struct bfd_link_info *info)
14096 mips_elf_hash_table (info)->use_plts_and_copy_relocs = TRUE;
14099 /* A function that the linker calls to select between all or only
14100 32-bit microMIPS instructions. */
14103 _bfd_mips_elf_insn32 (struct bfd_link_info *info, bfd_boolean on)
14105 mips_elf_hash_table (info)->insn32 = on;
14108 /* Structure for saying that BFD machine EXTENSION extends BASE. */
14110 struct mips_mach_extension
14112 unsigned long extension, base;
14116 /* An array describing how BFD machines relate to one another. The entries
14117 are ordered topologically with MIPS I extensions listed last. */
14119 static const struct mips_mach_extension mips_mach_extensions[] =
14121 /* MIPS64r2 extensions. */
14122 { bfd_mach_mips_octeon3, bfd_mach_mips_octeon2 },
14123 { bfd_mach_mips_octeon2, bfd_mach_mips_octeonp },
14124 { bfd_mach_mips_octeonp, bfd_mach_mips_octeon },
14125 { bfd_mach_mips_octeon, bfd_mach_mipsisa64r2 },
14126 { bfd_mach_mips_loongson_3a, bfd_mach_mipsisa64r2 },
14128 /* MIPS64 extensions. */
14129 { bfd_mach_mipsisa64r2, bfd_mach_mipsisa64 },
14130 { bfd_mach_mips_sb1, bfd_mach_mipsisa64 },
14131 { bfd_mach_mips_xlr, bfd_mach_mipsisa64 },
14133 /* MIPS V extensions. */
14134 { bfd_mach_mipsisa64, bfd_mach_mips5 },
14136 /* R10000 extensions. */
14137 { bfd_mach_mips12000, bfd_mach_mips10000 },
14138 { bfd_mach_mips14000, bfd_mach_mips10000 },
14139 { bfd_mach_mips16000, bfd_mach_mips10000 },
14141 /* R5000 extensions. Note: the vr5500 ISA is an extension of the core
14142 vr5400 ISA, but doesn't include the multimedia stuff. It seems
14143 better to allow vr5400 and vr5500 code to be merged anyway, since
14144 many libraries will just use the core ISA. Perhaps we could add
14145 some sort of ASE flag if this ever proves a problem. */
14146 { bfd_mach_mips5500, bfd_mach_mips5400 },
14147 { bfd_mach_mips5400, bfd_mach_mips5000 },
14149 /* MIPS IV extensions. */
14150 { bfd_mach_mips5, bfd_mach_mips8000 },
14151 { bfd_mach_mips10000, bfd_mach_mips8000 },
14152 { bfd_mach_mips5000, bfd_mach_mips8000 },
14153 { bfd_mach_mips7000, bfd_mach_mips8000 },
14154 { bfd_mach_mips9000, bfd_mach_mips8000 },
14156 /* VR4100 extensions. */
14157 { bfd_mach_mips4120, bfd_mach_mips4100 },
14158 { bfd_mach_mips4111, bfd_mach_mips4100 },
14160 /* MIPS III extensions. */
14161 { bfd_mach_mips_loongson_2e, bfd_mach_mips4000 },
14162 { bfd_mach_mips_loongson_2f, bfd_mach_mips4000 },
14163 { bfd_mach_mips8000, bfd_mach_mips4000 },
14164 { bfd_mach_mips4650, bfd_mach_mips4000 },
14165 { bfd_mach_mips4600, bfd_mach_mips4000 },
14166 { bfd_mach_mips4400, bfd_mach_mips4000 },
14167 { bfd_mach_mips4300, bfd_mach_mips4000 },
14168 { bfd_mach_mips4100, bfd_mach_mips4000 },
14169 { bfd_mach_mips4010, bfd_mach_mips4000 },
14170 { bfd_mach_mips5900, bfd_mach_mips4000 },
14172 /* MIPS32 extensions. */
14173 { bfd_mach_mipsisa32r2, bfd_mach_mipsisa32 },
14175 /* MIPS II extensions. */
14176 { bfd_mach_mips4000, bfd_mach_mips6000 },
14177 { bfd_mach_mipsisa32, bfd_mach_mips6000 },
14179 /* MIPS I extensions. */
14180 { bfd_mach_mips6000, bfd_mach_mips3000 },
14181 { bfd_mach_mips3900, bfd_mach_mips3000 }
14184 /* Return true if bfd machine EXTENSION is an extension of machine BASE. */
14187 mips_mach_extends_p (unsigned long base, unsigned long extension)
14191 if (extension == base)
14194 if (base == bfd_mach_mipsisa32
14195 && mips_mach_extends_p (bfd_mach_mipsisa64, extension))
14198 if (base == bfd_mach_mipsisa32r2
14199 && mips_mach_extends_p (bfd_mach_mipsisa64r2, extension))
14202 for (i = 0; i < ARRAY_SIZE (mips_mach_extensions); i++)
14203 if (extension == mips_mach_extensions[i].extension)
14205 extension = mips_mach_extensions[i].base;
14206 if (extension == base)
14213 /* Return the BFD mach for each .MIPS.abiflags ISA Extension. */
14215 static unsigned long
14216 bfd_mips_isa_ext_mach (unsigned int isa_ext)
14220 case AFL_EXT_3900: return bfd_mach_mips3900;
14221 case AFL_EXT_4010: return bfd_mach_mips4010;
14222 case AFL_EXT_4100: return bfd_mach_mips4100;
14223 case AFL_EXT_4111: return bfd_mach_mips4111;
14224 case AFL_EXT_4120: return bfd_mach_mips4120;
14225 case AFL_EXT_4650: return bfd_mach_mips4650;
14226 case AFL_EXT_5400: return bfd_mach_mips5400;
14227 case AFL_EXT_5500: return bfd_mach_mips5500;
14228 case AFL_EXT_5900: return bfd_mach_mips5900;
14229 case AFL_EXT_10000: return bfd_mach_mips10000;
14230 case AFL_EXT_LOONGSON_2E: return bfd_mach_mips_loongson_2e;
14231 case AFL_EXT_LOONGSON_2F: return bfd_mach_mips_loongson_2f;
14232 case AFL_EXT_LOONGSON_3A: return bfd_mach_mips_loongson_3a;
14233 case AFL_EXT_SB1: return bfd_mach_mips_sb1;
14234 case AFL_EXT_OCTEON: return bfd_mach_mips_octeon;
14235 case AFL_EXT_OCTEONP: return bfd_mach_mips_octeonp;
14236 case AFL_EXT_OCTEON2: return bfd_mach_mips_octeon2;
14237 case AFL_EXT_XLR: return bfd_mach_mips_xlr;
14238 default: return bfd_mach_mips3000;
14242 /* Return the .MIPS.abiflags value representing each ISA Extension. */
14245 bfd_mips_isa_ext (bfd *abfd)
14247 switch (bfd_get_mach (abfd))
14249 case bfd_mach_mips3900: return AFL_EXT_3900;
14250 case bfd_mach_mips4010: return AFL_EXT_4010;
14251 case bfd_mach_mips4100: return AFL_EXT_4100;
14252 case bfd_mach_mips4111: return AFL_EXT_4111;
14253 case bfd_mach_mips4120: return AFL_EXT_4120;
14254 case bfd_mach_mips4650: return AFL_EXT_4650;
14255 case bfd_mach_mips5400: return AFL_EXT_5400;
14256 case bfd_mach_mips5500: return AFL_EXT_5500;
14257 case bfd_mach_mips5900: return AFL_EXT_5900;
14258 case bfd_mach_mips10000: return AFL_EXT_10000;
14259 case bfd_mach_mips_loongson_2e: return AFL_EXT_LOONGSON_2E;
14260 case bfd_mach_mips_loongson_2f: return AFL_EXT_LOONGSON_2F;
14261 case bfd_mach_mips_loongson_3a: return AFL_EXT_LOONGSON_3A;
14262 case bfd_mach_mips_sb1: return AFL_EXT_SB1;
14263 case bfd_mach_mips_octeon: return AFL_EXT_OCTEON;
14264 case bfd_mach_mips_octeonp: return AFL_EXT_OCTEONP;
14265 case bfd_mach_mips_octeon3: return AFL_EXT_OCTEON3;
14266 case bfd_mach_mips_octeon2: return AFL_EXT_OCTEON2;
14267 case bfd_mach_mips_xlr: return AFL_EXT_XLR;
14272 /* Encode ISA level and revision as a single value. */
14273 #define LEVEL_REV(LEV,REV) ((LEV) << 3 | (REV))
14275 /* Decode a single value into level and revision. */
14276 #define ISA_LEVEL(LEVREV) ((LEVREV) >> 3)
14277 #define ISA_REV(LEVREV) ((LEVREV) & 0x7)
14279 /* Update the isa_level, isa_rev, isa_ext fields of abiflags. */
14282 update_mips_abiflags_isa (bfd *abfd, Elf_Internal_ABIFlags_v0 *abiflags)
14285 switch (elf_elfheader (abfd)->e_flags & EF_MIPS_ARCH)
14287 case E_MIPS_ARCH_1: new_isa = LEVEL_REV (1, 0); break;
14288 case E_MIPS_ARCH_2: new_isa = LEVEL_REV (2, 0); break;
14289 case E_MIPS_ARCH_3: new_isa = LEVEL_REV (3, 0); break;
14290 case E_MIPS_ARCH_4: new_isa = LEVEL_REV (4, 0); break;
14291 case E_MIPS_ARCH_5: new_isa = LEVEL_REV (5, 0); break;
14292 case E_MIPS_ARCH_32: new_isa = LEVEL_REV (32, 1); break;
14293 case E_MIPS_ARCH_32R2: new_isa = LEVEL_REV (32, 2); break;
14294 case E_MIPS_ARCH_32R6: new_isa = LEVEL_REV (32, 6); break;
14295 case E_MIPS_ARCH_64: new_isa = LEVEL_REV (64, 1); break;
14296 case E_MIPS_ARCH_64R2: new_isa = LEVEL_REV (64, 2); break;
14297 case E_MIPS_ARCH_64R6: new_isa = LEVEL_REV (64, 6); break;
14300 (_("%B: Unknown architecture %s"),
14301 abfd, bfd_printable_name (abfd));
14304 if (new_isa > LEVEL_REV (abiflags->isa_level, abiflags->isa_rev))
14306 abiflags->isa_level = ISA_LEVEL (new_isa);
14307 abiflags->isa_rev = ISA_REV (new_isa);
14310 /* Update the isa_ext if ABFD describes a further extension. */
14311 if (mips_mach_extends_p (bfd_mips_isa_ext_mach (abiflags->isa_ext),
14312 bfd_get_mach (abfd)))
14313 abiflags->isa_ext = bfd_mips_isa_ext (abfd);
14316 /* Return true if the given ELF header flags describe a 32-bit binary. */
14319 mips_32bit_flags_p (flagword flags)
14321 return ((flags & EF_MIPS_32BITMODE) != 0
14322 || (flags & EF_MIPS_ABI) == E_MIPS_ABI_O32
14323 || (flags & EF_MIPS_ABI) == E_MIPS_ABI_EABI32
14324 || (flags & EF_MIPS_ARCH) == E_MIPS_ARCH_1
14325 || (flags & EF_MIPS_ARCH) == E_MIPS_ARCH_2
14326 || (flags & EF_MIPS_ARCH) == E_MIPS_ARCH_32
14327 || (flags & EF_MIPS_ARCH) == E_MIPS_ARCH_32R2
14328 || (flags & EF_MIPS_ARCH) == E_MIPS_ARCH_32R6);
14331 /* Infer the content of the ABI flags based on the elf header. */
14334 infer_mips_abiflags (bfd *abfd, Elf_Internal_ABIFlags_v0* abiflags)
14336 obj_attribute *in_attr;
14338 memset (abiflags, 0, sizeof (Elf_Internal_ABIFlags_v0));
14339 update_mips_abiflags_isa (abfd, abiflags);
14341 if (mips_32bit_flags_p (elf_elfheader (abfd)->e_flags))
14342 abiflags->gpr_size = AFL_REG_32;
14344 abiflags->gpr_size = AFL_REG_64;
14346 abiflags->cpr1_size = AFL_REG_NONE;
14348 in_attr = elf_known_obj_attributes (abfd)[OBJ_ATTR_GNU];
14349 abiflags->fp_abi = in_attr[Tag_GNU_MIPS_ABI_FP].i;
14351 if (abiflags->fp_abi == Val_GNU_MIPS_ABI_FP_SINGLE
14352 || abiflags->fp_abi == Val_GNU_MIPS_ABI_FP_XX
14353 || (abiflags->fp_abi == Val_GNU_MIPS_ABI_FP_DOUBLE
14354 && abiflags->gpr_size == AFL_REG_32))
14355 abiflags->cpr1_size = AFL_REG_32;
14356 else if (abiflags->fp_abi == Val_GNU_MIPS_ABI_FP_DOUBLE
14357 || abiflags->fp_abi == Val_GNU_MIPS_ABI_FP_64
14358 || abiflags->fp_abi == Val_GNU_MIPS_ABI_FP_64A)
14359 abiflags->cpr1_size = AFL_REG_64;
14361 abiflags->cpr2_size = AFL_REG_NONE;
14363 if (elf_elfheader (abfd)->e_flags & EF_MIPS_ARCH_ASE_MDMX)
14364 abiflags->ases |= AFL_ASE_MDMX;
14365 if (elf_elfheader (abfd)->e_flags & EF_MIPS_ARCH_ASE_M16)
14366 abiflags->ases |= AFL_ASE_MIPS16;
14367 if (elf_elfheader (abfd)->e_flags & EF_MIPS_ARCH_ASE_MICROMIPS)
14368 abiflags->ases |= AFL_ASE_MICROMIPS;
14370 if (abiflags->fp_abi != Val_GNU_MIPS_ABI_FP_ANY
14371 && abiflags->fp_abi != Val_GNU_MIPS_ABI_FP_SOFT
14372 && abiflags->fp_abi != Val_GNU_MIPS_ABI_FP_64A
14373 && abiflags->isa_level >= 32
14374 && abiflags->isa_ext != AFL_EXT_LOONGSON_3A)
14375 abiflags->flags1 |= AFL_FLAGS1_ODDSPREG;
14378 /* We need to use a special link routine to handle the .reginfo and
14379 the .mdebug sections. We need to merge all instances of these
14380 sections together, not write them all out sequentially. */
14383 _bfd_mips_elf_final_link (bfd *abfd, struct bfd_link_info *info)
14386 struct bfd_link_order *p;
14387 asection *reginfo_sec, *mdebug_sec, *gptab_data_sec, *gptab_bss_sec;
14388 asection *rtproc_sec, *abiflags_sec;
14389 Elf32_RegInfo reginfo;
14390 struct ecoff_debug_info debug;
14391 struct mips_htab_traverse_info hti;
14392 const struct elf_backend_data *bed = get_elf_backend_data (abfd);
14393 const struct ecoff_debug_swap *swap = bed->elf_backend_ecoff_debug_swap;
14394 HDRR *symhdr = &debug.symbolic_header;
14395 void *mdebug_handle = NULL;
14400 struct mips_elf_link_hash_table *htab;
14402 static const char * const secname[] =
14404 ".text", ".init", ".fini", ".data",
14405 ".rodata", ".sdata", ".sbss", ".bss"
14407 static const int sc[] =
14409 scText, scInit, scFini, scData,
14410 scRData, scSData, scSBss, scBss
14413 /* Sort the dynamic symbols so that those with GOT entries come after
14415 htab = mips_elf_hash_table (info);
14416 BFD_ASSERT (htab != NULL);
14418 if (!mips_elf_sort_hash_table (abfd, info))
14421 /* Create any scheduled LA25 stubs. */
14423 hti.output_bfd = abfd;
14425 htab_traverse (htab->la25_stubs, mips_elf_create_la25_stub, &hti);
14429 /* Get a value for the GP register. */
14430 if (elf_gp (abfd) == 0)
14432 struct bfd_link_hash_entry *h;
14434 h = bfd_link_hash_lookup (info->hash, "_gp", FALSE, FALSE, TRUE);
14435 if (h != NULL && h->type == bfd_link_hash_defined)
14436 elf_gp (abfd) = (h->u.def.value
14437 + h->u.def.section->output_section->vma
14438 + h->u.def.section->output_offset);
14439 else if (htab->is_vxworks
14440 && (h = bfd_link_hash_lookup (info->hash,
14441 "_GLOBAL_OFFSET_TABLE_",
14442 FALSE, FALSE, TRUE))
14443 && h->type == bfd_link_hash_defined)
14444 elf_gp (abfd) = (h->u.def.section->output_section->vma
14445 + h->u.def.section->output_offset
14447 else if (bfd_link_relocatable (info))
14449 bfd_vma lo = MINUS_ONE;
14451 /* Find the GP-relative section with the lowest offset. */
14452 for (o = abfd->sections; o != NULL; o = o->next)
14454 && (elf_section_data (o)->this_hdr.sh_flags & SHF_MIPS_GPREL))
14457 /* And calculate GP relative to that. */
14458 elf_gp (abfd) = lo + ELF_MIPS_GP_OFFSET (info);
14462 /* If the relocate_section function needs to do a reloc
14463 involving the GP value, it should make a reloc_dangerous
14464 callback to warn that GP is not defined. */
14468 /* Go through the sections and collect the .reginfo and .mdebug
14470 abiflags_sec = NULL;
14471 reginfo_sec = NULL;
14473 gptab_data_sec = NULL;
14474 gptab_bss_sec = NULL;
14475 for (o = abfd->sections; o != NULL; o = o->next)
14477 if (strcmp (o->name, ".MIPS.abiflags") == 0)
14479 /* We have found the .MIPS.abiflags section in the output file.
14480 Look through all the link_orders comprising it and remove them.
14481 The data is merged in _bfd_mips_elf_merge_private_bfd_data. */
14482 for (p = o->map_head.link_order; p != NULL; p = p->next)
14484 asection *input_section;
14486 if (p->type != bfd_indirect_link_order)
14488 if (p->type == bfd_data_link_order)
14493 input_section = p->u.indirect.section;
14495 /* Hack: reset the SEC_HAS_CONTENTS flag so that
14496 elf_link_input_bfd ignores this section. */
14497 input_section->flags &= ~SEC_HAS_CONTENTS;
14500 /* Size has been set in _bfd_mips_elf_always_size_sections. */
14501 BFD_ASSERT(o->size == sizeof (Elf_External_ABIFlags_v0));
14503 /* Skip this section later on (I don't think this currently
14504 matters, but someday it might). */
14505 o->map_head.link_order = NULL;
14510 if (strcmp (o->name, ".reginfo") == 0)
14512 memset (®info, 0, sizeof reginfo);
14514 /* We have found the .reginfo section in the output file.
14515 Look through all the link_orders comprising it and merge
14516 the information together. */
14517 for (p = o->map_head.link_order; p != NULL; p = p->next)
14519 asection *input_section;
14521 Elf32_External_RegInfo ext;
14524 if (p->type != bfd_indirect_link_order)
14526 if (p->type == bfd_data_link_order)
14531 input_section = p->u.indirect.section;
14532 input_bfd = input_section->owner;
14534 if (! bfd_get_section_contents (input_bfd, input_section,
14535 &ext, 0, sizeof ext))
14538 bfd_mips_elf32_swap_reginfo_in (input_bfd, &ext, &sub);
14540 reginfo.ri_gprmask |= sub.ri_gprmask;
14541 reginfo.ri_cprmask[0] |= sub.ri_cprmask[0];
14542 reginfo.ri_cprmask[1] |= sub.ri_cprmask[1];
14543 reginfo.ri_cprmask[2] |= sub.ri_cprmask[2];
14544 reginfo.ri_cprmask[3] |= sub.ri_cprmask[3];
14546 /* ri_gp_value is set by the function
14547 mips_elf32_section_processing when the section is
14548 finally written out. */
14550 /* Hack: reset the SEC_HAS_CONTENTS flag so that
14551 elf_link_input_bfd ignores this section. */
14552 input_section->flags &= ~SEC_HAS_CONTENTS;
14555 /* Size has been set in _bfd_mips_elf_always_size_sections. */
14556 BFD_ASSERT(o->size == sizeof (Elf32_External_RegInfo));
14558 /* Skip this section later on (I don't think this currently
14559 matters, but someday it might). */
14560 o->map_head.link_order = NULL;
14565 if (strcmp (o->name, ".mdebug") == 0)
14567 struct extsym_info einfo;
14570 /* We have found the .mdebug section in the output file.
14571 Look through all the link_orders comprising it and merge
14572 the information together. */
14573 symhdr->magic = swap->sym_magic;
14574 /* FIXME: What should the version stamp be? */
14575 symhdr->vstamp = 0;
14576 symhdr->ilineMax = 0;
14577 symhdr->cbLine = 0;
14578 symhdr->idnMax = 0;
14579 symhdr->ipdMax = 0;
14580 symhdr->isymMax = 0;
14581 symhdr->ioptMax = 0;
14582 symhdr->iauxMax = 0;
14583 symhdr->issMax = 0;
14584 symhdr->issExtMax = 0;
14585 symhdr->ifdMax = 0;
14587 symhdr->iextMax = 0;
14589 /* We accumulate the debugging information itself in the
14590 debug_info structure. */
14592 debug.external_dnr = NULL;
14593 debug.external_pdr = NULL;
14594 debug.external_sym = NULL;
14595 debug.external_opt = NULL;
14596 debug.external_aux = NULL;
14598 debug.ssext = debug.ssext_end = NULL;
14599 debug.external_fdr = NULL;
14600 debug.external_rfd = NULL;
14601 debug.external_ext = debug.external_ext_end = NULL;
14603 mdebug_handle = bfd_ecoff_debug_init (abfd, &debug, swap, info);
14604 if (mdebug_handle == NULL)
14608 esym.cobol_main = 0;
14612 esym.asym.iss = issNil;
14613 esym.asym.st = stLocal;
14614 esym.asym.reserved = 0;
14615 esym.asym.index = indexNil;
14617 for (i = 0; i < sizeof (secname) / sizeof (secname[0]); i++)
14619 esym.asym.sc = sc[i];
14620 s = bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd, secname[i]);
14623 esym.asym.value = s->vma;
14624 last = s->vma + s->size;
14627 esym.asym.value = last;
14628 if (!bfd_ecoff_debug_one_external (abfd, &debug, swap,
14629 secname[i], &esym))
14633 for (p = o->map_head.link_order; p != NULL; p = p->next)
14635 asection *input_section;
14637 const struct ecoff_debug_swap *input_swap;
14638 struct ecoff_debug_info input_debug;
14642 if (p->type != bfd_indirect_link_order)
14644 if (p->type == bfd_data_link_order)
14649 input_section = p->u.indirect.section;
14650 input_bfd = input_section->owner;
14652 if (!is_mips_elf (input_bfd))
14654 /* I don't know what a non MIPS ELF bfd would be
14655 doing with a .mdebug section, but I don't really
14656 want to deal with it. */
14660 input_swap = (get_elf_backend_data (input_bfd)
14661 ->elf_backend_ecoff_debug_swap);
14663 BFD_ASSERT (p->size == input_section->size);
14665 /* The ECOFF linking code expects that we have already
14666 read in the debugging information and set up an
14667 ecoff_debug_info structure, so we do that now. */
14668 if (! _bfd_mips_elf_read_ecoff_info (input_bfd, input_section,
14672 if (! (bfd_ecoff_debug_accumulate
14673 (mdebug_handle, abfd, &debug, swap, input_bfd,
14674 &input_debug, input_swap, info)))
14677 /* Loop through the external symbols. For each one with
14678 interesting information, try to find the symbol in
14679 the linker global hash table and save the information
14680 for the output external symbols. */
14681 eraw_src = input_debug.external_ext;
14682 eraw_end = (eraw_src
14683 + (input_debug.symbolic_header.iextMax
14684 * input_swap->external_ext_size));
14686 eraw_src < eraw_end;
14687 eraw_src += input_swap->external_ext_size)
14691 struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry *h;
14693 (*input_swap->swap_ext_in) (input_bfd, eraw_src, &ext);
14694 if (ext.asym.sc == scNil
14695 || ext.asym.sc == scUndefined
14696 || ext.asym.sc == scSUndefined)
14699 name = input_debug.ssext + ext.asym.iss;
14700 h = mips_elf_link_hash_lookup (mips_elf_hash_table (info),
14701 name, FALSE, FALSE, TRUE);
14702 if (h == NULL || h->esym.ifd != -2)
14707 BFD_ASSERT (ext.ifd
14708 < input_debug.symbolic_header.ifdMax);
14709 ext.ifd = input_debug.ifdmap[ext.ifd];
14715 /* Free up the information we just read. */
14716 free (input_debug.line);
14717 free (input_debug.external_dnr);
14718 free (input_debug.external_pdr);
14719 free (input_debug.external_sym);
14720 free (input_debug.external_opt);
14721 free (input_debug.external_aux);
14722 free (input_debug.ss);
14723 free (input_debug.ssext);
14724 free (input_debug.external_fdr);
14725 free (input_debug.external_rfd);
14726 free (input_debug.external_ext);
14728 /* Hack: reset the SEC_HAS_CONTENTS flag so that
14729 elf_link_input_bfd ignores this section. */
14730 input_section->flags &= ~SEC_HAS_CONTENTS;
14733 if (SGI_COMPAT (abfd) && bfd_link_pic (info))
14735 /* Create .rtproc section. */
14736 rtproc_sec = bfd_get_linker_section (abfd, ".rtproc");
14737 if (rtproc_sec == NULL)
14739 flagword flags = (SEC_HAS_CONTENTS | SEC_IN_MEMORY
14740 | SEC_LINKER_CREATED | SEC_READONLY);
14742 rtproc_sec = bfd_make_section_anyway_with_flags (abfd,
14745 if (rtproc_sec == NULL
14746 || ! bfd_set_section_alignment (abfd, rtproc_sec, 4))
14750 if (! mips_elf_create_procedure_table (mdebug_handle, abfd,
14756 /* Build the external symbol information. */
14759 einfo.debug = &debug;
14761 einfo.failed = FALSE;
14762 mips_elf_link_hash_traverse (mips_elf_hash_table (info),
14763 mips_elf_output_extsym, &einfo);
14767 /* Set the size of the .mdebug section. */
14768 o->size = bfd_ecoff_debug_size (abfd, &debug, swap);
14770 /* Skip this section later on (I don't think this currently
14771 matters, but someday it might). */
14772 o->map_head.link_order = NULL;
14777 if (CONST_STRNEQ (o->name, ".gptab."))
14779 const char *subname;
14782 Elf32_External_gptab *ext_tab;
14785 /* The .gptab.sdata and .gptab.sbss sections hold
14786 information describing how the small data area would
14787 change depending upon the -G switch. These sections
14788 not used in executables files. */
14789 if (! bfd_link_relocatable (info))
14791 for (p = o->map_head.link_order; p != NULL; p = p->next)
14793 asection *input_section;
14795 if (p->type != bfd_indirect_link_order)
14797 if (p->type == bfd_data_link_order)
14802 input_section = p->u.indirect.section;
14804 /* Hack: reset the SEC_HAS_CONTENTS flag so that
14805 elf_link_input_bfd ignores this section. */
14806 input_section->flags &= ~SEC_HAS_CONTENTS;
14809 /* Skip this section later on (I don't think this
14810 currently matters, but someday it might). */
14811 o->map_head.link_order = NULL;
14813 /* Really remove the section. */
14814 bfd_section_list_remove (abfd, o);
14815 --abfd->section_count;
14820 /* There is one gptab for initialized data, and one for
14821 uninitialized data. */
14822 if (strcmp (o->name, ".gptab.sdata") == 0)
14823 gptab_data_sec = o;
14824 else if (strcmp (o->name, ".gptab.sbss") == 0)
14829 (_("%s: illegal section name `%s'"),
14830 bfd_get_filename (abfd), o->name);
14831 bfd_set_error (bfd_error_nonrepresentable_section);
14835 /* The linker script always combines .gptab.data and
14836 .gptab.sdata into .gptab.sdata, and likewise for
14837 .gptab.bss and .gptab.sbss. It is possible that there is
14838 no .sdata or .sbss section in the output file, in which
14839 case we must change the name of the output section. */
14840 subname = o->name + sizeof ".gptab" - 1;
14841 if (bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd, subname) == NULL)
14843 if (o == gptab_data_sec)
14844 o->name = ".gptab.data";
14846 o->name = ".gptab.bss";
14847 subname = o->name + sizeof ".gptab" - 1;
14848 BFD_ASSERT (bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd, subname) != NULL);
14851 /* Set up the first entry. */
14853 amt = c * sizeof (Elf32_gptab);
14854 tab = bfd_malloc (amt);
14857 tab[0].gt_header.gt_current_g_value = elf_gp_size (abfd);
14858 tab[0].gt_header.gt_unused = 0;
14860 /* Combine the input sections. */
14861 for (p = o->map_head.link_order; p != NULL; p = p->next)
14863 asection *input_section;
14865 bfd_size_type size;
14866 unsigned long last;
14867 bfd_size_type gpentry;
14869 if (p->type != bfd_indirect_link_order)
14871 if (p->type == bfd_data_link_order)
14876 input_section = p->u.indirect.section;
14877 input_bfd = input_section->owner;
14879 /* Combine the gptab entries for this input section one
14880 by one. We know that the input gptab entries are
14881 sorted by ascending -G value. */
14882 size = input_section->size;
14884 for (gpentry = sizeof (Elf32_External_gptab);
14886 gpentry += sizeof (Elf32_External_gptab))
14888 Elf32_External_gptab ext_gptab;
14889 Elf32_gptab int_gptab;
14895 if (! (bfd_get_section_contents
14896 (input_bfd, input_section, &ext_gptab, gpentry,
14897 sizeof (Elf32_External_gptab))))
14903 bfd_mips_elf32_swap_gptab_in (input_bfd, &ext_gptab,
14905 val = int_gptab.gt_entry.gt_g_value;
14906 add = int_gptab.gt_entry.gt_bytes - last;
14909 for (look = 1; look < c; look++)
14911 if (tab[look].gt_entry.gt_g_value >= val)
14912 tab[look].gt_entry.gt_bytes += add;
14914 if (tab[look].gt_entry.gt_g_value == val)
14920 Elf32_gptab *new_tab;
14923 /* We need a new table entry. */
14924 amt = (bfd_size_type) (c + 1) * sizeof (Elf32_gptab);
14925 new_tab = bfd_realloc (tab, amt);
14926 if (new_tab == NULL)
14932 tab[c].gt_entry.gt_g_value = val;
14933 tab[c].gt_entry.gt_bytes = add;
14935 /* Merge in the size for the next smallest -G
14936 value, since that will be implied by this new
14939 for (look = 1; look < c; look++)
14941 if (tab[look].gt_entry.gt_g_value < val
14943 || (tab[look].gt_entry.gt_g_value
14944 > tab[max].gt_entry.gt_g_value)))
14948 tab[c].gt_entry.gt_bytes +=
14949 tab[max].gt_entry.gt_bytes;
14954 last = int_gptab.gt_entry.gt_bytes;
14957 /* Hack: reset the SEC_HAS_CONTENTS flag so that
14958 elf_link_input_bfd ignores this section. */
14959 input_section->flags &= ~SEC_HAS_CONTENTS;
14962 /* The table must be sorted by -G value. */
14964 qsort (tab + 1, c - 1, sizeof (tab[0]), gptab_compare);
14966 /* Swap out the table. */
14967 amt = (bfd_size_type) c * sizeof (Elf32_External_gptab);
14968 ext_tab = bfd_alloc (abfd, amt);
14969 if (ext_tab == NULL)
14975 for (j = 0; j < c; j++)
14976 bfd_mips_elf32_swap_gptab_out (abfd, tab + j, ext_tab + j);
14979 o->size = c * sizeof (Elf32_External_gptab);
14980 o->contents = (bfd_byte *) ext_tab;
14982 /* Skip this section later on (I don't think this currently
14983 matters, but someday it might). */
14984 o->map_head.link_order = NULL;
14988 /* Invoke the regular ELF backend linker to do all the work. */
14989 if (!bfd_elf_final_link (abfd, info))
14992 /* Now write out the computed sections. */
14994 if (abiflags_sec != NULL)
14996 Elf_External_ABIFlags_v0 ext;
14997 Elf_Internal_ABIFlags_v0 *abiflags;
14999 abiflags = &mips_elf_tdata (abfd)->abiflags;
15001 /* Set up the abiflags if no valid input sections were found. */
15002 if (!mips_elf_tdata (abfd)->abiflags_valid)
15004 infer_mips_abiflags (abfd, abiflags);
15005 mips_elf_tdata (abfd)->abiflags_valid = TRUE;
15007 bfd_mips_elf_swap_abiflags_v0_out (abfd, abiflags, &ext);
15008 if (! bfd_set_section_contents (abfd, abiflags_sec, &ext, 0, sizeof ext))
15012 if (reginfo_sec != NULL)
15014 Elf32_External_RegInfo ext;
15016 bfd_mips_elf32_swap_reginfo_out (abfd, ®info, &ext);
15017 if (! bfd_set_section_contents (abfd, reginfo_sec, &ext, 0, sizeof ext))
15021 if (mdebug_sec != NULL)
15023 BFD_ASSERT (abfd->output_has_begun);
15024 if (! bfd_ecoff_write_accumulated_debug (mdebug_handle, abfd, &debug,
15026 mdebug_sec->filepos))
15029 bfd_ecoff_debug_free (mdebug_handle, abfd, &debug, swap, info);
15032 if (gptab_data_sec != NULL)
15034 if (! bfd_set_section_contents (abfd, gptab_data_sec,
15035 gptab_data_sec->contents,
15036 0, gptab_data_sec->size))
15040 if (gptab_bss_sec != NULL)
15042 if (! bfd_set_section_contents (abfd, gptab_bss_sec,
15043 gptab_bss_sec->contents,
15044 0, gptab_bss_sec->size))
15048 if (SGI_COMPAT (abfd))
15050 rtproc_sec = bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd, ".rtproc");
15051 if (rtproc_sec != NULL)
15053 if (! bfd_set_section_contents (abfd, rtproc_sec,
15054 rtproc_sec->contents,
15055 0, rtproc_sec->size))
15063 /* Merge object file header flags from IBFD into OBFD. Raise an error
15064 if there are conflicting settings. */
15067 mips_elf_merge_obj_e_flags (bfd *ibfd, struct bfd_link_info *info)
15069 bfd *obfd = info->output_bfd;
15070 struct mips_elf_obj_tdata *out_tdata = mips_elf_tdata (obfd);
15071 flagword old_flags;
15072 flagword new_flags;
15075 new_flags = elf_elfheader (ibfd)->e_flags;
15076 elf_elfheader (obfd)->e_flags |= new_flags & EF_MIPS_NOREORDER;
15077 old_flags = elf_elfheader (obfd)->e_flags;
15079 /* Check flag compatibility. */
15081 new_flags &= ~EF_MIPS_NOREORDER;
15082 old_flags &= ~EF_MIPS_NOREORDER;
15084 /* Some IRIX 6 BSD-compatibility objects have this bit set. It
15085 doesn't seem to matter. */
15086 new_flags &= ~EF_MIPS_XGOT;
15087 old_flags &= ~EF_MIPS_XGOT;
15089 /* MIPSpro generates ucode info in n64 objects. Again, we should
15090 just be able to ignore this. */
15091 new_flags &= ~EF_MIPS_UCODE;
15092 old_flags &= ~EF_MIPS_UCODE;
15094 /* DSOs should only be linked with CPIC code. */
15095 if ((ibfd->flags & DYNAMIC) != 0)
15096 new_flags |= EF_MIPS_PIC | EF_MIPS_CPIC;
15098 if (new_flags == old_flags)
15103 if (((new_flags & (EF_MIPS_PIC | EF_MIPS_CPIC)) != 0)
15104 != ((old_flags & (EF_MIPS_PIC | EF_MIPS_CPIC)) != 0))
15107 (_("%B: warning: linking abicalls files with non-abicalls files"),
15112 if (new_flags & (EF_MIPS_PIC | EF_MIPS_CPIC))
15113 elf_elfheader (obfd)->e_flags |= EF_MIPS_CPIC;
15114 if (! (new_flags & EF_MIPS_PIC))
15115 elf_elfheader (obfd)->e_flags &= ~EF_MIPS_PIC;
15117 new_flags &= ~ (EF_MIPS_PIC | EF_MIPS_CPIC);
15118 old_flags &= ~ (EF_MIPS_PIC | EF_MIPS_CPIC);
15120 /* Compare the ISAs. */
15121 if (mips_32bit_flags_p (old_flags) != mips_32bit_flags_p (new_flags))
15124 (_("%B: linking 32-bit code with 64-bit code"),
15128 else if (!mips_mach_extends_p (bfd_get_mach (ibfd), bfd_get_mach (obfd)))
15130 /* OBFD's ISA isn't the same as, or an extension of, IBFD's. */
15131 if (mips_mach_extends_p (bfd_get_mach (obfd), bfd_get_mach (ibfd)))
15133 /* Copy the architecture info from IBFD to OBFD. Also copy
15134 the 32-bit flag (if set) so that we continue to recognise
15135 OBFD as a 32-bit binary. */
15136 bfd_set_arch_info (obfd, bfd_get_arch_info (ibfd));
15137 elf_elfheader (obfd)->e_flags &= ~(EF_MIPS_ARCH | EF_MIPS_MACH);
15138 elf_elfheader (obfd)->e_flags
15139 |= new_flags & (EF_MIPS_ARCH | EF_MIPS_MACH | EF_MIPS_32BITMODE);
15141 /* Update the ABI flags isa_level, isa_rev, isa_ext fields. */
15142 update_mips_abiflags_isa (obfd, &out_tdata->abiflags);
15144 /* Copy across the ABI flags if OBFD doesn't use them
15145 and if that was what caused us to treat IBFD as 32-bit. */
15146 if ((old_flags & EF_MIPS_ABI) == 0
15147 && mips_32bit_flags_p (new_flags)
15148 && !mips_32bit_flags_p (new_flags & ~EF_MIPS_ABI))
15149 elf_elfheader (obfd)->e_flags |= new_flags & EF_MIPS_ABI;
15153 /* The ISAs aren't compatible. */
15155 (_("%B: linking %s module with previous %s modules"),
15157 bfd_printable_name (ibfd),
15158 bfd_printable_name (obfd));
15163 new_flags &= ~(EF_MIPS_ARCH | EF_MIPS_MACH | EF_MIPS_32BITMODE);
15164 old_flags &= ~(EF_MIPS_ARCH | EF_MIPS_MACH | EF_MIPS_32BITMODE);
15166 /* Compare ABIs. The 64-bit ABI does not use EF_MIPS_ABI. But, it
15167 does set EI_CLASS differently from any 32-bit ABI. */
15168 if ((new_flags & EF_MIPS_ABI) != (old_flags & EF_MIPS_ABI)
15169 || (elf_elfheader (ibfd)->e_ident[EI_CLASS]
15170 != elf_elfheader (obfd)->e_ident[EI_CLASS]))
15172 /* Only error if both are set (to different values). */
15173 if (((new_flags & EF_MIPS_ABI) && (old_flags & EF_MIPS_ABI))
15174 || (elf_elfheader (ibfd)->e_ident[EI_CLASS]
15175 != elf_elfheader (obfd)->e_ident[EI_CLASS]))
15178 (_("%B: ABI mismatch: linking %s module with previous %s modules"),
15180 elf_mips_abi_name (ibfd),
15181 elf_mips_abi_name (obfd));
15184 new_flags &= ~EF_MIPS_ABI;
15185 old_flags &= ~EF_MIPS_ABI;
15188 /* Compare ASEs. Forbid linking MIPS16 and microMIPS ASE modules together
15189 and allow arbitrary mixing of the remaining ASEs (retain the union). */
15190 if ((new_flags & EF_MIPS_ARCH_ASE) != (old_flags & EF_MIPS_ARCH_ASE))
15192 int old_micro = old_flags & EF_MIPS_ARCH_ASE_MICROMIPS;
15193 int new_micro = new_flags & EF_MIPS_ARCH_ASE_MICROMIPS;
15194 int old_m16 = old_flags & EF_MIPS_ARCH_ASE_M16;
15195 int new_m16 = new_flags & EF_MIPS_ARCH_ASE_M16;
15196 int micro_mis = old_m16 && new_micro;
15197 int m16_mis = old_micro && new_m16;
15199 if (m16_mis || micro_mis)
15202 (_("%B: ASE mismatch: linking %s module with previous %s modules"),
15204 m16_mis ? "MIPS16" : "microMIPS",
15205 m16_mis ? "microMIPS" : "MIPS16");
15209 elf_elfheader (obfd)->e_flags |= new_flags & EF_MIPS_ARCH_ASE;
15211 new_flags &= ~ EF_MIPS_ARCH_ASE;
15212 old_flags &= ~ EF_MIPS_ARCH_ASE;
15215 /* Compare NaN encodings. */
15216 if ((new_flags & EF_MIPS_NAN2008) != (old_flags & EF_MIPS_NAN2008))
15218 _bfd_error_handler (_("%B: linking %s module with previous %s modules"),
15220 (new_flags & EF_MIPS_NAN2008
15221 ? "-mnan=2008" : "-mnan=legacy"),
15222 (old_flags & EF_MIPS_NAN2008
15223 ? "-mnan=2008" : "-mnan=legacy"));
15225 new_flags &= ~EF_MIPS_NAN2008;
15226 old_flags &= ~EF_MIPS_NAN2008;
15229 /* Compare FP64 state. */
15230 if ((new_flags & EF_MIPS_FP64) != (old_flags & EF_MIPS_FP64))
15232 _bfd_error_handler (_("%B: linking %s module with previous %s modules"),
15234 (new_flags & EF_MIPS_FP64
15235 ? "-mfp64" : "-mfp32"),
15236 (old_flags & EF_MIPS_FP64
15237 ? "-mfp64" : "-mfp32"));
15239 new_flags &= ~EF_MIPS_FP64;
15240 old_flags &= ~EF_MIPS_FP64;
15243 /* Warn about any other mismatches */
15244 if (new_flags != old_flags)
15247 (_("%B: uses different e_flags (0x%lx) fields than previous modules "
15249 ibfd, (unsigned long) new_flags,
15250 (unsigned long) old_flags);
15257 /* Merge object attributes from IBFD into OBFD. Raise an error if
15258 there are conflicting attributes. */
15260 mips_elf_merge_obj_attributes (bfd *ibfd, struct bfd_link_info *info)
15262 bfd *obfd = info->output_bfd;
15263 obj_attribute *in_attr;
15264 obj_attribute *out_attr;
15268 abi_fp_bfd = mips_elf_tdata (obfd)->abi_fp_bfd;
15269 in_attr = elf_known_obj_attributes (ibfd)[OBJ_ATTR_GNU];
15270 if (!abi_fp_bfd && in_attr[Tag_GNU_MIPS_ABI_FP].i != Val_GNU_MIPS_ABI_FP_ANY)
15271 mips_elf_tdata (obfd)->abi_fp_bfd = ibfd;
15273 abi_msa_bfd = mips_elf_tdata (obfd)->abi_msa_bfd;
15275 && in_attr[Tag_GNU_MIPS_ABI_MSA].i != Val_GNU_MIPS_ABI_MSA_ANY)
15276 mips_elf_tdata (obfd)->abi_msa_bfd = ibfd;
15278 if (!elf_known_obj_attributes_proc (obfd)[0].i)
15280 /* This is the first object. Copy the attributes. */
15281 _bfd_elf_copy_obj_attributes (ibfd, obfd);
15283 /* Use the Tag_null value to indicate the attributes have been
15285 elf_known_obj_attributes_proc (obfd)[0].i = 1;
15290 /* Check for conflicting Tag_GNU_MIPS_ABI_FP attributes and merge
15291 non-conflicting ones. */
15292 out_attr = elf_known_obj_attributes (obfd)[OBJ_ATTR_GNU];
15293 if (in_attr[Tag_GNU_MIPS_ABI_FP].i != out_attr[Tag_GNU_MIPS_ABI_FP].i)
15297 out_fp = out_attr[Tag_GNU_MIPS_ABI_FP].i;
15298 in_fp = in_attr[Tag_GNU_MIPS_ABI_FP].i;
15299 out_attr[Tag_GNU_MIPS_ABI_FP].type = 1;
15300 if (out_fp == Val_GNU_MIPS_ABI_FP_ANY)
15301 out_attr[Tag_GNU_MIPS_ABI_FP].i = in_fp;
15302 else if (out_fp == Val_GNU_MIPS_ABI_FP_XX
15303 && (in_fp == Val_GNU_MIPS_ABI_FP_DOUBLE
15304 || in_fp == Val_GNU_MIPS_ABI_FP_64
15305 || in_fp == Val_GNU_MIPS_ABI_FP_64A))
15307 mips_elf_tdata (obfd)->abi_fp_bfd = ibfd;
15308 out_attr[Tag_GNU_MIPS_ABI_FP].i = in_attr[Tag_GNU_MIPS_ABI_FP].i;
15310 else if (in_fp == Val_GNU_MIPS_ABI_FP_XX
15311 && (out_fp == Val_GNU_MIPS_ABI_FP_DOUBLE
15312 || out_fp == Val_GNU_MIPS_ABI_FP_64
15313 || out_fp == Val_GNU_MIPS_ABI_FP_64A))
15314 /* Keep the current setting. */;
15315 else if (out_fp == Val_GNU_MIPS_ABI_FP_64A
15316 && in_fp == Val_GNU_MIPS_ABI_FP_64)
15318 mips_elf_tdata (obfd)->abi_fp_bfd = ibfd;
15319 out_attr[Tag_GNU_MIPS_ABI_FP].i = in_attr[Tag_GNU_MIPS_ABI_FP].i;
15321 else if (in_fp == Val_GNU_MIPS_ABI_FP_64A
15322 && out_fp == Val_GNU_MIPS_ABI_FP_64)
15323 /* Keep the current setting. */;
15324 else if (in_fp != Val_GNU_MIPS_ABI_FP_ANY)
15326 const char *out_string, *in_string;
15328 out_string = _bfd_mips_fp_abi_string (out_fp);
15329 in_string = _bfd_mips_fp_abi_string (in_fp);
15330 /* First warn about cases involving unrecognised ABIs. */
15331 if (!out_string && !in_string)
15333 (_("Warning: %B uses unknown floating point ABI %d "
15334 "(set by %B), %B uses unknown floating point ABI %d"),
15335 obfd, abi_fp_bfd, ibfd, out_fp, in_fp);
15336 else if (!out_string)
15338 (_("Warning: %B uses unknown floating point ABI %d "
15339 "(set by %B), %B uses %s"),
15340 obfd, abi_fp_bfd, ibfd, out_fp, in_string);
15341 else if (!in_string)
15343 (_("Warning: %B uses %s (set by %B), "
15344 "%B uses unknown floating point ABI %d"),
15345 obfd, abi_fp_bfd, ibfd, out_string, in_fp);
15348 /* If one of the bfds is soft-float, the other must be
15349 hard-float. The exact choice of hard-float ABI isn't
15350 really relevant to the error message. */
15351 if (in_fp == Val_GNU_MIPS_ABI_FP_SOFT)
15352 out_string = "-mhard-float";
15353 else if (out_fp == Val_GNU_MIPS_ABI_FP_SOFT)
15354 in_string = "-mhard-float";
15356 (_("Warning: %B uses %s (set by %B), %B uses %s"),
15357 obfd, abi_fp_bfd, ibfd, out_string, in_string);
15362 /* Check for conflicting Tag_GNU_MIPS_ABI_MSA attributes and merge
15363 non-conflicting ones. */
15364 if (in_attr[Tag_GNU_MIPS_ABI_MSA].i != out_attr[Tag_GNU_MIPS_ABI_MSA].i)
15366 out_attr[Tag_GNU_MIPS_ABI_MSA].type = 1;
15367 if (out_attr[Tag_GNU_MIPS_ABI_MSA].i == Val_GNU_MIPS_ABI_MSA_ANY)
15368 out_attr[Tag_GNU_MIPS_ABI_MSA].i = in_attr[Tag_GNU_MIPS_ABI_MSA].i;
15369 else if (in_attr[Tag_GNU_MIPS_ABI_MSA].i != Val_GNU_MIPS_ABI_MSA_ANY)
15370 switch (out_attr[Tag_GNU_MIPS_ABI_MSA].i)
15372 case Val_GNU_MIPS_ABI_MSA_128:
15374 (_("Warning: %B uses %s (set by %B), "
15375 "%B uses unknown MSA ABI %d"),
15376 obfd, abi_msa_bfd, ibfd,
15377 "-mmsa", in_attr[Tag_GNU_MIPS_ABI_MSA].i);
15381 switch (in_attr[Tag_GNU_MIPS_ABI_MSA].i)
15383 case Val_GNU_MIPS_ABI_MSA_128:
15385 (_("Warning: %B uses unknown MSA ABI %d "
15386 "(set by %B), %B uses %s"),
15387 obfd, abi_msa_bfd, ibfd,
15388 out_attr[Tag_GNU_MIPS_ABI_MSA].i, "-mmsa");
15393 (_("Warning: %B uses unknown MSA ABI %d "
15394 "(set by %B), %B uses unknown MSA ABI %d"),
15395 obfd, abi_msa_bfd, ibfd,
15396 out_attr[Tag_GNU_MIPS_ABI_MSA].i,
15397 in_attr[Tag_GNU_MIPS_ABI_MSA].i);
15403 /* Merge Tag_compatibility attributes and any common GNU ones. */
15404 return _bfd_elf_merge_object_attributes (ibfd, info);
15407 /* Merge object ABI flags from IBFD into OBFD. Raise an error if
15408 there are conflicting settings. */
15411 mips_elf_merge_obj_abiflags (bfd *ibfd, bfd *obfd)
15413 obj_attribute *out_attr = elf_known_obj_attributes (obfd)[OBJ_ATTR_GNU];
15414 struct mips_elf_obj_tdata *out_tdata = mips_elf_tdata (obfd);
15415 struct mips_elf_obj_tdata *in_tdata = mips_elf_tdata (ibfd);
15417 /* Update the output abiflags fp_abi using the computed fp_abi. */
15418 out_tdata->abiflags.fp_abi = out_attr[Tag_GNU_MIPS_ABI_FP].i;
15420 #define max(a, b) ((a) > (b) ? (a) : (b))
15421 /* Merge abiflags. */
15422 out_tdata->abiflags.isa_level = max (out_tdata->abiflags.isa_level,
15423 in_tdata->abiflags.isa_level);
15424 out_tdata->abiflags.isa_rev = max (out_tdata->abiflags.isa_rev,
15425 in_tdata->abiflags.isa_rev);
15426 out_tdata->abiflags.gpr_size = max (out_tdata->abiflags.gpr_size,
15427 in_tdata->abiflags.gpr_size);
15428 out_tdata->abiflags.cpr1_size = max (out_tdata->abiflags.cpr1_size,
15429 in_tdata->abiflags.cpr1_size);
15430 out_tdata->abiflags.cpr2_size = max (out_tdata->abiflags.cpr2_size,
15431 in_tdata->abiflags.cpr2_size);
15433 out_tdata->abiflags.ases |= in_tdata->abiflags.ases;
15434 out_tdata->abiflags.flags1 |= in_tdata->abiflags.flags1;
15439 /* Merge backend specific data from an object file to the output
15440 object file when linking. */
15443 _bfd_mips_elf_merge_private_bfd_data (bfd *ibfd, struct bfd_link_info *info)
15445 bfd *obfd = info->output_bfd;
15446 struct mips_elf_obj_tdata *out_tdata;
15447 struct mips_elf_obj_tdata *in_tdata;
15448 bfd_boolean null_input_bfd = TRUE;
15452 /* Check if we have the same endianness. */
15453 if (! _bfd_generic_verify_endian_match (ibfd, info))
15456 (_("%B: endianness incompatible with that of the selected emulation"),
15461 if (!is_mips_elf (ibfd) || !is_mips_elf (obfd))
15464 in_tdata = mips_elf_tdata (ibfd);
15465 out_tdata = mips_elf_tdata (obfd);
15467 if (strcmp (bfd_get_target (ibfd), bfd_get_target (obfd)) != 0)
15470 (_("%B: ABI is incompatible with that of the selected emulation"),
15475 /* Check to see if the input BFD actually contains any sections. If not,
15476 then it has no attributes, and its flags may not have been initialized
15477 either, but it cannot actually cause any incompatibility. */
15478 for (sec = ibfd->sections; sec != NULL; sec = sec->next)
15480 /* Ignore synthetic sections and empty .text, .data and .bss sections
15481 which are automatically generated by gas. Also ignore fake
15482 (s)common sections, since merely defining a common symbol does
15483 not affect compatibility. */
15484 if ((sec->flags & SEC_IS_COMMON) == 0
15485 && strcmp (sec->name, ".reginfo")
15486 && strcmp (sec->name, ".mdebug")
15488 || (strcmp (sec->name, ".text")
15489 && strcmp (sec->name, ".data")
15490 && strcmp (sec->name, ".bss"))))
15492 null_input_bfd = FALSE;
15496 if (null_input_bfd)
15499 /* Populate abiflags using existing information. */
15500 if (in_tdata->abiflags_valid)
15502 obj_attribute *in_attr = elf_known_obj_attributes (ibfd)[OBJ_ATTR_GNU];
15503 Elf_Internal_ABIFlags_v0 in_abiflags;
15504 Elf_Internal_ABIFlags_v0 abiflags;
15506 /* Set up the FP ABI attribute from the abiflags if it is not already
15508 if (in_attr[Tag_GNU_MIPS_ABI_FP].i == Val_GNU_MIPS_ABI_FP_ANY)
15509 in_attr[Tag_GNU_MIPS_ABI_FP].i = in_tdata->abiflags.fp_abi;
15511 infer_mips_abiflags (ibfd, &abiflags);
15512 in_abiflags = in_tdata->abiflags;
15514 /* It is not possible to infer the correct ISA revision
15515 for R3 or R5 so drop down to R2 for the checks. */
15516 if (in_abiflags.isa_rev == 3 || in_abiflags.isa_rev == 5)
15517 in_abiflags.isa_rev = 2;
15519 if (LEVEL_REV (in_abiflags.isa_level, in_abiflags.isa_rev)
15520 < LEVEL_REV (abiflags.isa_level, abiflags.isa_rev))
15522 (_("%B: warning: Inconsistent ISA between e_flags and "
15523 ".MIPS.abiflags"), ibfd);
15524 if (abiflags.fp_abi != Val_GNU_MIPS_ABI_FP_ANY
15525 && in_abiflags.fp_abi != abiflags.fp_abi)
15527 (_("%B: warning: Inconsistent FP ABI between .gnu.attributes and "
15528 ".MIPS.abiflags"), ibfd);
15529 if ((in_abiflags.ases & abiflags.ases) != abiflags.ases)
15531 (_("%B: warning: Inconsistent ASEs between e_flags and "
15532 ".MIPS.abiflags"), ibfd);
15533 /* The isa_ext is allowed to be an extension of what can be inferred
15535 if (!mips_mach_extends_p (bfd_mips_isa_ext_mach (abiflags.isa_ext),
15536 bfd_mips_isa_ext_mach (in_abiflags.isa_ext)))
15538 (_("%B: warning: Inconsistent ISA extensions between e_flags and "
15539 ".MIPS.abiflags"), ibfd);
15540 if (in_abiflags.flags2 != 0)
15542 (_("%B: warning: Unexpected flag in the flags2 field of "
15543 ".MIPS.abiflags (0x%lx)"), ibfd,
15544 (unsigned long) in_abiflags.flags2);
15548 infer_mips_abiflags (ibfd, &in_tdata->abiflags);
15549 in_tdata->abiflags_valid = TRUE;
15552 if (!out_tdata->abiflags_valid)
15554 /* Copy input abiflags if output abiflags are not already valid. */
15555 out_tdata->abiflags = in_tdata->abiflags;
15556 out_tdata->abiflags_valid = TRUE;
15559 if (! elf_flags_init (obfd))
15561 elf_flags_init (obfd) = TRUE;
15562 elf_elfheader (obfd)->e_flags = elf_elfheader (ibfd)->e_flags;
15563 elf_elfheader (obfd)->e_ident[EI_CLASS]
15564 = elf_elfheader (ibfd)->e_ident[EI_CLASS];
15566 if (bfd_get_arch (obfd) == bfd_get_arch (ibfd)
15567 && (bfd_get_arch_info (obfd)->the_default
15568 || mips_mach_extends_p (bfd_get_mach (obfd),
15569 bfd_get_mach (ibfd))))
15571 if (! bfd_set_arch_mach (obfd, bfd_get_arch (ibfd),
15572 bfd_get_mach (ibfd)))
15575 /* Update the ABI flags isa_level, isa_rev and isa_ext fields. */
15576 update_mips_abiflags_isa (obfd, &out_tdata->abiflags);
15582 ok = mips_elf_merge_obj_e_flags (ibfd, info);
15584 ok = mips_elf_merge_obj_attributes (ibfd, info) && ok;
15586 ok = mips_elf_merge_obj_abiflags (ibfd, obfd) && ok;
15590 bfd_set_error (bfd_error_bad_value);
15597 /* Function to keep MIPS specific file flags like as EF_MIPS_PIC. */
15600 _bfd_mips_elf_set_private_flags (bfd *abfd, flagword flags)
15602 BFD_ASSERT (!elf_flags_init (abfd)
15603 || elf_elfheader (abfd)->e_flags == flags);
15605 elf_elfheader (abfd)->e_flags = flags;
15606 elf_flags_init (abfd) = TRUE;
15611 _bfd_mips_elf_get_target_dtag (bfd_vma dtag)
15615 default: return "";
15616 case DT_MIPS_RLD_VERSION:
15617 return "MIPS_RLD_VERSION";
15618 case DT_MIPS_TIME_STAMP:
15619 return "MIPS_TIME_STAMP";
15620 case DT_MIPS_ICHECKSUM:
15621 return "MIPS_ICHECKSUM";
15622 case DT_MIPS_IVERSION:
15623 return "MIPS_IVERSION";
15624 case DT_MIPS_FLAGS:
15625 return "MIPS_FLAGS";
15626 case DT_MIPS_BASE_ADDRESS:
15627 return "MIPS_BASE_ADDRESS";
15629 return "MIPS_MSYM";
15630 case DT_MIPS_CONFLICT:
15631 return "MIPS_CONFLICT";
15632 case DT_MIPS_LIBLIST:
15633 return "MIPS_LIBLIST";
15634 case DT_MIPS_LOCAL_GOTNO:
15635 return "MIPS_LOCAL_GOTNO";
15636 case DT_MIPS_CONFLICTNO:
15637 return "MIPS_CONFLICTNO";
15638 case DT_MIPS_LIBLISTNO:
15639 return "MIPS_LIBLISTNO";
15640 case DT_MIPS_SYMTABNO:
15641 return "MIPS_SYMTABNO";
15642 case DT_MIPS_UNREFEXTNO:
15643 return "MIPS_UNREFEXTNO";
15644 case DT_MIPS_GOTSYM:
15645 return "MIPS_GOTSYM";
15646 case DT_MIPS_HIPAGENO:
15647 return "MIPS_HIPAGENO";
15648 case DT_MIPS_RLD_MAP:
15649 return "MIPS_RLD_MAP";
15650 case DT_MIPS_RLD_MAP_REL:
15651 return "MIPS_RLD_MAP_REL";
15652 case DT_MIPS_DELTA_CLASS:
15653 return "MIPS_DELTA_CLASS";
15654 case DT_MIPS_DELTA_CLASS_NO:
15655 return "MIPS_DELTA_CLASS_NO";
15656 case DT_MIPS_DELTA_INSTANCE:
15657 return "MIPS_DELTA_INSTANCE";
15658 case DT_MIPS_DELTA_INSTANCE_NO:
15659 return "MIPS_DELTA_INSTANCE_NO";
15660 case DT_MIPS_DELTA_RELOC:
15661 return "MIPS_DELTA_RELOC";
15662 case DT_MIPS_DELTA_RELOC_NO:
15663 return "MIPS_DELTA_RELOC_NO";
15664 case DT_MIPS_DELTA_SYM:
15665 return "MIPS_DELTA_SYM";
15666 case DT_MIPS_DELTA_SYM_NO:
15667 return "MIPS_DELTA_SYM_NO";
15668 case DT_MIPS_DELTA_CLASSSYM:
15669 return "MIPS_DELTA_CLASSSYM";
15670 case DT_MIPS_DELTA_CLASSSYM_NO:
15671 return "MIPS_DELTA_CLASSSYM_NO";
15672 case DT_MIPS_CXX_FLAGS:
15673 return "MIPS_CXX_FLAGS";
15674 case DT_MIPS_PIXIE_INIT:
15675 return "MIPS_PIXIE_INIT";
15676 case DT_MIPS_SYMBOL_LIB:
15677 return "MIPS_SYMBOL_LIB";
15678 case DT_MIPS_LOCALPAGE_GOTIDX:
15679 return "MIPS_LOCALPAGE_GOTIDX";
15680 case DT_MIPS_LOCAL_GOTIDX:
15681 return "MIPS_LOCAL_GOTIDX";
15682 case DT_MIPS_HIDDEN_GOTIDX:
15683 return "MIPS_HIDDEN_GOTIDX";
15684 case DT_MIPS_PROTECTED_GOTIDX:
15685 return "MIPS_PROTECTED_GOT_IDX";
15686 case DT_MIPS_OPTIONS:
15687 return "MIPS_OPTIONS";
15688 case DT_MIPS_INTERFACE:
15689 return "MIPS_INTERFACE";
15690 case DT_MIPS_DYNSTR_ALIGN:
15691 return "DT_MIPS_DYNSTR_ALIGN";
15692 case DT_MIPS_INTERFACE_SIZE:
15693 return "DT_MIPS_INTERFACE_SIZE";
15694 case DT_MIPS_RLD_TEXT_RESOLVE_ADDR:
15695 return "DT_MIPS_RLD_TEXT_RESOLVE_ADDR";
15696 case DT_MIPS_PERF_SUFFIX:
15697 return "DT_MIPS_PERF_SUFFIX";
15698 case DT_MIPS_COMPACT_SIZE:
15699 return "DT_MIPS_COMPACT_SIZE";
15700 case DT_MIPS_GP_VALUE:
15701 return "DT_MIPS_GP_VALUE";
15702 case DT_MIPS_AUX_DYNAMIC:
15703 return "DT_MIPS_AUX_DYNAMIC";
15704 case DT_MIPS_PLTGOT:
15705 return "DT_MIPS_PLTGOT";
15706 case DT_MIPS_RWPLT:
15707 return "DT_MIPS_RWPLT";
15711 /* Return the meaning of Tag_GNU_MIPS_ABI_FP value FP, or null if
15715 _bfd_mips_fp_abi_string (int fp)
15719 /* These strings aren't translated because they're simply
15721 case Val_GNU_MIPS_ABI_FP_DOUBLE:
15722 return "-mdouble-float";
15724 case Val_GNU_MIPS_ABI_FP_SINGLE:
15725 return "-msingle-float";
15727 case Val_GNU_MIPS_ABI_FP_SOFT:
15728 return "-msoft-float";
15730 case Val_GNU_MIPS_ABI_FP_OLD_64:
15731 return _("-mips32r2 -mfp64 (12 callee-saved)");
15733 case Val_GNU_MIPS_ABI_FP_XX:
15736 case Val_GNU_MIPS_ABI_FP_64:
15737 return "-mgp32 -mfp64";
15739 case Val_GNU_MIPS_ABI_FP_64A:
15740 return "-mgp32 -mfp64 -mno-odd-spreg";
15748 print_mips_ases (FILE *file, unsigned int mask)
15750 if (mask & AFL_ASE_DSP)
15751 fputs ("\n\tDSP ASE", file);
15752 if (mask & AFL_ASE_DSPR2)
15753 fputs ("\n\tDSP R2 ASE", file);
15754 if (mask & AFL_ASE_DSPR3)
15755 fputs ("\n\tDSP R3 ASE", file);
15756 if (mask & AFL_ASE_EVA)
15757 fputs ("\n\tEnhanced VA Scheme", file);
15758 if (mask & AFL_ASE_MCU)
15759 fputs ("\n\tMCU (MicroController) ASE", file);
15760 if (mask & AFL_ASE_MDMX)
15761 fputs ("\n\tMDMX ASE", file);
15762 if (mask & AFL_ASE_MIPS3D)
15763 fputs ("\n\tMIPS-3D ASE", file);
15764 if (mask & AFL_ASE_MT)
15765 fputs ("\n\tMT ASE", file);
15766 if (mask & AFL_ASE_SMARTMIPS)
15767 fputs ("\n\tSmartMIPS ASE", file);
15768 if (mask & AFL_ASE_VIRT)
15769 fputs ("\n\tVZ ASE", file);
15770 if (mask & AFL_ASE_MSA)
15771 fputs ("\n\tMSA ASE", file);
15772 if (mask & AFL_ASE_MIPS16)
15773 fputs ("\n\tMIPS16 ASE", file);
15774 if (mask & AFL_ASE_MICROMIPS)
15775 fputs ("\n\tMICROMIPS ASE", file);
15776 if (mask & AFL_ASE_XPA)
15777 fputs ("\n\tXPA ASE", file);
15779 fprintf (file, "\n\t%s", _("None"));
15780 else if ((mask & ~AFL_ASE_MASK) != 0)
15781 fprintf (stdout, "\n\t%s (%x)", _("Unknown"), mask & ~AFL_ASE_MASK);
15785 print_mips_isa_ext (FILE *file, unsigned int isa_ext)
15790 fputs (_("None"), file);
15793 fputs ("RMI XLR", file);
15795 case AFL_EXT_OCTEON3:
15796 fputs ("Cavium Networks Octeon3", file);
15798 case AFL_EXT_OCTEON2:
15799 fputs ("Cavium Networks Octeon2", file);
15801 case AFL_EXT_OCTEONP:
15802 fputs ("Cavium Networks OcteonP", file);
15804 case AFL_EXT_LOONGSON_3A:
15805 fputs ("Loongson 3A", file);
15807 case AFL_EXT_OCTEON:
15808 fputs ("Cavium Networks Octeon", file);
15811 fputs ("Toshiba R5900", file);
15814 fputs ("MIPS R4650", file);
15817 fputs ("LSI R4010", file);
15820 fputs ("NEC VR4100", file);
15823 fputs ("Toshiba R3900", file);
15825 case AFL_EXT_10000:
15826 fputs ("MIPS R10000", file);
15829 fputs ("Broadcom SB-1", file);
15832 fputs ("NEC VR4111/VR4181", file);
15835 fputs ("NEC VR4120", file);
15838 fputs ("NEC VR5400", file);
15841 fputs ("NEC VR5500", file);
15843 case AFL_EXT_LOONGSON_2E:
15844 fputs ("ST Microelectronics Loongson 2E", file);
15846 case AFL_EXT_LOONGSON_2F:
15847 fputs ("ST Microelectronics Loongson 2F", file);
15850 fprintf (file, "%s (%d)", _("Unknown"), isa_ext);
15856 print_mips_fp_abi_value (FILE *file, int val)
15860 case Val_GNU_MIPS_ABI_FP_ANY:
15861 fprintf (file, _("Hard or soft float\n"));
15863 case Val_GNU_MIPS_ABI_FP_DOUBLE:
15864 fprintf (file, _("Hard float (double precision)\n"));
15866 case Val_GNU_MIPS_ABI_FP_SINGLE:
15867 fprintf (file, _("Hard float (single precision)\n"));
15869 case Val_GNU_MIPS_ABI_FP_SOFT:
15870 fprintf (file, _("Soft float\n"));
15872 case Val_GNU_MIPS_ABI_FP_OLD_64:
15873 fprintf (file, _("Hard float (MIPS32r2 64-bit FPU 12 callee-saved)\n"));
15875 case Val_GNU_MIPS_ABI_FP_XX:
15876 fprintf (file, _("Hard float (32-bit CPU, Any FPU)\n"));
15878 case Val_GNU_MIPS_ABI_FP_64:
15879 fprintf (file, _("Hard float (32-bit CPU, 64-bit FPU)\n"));
15881 case Val_GNU_MIPS_ABI_FP_64A:
15882 fprintf (file, _("Hard float compat (32-bit CPU, 64-bit FPU)\n"));
15885 fprintf (file, "??? (%d)\n", val);
15891 get_mips_reg_size (int reg_size)
15893 return (reg_size == AFL_REG_NONE) ? 0
15894 : (reg_size == AFL_REG_32) ? 32
15895 : (reg_size == AFL_REG_64) ? 64
15896 : (reg_size == AFL_REG_128) ? 128
15901 _bfd_mips_elf_print_private_bfd_data (bfd *abfd, void *ptr)
15905 BFD_ASSERT (abfd != NULL && ptr != NULL);
15907 /* Print normal ELF private data. */
15908 _bfd_elf_print_private_bfd_data (abfd, ptr);
15910 /* xgettext:c-format */
15911 fprintf (file, _("private flags = %lx:"), elf_elfheader (abfd)->e_flags);
15913 if ((elf_elfheader (abfd)->e_flags & EF_MIPS_ABI) == E_MIPS_ABI_O32)
15914 fprintf (file, _(" [abi=O32]"));
15915 else if ((elf_elfheader (abfd)->e_flags & EF_MIPS_ABI) == E_MIPS_ABI_O64)
15916 fprintf (file, _(" [abi=O64]"));
15917 else if ((elf_elfheader (abfd)->e_flags & EF_MIPS_ABI) == E_MIPS_ABI_EABI32)
15918 fprintf (file, _(" [abi=EABI32]"));
15919 else if ((elf_elfheader (abfd)->e_flags & EF_MIPS_ABI) == E_MIPS_ABI_EABI64)
15920 fprintf (file, _(" [abi=EABI64]"));
15921 else if ((elf_elfheader (abfd)->e_flags & EF_MIPS_ABI))
15922 fprintf (file, _(" [abi unknown]"));
15923 else if (ABI_N32_P (abfd))
15924 fprintf (file, _(" [abi=N32]"));
15925 else if (ABI_64_P (abfd))
15926 fprintf (file, _(" [abi=64]"));
15928 fprintf (file, _(" [no abi set]"));
15930 if ((elf_elfheader (abfd)->e_flags & EF_MIPS_ARCH) == E_MIPS_ARCH_1)
15931 fprintf (file, " [mips1]");
15932 else if ((elf_elfheader (abfd)->e_flags & EF_MIPS_ARCH) == E_MIPS_ARCH_2)
15933 fprintf (file, " [mips2]");
15934 else if ((elf_elfheader (abfd)->e_flags & EF_MIPS_ARCH) == E_MIPS_ARCH_3)
15935 fprintf (file, " [mips3]");
15936 else if ((elf_elfheader (abfd)->e_flags & EF_MIPS_ARCH) == E_MIPS_ARCH_4)
15937 fprintf (file, " [mips4]");
15938 else if ((elf_elfheader (abfd)->e_flags & EF_MIPS_ARCH) == E_MIPS_ARCH_5)
15939 fprintf (file, " [mips5]");
15940 else if ((elf_elfheader (abfd)->e_flags & EF_MIPS_ARCH) == E_MIPS_ARCH_32)
15941 fprintf (file, " [mips32]");
15942 else if ((elf_elfheader (abfd)->e_flags & EF_MIPS_ARCH) == E_MIPS_ARCH_64)
15943 fprintf (file, " [mips64]");
15944 else if ((elf_elfheader (abfd)->e_flags & EF_MIPS_ARCH) == E_MIPS_ARCH_32R2)
15945 fprintf (file, " [mips32r2]");
15946 else if ((elf_elfheader (abfd)->e_flags & EF_MIPS_ARCH) == E_MIPS_ARCH_64R2)
15947 fprintf (file, " [mips64r2]");
15948 else if ((elf_elfheader (abfd)->e_flags & EF_MIPS_ARCH) == E_MIPS_ARCH_32R6)
15949 fprintf (file, " [mips32r6]");
15950 else if ((elf_elfheader (abfd)->e_flags & EF_MIPS_ARCH) == E_MIPS_ARCH_64R6)
15951 fprintf (file, " [mips64r6]");
15953 fprintf (file, _(" [unknown ISA]"));
15955 if (elf_elfheader (abfd)->e_flags & EF_MIPS_ARCH_ASE_MDMX)
15956 fprintf (file, " [mdmx]");
15958 if (elf_elfheader (abfd)->e_flags & EF_MIPS_ARCH_ASE_M16)
15959 fprintf (file, " [mips16]");
15961 if (elf_elfheader (abfd)->e_flags & EF_MIPS_ARCH_ASE_MICROMIPS)
15962 fprintf (file, " [micromips]");
15964 if (elf_elfheader (abfd)->e_flags & EF_MIPS_NAN2008)
15965 fprintf (file, " [nan2008]");
15967 if (elf_elfheader (abfd)->e_flags & EF_MIPS_FP64)
15968 fprintf (file, " [old fp64]");
15970 if (elf_elfheader (abfd)->e_flags & EF_MIPS_32BITMODE)
15971 fprintf (file, " [32bitmode]");
15973 fprintf (file, _(" [not 32bitmode]"));
15975 if (elf_elfheader (abfd)->e_flags & EF_MIPS_NOREORDER)
15976 fprintf (file, " [noreorder]");
15978 if (elf_elfheader (abfd)->e_flags & EF_MIPS_PIC)
15979 fprintf (file, " [PIC]");
15981 if (elf_elfheader (abfd)->e_flags & EF_MIPS_CPIC)
15982 fprintf (file, " [CPIC]");
15984 if (elf_elfheader (abfd)->e_flags & EF_MIPS_XGOT)
15985 fprintf (file, " [XGOT]");
15987 if (elf_elfheader (abfd)->e_flags & EF_MIPS_UCODE)
15988 fprintf (file, " [UCODE]");
15990 fputc ('\n', file);
15992 if (mips_elf_tdata (abfd)->abiflags_valid)
15994 Elf_Internal_ABIFlags_v0 *abiflags = &mips_elf_tdata (abfd)->abiflags;
15995 fprintf (file, "\nMIPS ABI Flags Version: %d\n", abiflags->version);
15996 fprintf (file, "\nISA: MIPS%d", abiflags->isa_level);
15997 if (abiflags->isa_rev > 1)
15998 fprintf (file, "r%d", abiflags->isa_rev);
15999 fprintf (file, "\nGPR size: %d",
16000 get_mips_reg_size (abiflags->gpr_size));
16001 fprintf (file, "\nCPR1 size: %d",
16002 get_mips_reg_size (abiflags->cpr1_size));
16003 fprintf (file, "\nCPR2 size: %d",
16004 get_mips_reg_size (abiflags->cpr2_size));
16005 fputs ("\nFP ABI: ", file);
16006 print_mips_fp_abi_value (file, abiflags->fp_abi);
16007 fputs ("ISA Extension: ", file);
16008 print_mips_isa_ext (file, abiflags->isa_ext);
16009 fputs ("\nASEs:", file);
16010 print_mips_ases (file, abiflags->ases);
16011 fprintf (file, "\nFLAGS 1: %8.8lx", abiflags->flags1);
16012 fprintf (file, "\nFLAGS 2: %8.8lx", abiflags->flags2);
16013 fputc ('\n', file);
16019 const struct bfd_elf_special_section _bfd_mips_elf_special_sections[] =
16021 { STRING_COMMA_LEN (".lit4"), 0, SHT_PROGBITS, SHF_ALLOC + SHF_WRITE + SHF_MIPS_GPREL },
16022 { STRING_COMMA_LEN (".lit8"), 0, SHT_PROGBITS, SHF_ALLOC + SHF_WRITE + SHF_MIPS_GPREL },
16023 { STRING_COMMA_LEN (".mdebug"), 0, SHT_MIPS_DEBUG, 0 },
16024 { STRING_COMMA_LEN (".sbss"), -2, SHT_NOBITS, SHF_ALLOC + SHF_WRITE + SHF_MIPS_GPREL },
16025 { STRING_COMMA_LEN (".sdata"), -2, SHT_PROGBITS, SHF_ALLOC + SHF_WRITE + SHF_MIPS_GPREL },
16026 { STRING_COMMA_LEN (".ucode"), 0, SHT_MIPS_UCODE, 0 },
16027 { NULL, 0, 0, 0, 0 }
16030 /* Merge non visibility st_other attributes. Ensure that the
16031 STO_OPTIONAL flag is copied into h->other, even if this is not a
16032 definiton of the symbol. */
16034 _bfd_mips_elf_merge_symbol_attribute (struct elf_link_hash_entry *h,
16035 const Elf_Internal_Sym *isym,
16036 bfd_boolean definition,
16037 bfd_boolean dynamic ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED)
16039 if ((isym->st_other & ~ELF_ST_VISIBILITY (-1)) != 0)
16041 unsigned char other;
16043 other = (definition ? isym->st_other : h->other);
16044 other &= ~ELF_ST_VISIBILITY (-1);
16045 h->other = other | ELF_ST_VISIBILITY (h->other);
16049 && ELF_MIPS_IS_OPTIONAL (isym->st_other))
16050 h->other |= STO_OPTIONAL;
16053 /* Decide whether an undefined symbol is special and can be ignored.
16054 This is the case for OPTIONAL symbols on IRIX. */
16056 _bfd_mips_elf_ignore_undef_symbol (struct elf_link_hash_entry *h)
16058 return ELF_MIPS_IS_OPTIONAL (h->other) ? TRUE : FALSE;
16062 _bfd_mips_elf_common_definition (Elf_Internal_Sym *sym)
16064 return (sym->st_shndx == SHN_COMMON
16065 || sym->st_shndx == SHN_MIPS_ACOMMON
16066 || sym->st_shndx == SHN_MIPS_SCOMMON);
16069 /* Return address for Ith PLT stub in section PLT, for relocation REL
16070 or (bfd_vma) -1 if it should not be included. */
16073 _bfd_mips_elf_plt_sym_val (bfd_vma i, const asection *plt,
16074 const arelent *rel ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED)
16077 + 4 * ARRAY_SIZE (mips_o32_exec_plt0_entry)
16078 + i * 4 * ARRAY_SIZE (mips_exec_plt_entry));
16081 /* Build a table of synthetic symbols to represent the PLT. As with MIPS16
16082 and microMIPS PLT slots we may have a many-to-one mapping between .plt
16083 and .got.plt and also the slots may be of a different size each we walk
16084 the PLT manually fetching instructions and matching them against known
16085 patterns. To make things easier standard MIPS slots, if any, always come
16086 first. As we don't create proper ELF symbols we use the UDATA.I member
16087 of ASYMBOL to carry ISA annotation. The encoding used is the same as
16088 with the ST_OTHER member of the ELF symbol. */
16091 _bfd_mips_elf_get_synthetic_symtab (bfd *abfd,
16092 long symcount ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED,
16093 asymbol **syms ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED,
16094 long dynsymcount, asymbol **dynsyms,
16097 static const char pltname[] = "_PROCEDURE_LINKAGE_TABLE_";
16098 static const char microsuffix[] = "@micromipsplt";
16099 static const char m16suffix[] = "@mips16plt";
16100 static const char mipssuffix[] = "@plt";
16102 bfd_boolean (*slurp_relocs) (bfd *, asection *, asymbol **, bfd_boolean);
16103 const struct elf_backend_data *bed = get_elf_backend_data (abfd);
16104 bfd_boolean micromips_p = MICROMIPS_P (abfd);
16105 Elf_Internal_Shdr *hdr;
16106 bfd_byte *plt_data;
16107 bfd_vma plt_offset;
16108 unsigned int other;
16109 bfd_vma entry_size;
16128 if ((abfd->flags & (DYNAMIC | EXEC_P)) == 0 || dynsymcount <= 0)
16131 relplt = bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd, ".rel.plt");
16132 if (relplt == NULL)
16135 hdr = &elf_section_data (relplt)->this_hdr;
16136 if (hdr->sh_link != elf_dynsymtab (abfd) || hdr->sh_type != SHT_REL)
16139 plt = bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd, ".plt");
16143 slurp_relocs = get_elf_backend_data (abfd)->s->slurp_reloc_table;
16144 if (!(*slurp_relocs) (abfd, relplt, dynsyms, TRUE))
16146 p = relplt->relocation;
16148 /* Calculating the exact amount of space required for symbols would
16149 require two passes over the PLT, so just pessimise assuming two
16150 PLT slots per relocation. */
16151 count = relplt->size / hdr->sh_entsize;
16152 counti = count * bed->s->int_rels_per_ext_rel;
16153 size = 2 * count * sizeof (asymbol);
16154 size += count * (sizeof (mipssuffix) +
16155 (micromips_p ? sizeof (microsuffix) : sizeof (m16suffix)));
16156 for (pi = 0; pi < counti; pi += bed->s->int_rels_per_ext_rel)
16157 size += 2 * strlen ((*p[pi].sym_ptr_ptr)->name);
16159 /* Add the size of "_PROCEDURE_LINKAGE_TABLE_" too. */
16160 size += sizeof (asymbol) + sizeof (pltname);
16162 if (!bfd_malloc_and_get_section (abfd, plt, &plt_data))
16165 if (plt->size < 16)
16168 s = *ret = bfd_malloc (size);
16171 send = s + 2 * count + 1;
16173 names = (char *) send;
16174 nend = (char *) s + size;
16177 opcode = bfd_get_micromips_32 (abfd, plt_data + 12);
16178 if (opcode == 0x3302fffe)
16182 plt0_size = 2 * ARRAY_SIZE (micromips_o32_exec_plt0_entry);
16183 other = STO_MICROMIPS;
16185 else if (opcode == 0x0398c1d0)
16189 plt0_size = 2 * ARRAY_SIZE (micromips_insn32_o32_exec_plt0_entry);
16190 other = STO_MICROMIPS;
16194 plt0_size = 4 * ARRAY_SIZE (mips_o32_exec_plt0_entry);
16199 s->flags = BSF_SYNTHETIC | BSF_FUNCTION | BSF_LOCAL;
16203 s->udata.i = other;
16204 memcpy (names, pltname, sizeof (pltname));
16205 names += sizeof (pltname);
16209 for (plt_offset = plt0_size;
16210 plt_offset + 8 <= plt->size && s < send;
16211 plt_offset += entry_size)
16213 bfd_vma gotplt_addr;
16214 const char *suffix;
16219 opcode = bfd_get_micromips_32 (abfd, plt_data + plt_offset + 4);
16221 /* Check if the second word matches the expected MIPS16 instruction. */
16222 if (opcode == 0x651aeb00)
16226 /* Truncated table??? */
16227 if (plt_offset + 16 > plt->size)
16229 gotplt_addr = bfd_get_32 (abfd, plt_data + plt_offset + 12);
16230 entry_size = 2 * ARRAY_SIZE (mips16_o32_exec_plt_entry);
16231 suffixlen = sizeof (m16suffix);
16232 suffix = m16suffix;
16233 other = STO_MIPS16;
16235 /* Likewise the expected microMIPS instruction (no insn32 mode). */
16236 else if (opcode == 0xff220000)
16240 gotplt_hi = bfd_get_16 (abfd, plt_data + plt_offset) & 0x7f;
16241 gotplt_lo = bfd_get_16 (abfd, plt_data + plt_offset + 2) & 0xffff;
16242 gotplt_hi = ((gotplt_hi ^ 0x40) - 0x40) << 18;
16244 gotplt_addr = gotplt_hi + gotplt_lo;
16245 gotplt_addr += ((plt->vma + plt_offset) | 3) ^ 3;
16246 entry_size = 2 * ARRAY_SIZE (micromips_o32_exec_plt_entry);
16247 suffixlen = sizeof (microsuffix);
16248 suffix = microsuffix;
16249 other = STO_MICROMIPS;
16251 /* Likewise the expected microMIPS instruction (insn32 mode). */
16252 else if ((opcode & 0xffff0000) == 0xff2f0000)
16254 gotplt_hi = bfd_get_16 (abfd, plt_data + plt_offset + 2) & 0xffff;
16255 gotplt_lo = bfd_get_16 (abfd, plt_data + plt_offset + 6) & 0xffff;
16256 gotplt_hi = ((gotplt_hi ^ 0x8000) - 0x8000) << 16;
16257 gotplt_lo = (gotplt_lo ^ 0x8000) - 0x8000;
16258 gotplt_addr = gotplt_hi + gotplt_lo;
16259 entry_size = 2 * ARRAY_SIZE (micromips_insn32_o32_exec_plt_entry);
16260 suffixlen = sizeof (microsuffix);
16261 suffix = microsuffix;
16262 other = STO_MICROMIPS;
16264 /* Otherwise assume standard MIPS code. */
16267 gotplt_hi = bfd_get_32 (abfd, plt_data + plt_offset) & 0xffff;
16268 gotplt_lo = bfd_get_32 (abfd, plt_data + plt_offset + 4) & 0xffff;
16269 gotplt_hi = ((gotplt_hi ^ 0x8000) - 0x8000) << 16;
16270 gotplt_lo = (gotplt_lo ^ 0x8000) - 0x8000;
16271 gotplt_addr = gotplt_hi + gotplt_lo;
16272 entry_size = 4 * ARRAY_SIZE (mips_exec_plt_entry);
16273 suffixlen = sizeof (mipssuffix);
16274 suffix = mipssuffix;
16277 /* Truncated table??? */
16278 if (plt_offset + entry_size > plt->size)
16282 i < count && p[pi].address != gotplt_addr;
16283 i++, pi = (pi + bed->s->int_rels_per_ext_rel) % counti);
16290 *s = **p[pi].sym_ptr_ptr;
16291 /* Undefined syms won't have BSF_LOCAL or BSF_GLOBAL set. Since
16292 we are defining a symbol, ensure one of them is set. */
16293 if ((s->flags & BSF_LOCAL) == 0)
16294 s->flags |= BSF_GLOBAL;
16295 s->flags |= BSF_SYNTHETIC;
16297 s->value = plt_offset;
16299 s->udata.i = other;
16301 len = strlen ((*p[pi].sym_ptr_ptr)->name);
16302 namelen = len + suffixlen;
16303 if (names + namelen > nend)
16306 memcpy (names, (*p[pi].sym_ptr_ptr)->name, len);
16308 memcpy (names, suffix, suffixlen);
16309 names += suffixlen;
16312 pi = (pi + bed->s->int_rels_per_ext_rel) % counti;
16322 _bfd_mips_post_process_headers (bfd *abfd, struct bfd_link_info *link_info)
16324 struct mips_elf_link_hash_table *htab;
16325 Elf_Internal_Ehdr *i_ehdrp;
16327 i_ehdrp = elf_elfheader (abfd);
16330 htab = mips_elf_hash_table (link_info);
16331 BFD_ASSERT (htab != NULL);
16333 if (htab->use_plts_and_copy_relocs && !htab->is_vxworks)
16334 i_ehdrp->e_ident[EI_ABIVERSION] = 1;
16337 _bfd_elf_post_process_headers (abfd, link_info);
16339 if (mips_elf_tdata (abfd)->abiflags.fp_abi == Val_GNU_MIPS_ABI_FP_64
16340 || mips_elf_tdata (abfd)->abiflags.fp_abi == Val_GNU_MIPS_ABI_FP_64A)
16341 i_ehdrp->e_ident[EI_ABIVERSION] = 3;
16343 if (elf_stack_flags (abfd) && !(elf_stack_flags (abfd) & PF_X))
16344 i_ehdrp->e_ident[EI_ABIVERSION] = 5;
16348 _bfd_mips_elf_compact_eh_encoding (struct bfd_link_info *link_info ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED)
16350 return DW_EH_PE_pcrel | DW_EH_PE_sdata4;
16353 /* Return the opcode for can't unwind. */
16356 _bfd_mips_elf_cant_unwind_opcode (struct bfd_link_info *link_info ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED)
16358 return COMPACT_EH_CANT_UNWIND_OPCODE;